UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

þ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

or

 

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Commission File No. 1-7410

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Pennsylvania   25-1233834

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

One Mellon Center

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15258-0001

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code - (412) 234-5000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange on which registered


Common Stock, $0.50 Par Value   New York Stock Exchange
Stock Purchase Rights   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). þ Yes ¨ No

 

As of June 30, 2004, 419,339,405 shares, of the total outstanding shares of 424,003,220, of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock, $0.50 par value per share, having a market value of $12,299,224,749, were held by nonaffiliates.

 

As of January 31, 2005, 423,665,925 shares of the registrant’s voting common stock, $0.50 par value per share, were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference in the following parts of this Annual Report:

 

Mellon Financial Corporation 2005 Proxy Statement-Part III

 

Mellon Financial Corporation 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders-Parts I, II, III and IV

 



Available Information

 

The Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) contains the Exhibits listed on the Index to Exhibits beginning on page 28, including the Financial Review, Financial Statements and Notes, and Corporate Information section from the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders. For a free copy of the Corporation’s 2004 Summary Annual Report to Shareholders, the 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders or the Proxy Statement for its 2005 Annual Meeting, as filed with the SEC, send a written request to the Secretary of the Corporation, Room 4826 One Mellon Center, Pittsburgh, PA 15258-0001. The Corporation’s 2004 Summary and Financial Annual Reports to Shareholders are, and the Proxy Statement for its 2005 Annual Meeting upon filing with the SEC will be, available on the Corporation’s Internet site at www.mellon.com. The Corporation also makes available, free of charge, on its Internet site, the Corporation’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such materials with, or furnishes them to, the SEC. The contents of the Corporation’s Internet site are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following materials are available, free of charge, on the Corporation’s Internet site at www.mellon.com under “Investor Relations/Corporate Governance” and are also available in print by written request from the Secretary of the Corporation at Room 4826 One Mellon Center, Pittsburgh PA 15258-0001:

 

    the Corporation’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers which is applicable to the Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Controller;

 

    the Corporation’s Board Policies which represent its corporate governance guidelines;

 

    the Charters of all Committees of the Board of Directors; and

 

    the Corporation’s Code of Conduct which is applicable to all employees.

 

Cautionary Statement

 

See pages 58 through 60 of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders for the Cautionary Statement. Those pages are incorporated herein by reference. This Form 10-K contains statements relating to future results of the Corporation that are considered “forward-looking statements.” These statements, which may be expressed in a variety of ways, including the use of future or present tense language, relate to, among other things: the effect of changes in applicable laws or regulations; intentions as to capital ratios; the effects of potential changes in risk-based capital guidelines; the timing of the review of options for Human Resources & Investor Solutions; and litigation results. These statements, and other forward-looking statements contained in other public disclosures of the Corporation which make reference to the cautionary factors contained in this Form 10-K, are based on assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties and that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Corporation’s control). Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of these risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to the following:

 

The nature of any new capital accords to be adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies will affect the Corporation’s future capital requirements.

 

Uncertainties inherent in the litigation process.

 

Such forward-looking statements are also subject to risks and uncertainties identified in the information incorporated by reference under Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

 

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and the Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 


 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Form 10-K Index

 

          Page

     PART I     
Item 1.    Business:     
     Description of Business    3
     Supervision and Regulation    4
     Competition    11
     Employees    11
     Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies    11
Item 2.    Properties    18
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    20
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    20
     PART II     
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    20
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    21
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    21
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    21
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    21
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    22
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures    22
Item 9B.    Other Information    22
     PART III     
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    22
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    25
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    25
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    25
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    25
     PART IV     
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    26

Signatures    27
Index to Exhibits    28

 

2


PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Description of Business

 

Mellon Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is a global financial services company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, with approximately $4.0 trillion in assets under management, administration or custody, including $707 billion under management. For a further discussion of its products, see “Nature of operations” in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, which paragraphs are incorporated herein by reference. See “Available Information” on page 1 of this Report for access to financial and other information regarding the Corporation.

 

The Corporation was originally formed as a holding company for Mellon Bank, N.A. (“Mellon Bank”), which has its executive offices in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. With its predecessors, Mellon Bank has been in business since 1869. The Corporation’s banking subsidiaries include Mellon Trust of New England, National Association, headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts; Mellon United National Bank, headquartered in Miami, Florida; and Mellon 1 st Business Bank, National Association, headquartered in Los Angeles, California, in addition to Mellon Bank. They engage in trust and custody activities, investment management services, banking services and various securities-related activities. The deposits of the banking subsidiaries are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to the extent provided by law.

 

The Corporation’s businesses are divided into two overall reportable groups — Asset Management and Corporate & Institutional Services. The Asset Management group is comprised of the Institutional Asset Management, Mutual Funds and Private Wealth Management sectors. The Corporate & Institutional Services group is comprised of the Asset Servicing, Human Resources & Investor Solutions and Treasury Services sectors.

 

The Corporation’s asset management subsidiaries, which include The Dreyfus Corporation (“Dreyfus”), Newton Investment Management (“Newton”), Founders Asset Management LLC (“Founders”) and Standish Mellon Asset Management Company LLC (“Standish Mellon”), as well as a number of additional investment management boutiques, provide investment products in many asset classes and investment styles. Dreyfus, headquartered in New York, New York, serves primarily as an investment adviser and manager of mutual funds. Newton is a leading U.K.-based investment manager that provides investment management services to institutional, private and retail clients. Founders, headquartered in Denver, Colorado, is a manager of growth-oriented equity mutual funds and other investment portfolios. Standish Mellon is a Boston-based provider of investment management services to institutional clients.

 

Further information regarding the Corporation’s six core business sectors, as well as “Other Activity” is presented in the Business Sectors section found on pages 20 through 32 of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. Information on international operations is presented in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in “Foreign outstandings” on page 38, in “Currency rate fluctuations” on page 60 and in Note 32 of Notes to Financial Statements, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Principal Entities

 

Exhibit 21.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K presents a list of the primary subsidiaries of the Corporation as of Dec. 31, 2004.

 

3


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Description of Business (continued)

 

Discontinued operations

 

As discussed in Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, the Corporation is reporting its results using the discontinued operations method of accounting. This Note is incorporated herein by reference. All information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including all supplemental information, reflects continuing operations unless otherwise noted.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

The Corporation and its bank subsidiaries are subject to an extensive system of banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of the customers and depositors of the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries rather than holders of the Corporation’s securities. These laws and regulations govern such areas as permissible activities, reserves, loans and investments, and rates of interest that can be charged on loans. Similarly, the Corporation’s subsidiaries engaged in investment advisory and other securities related activities are subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations that are intended to benefit clients of investment advisors and shareholders in mutual funds rather than holders of the Corporation’s securities. In addition, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to general U.S. federal laws and regulations and to the laws and regulations of the states or countries in which they conduct their businesses. Described below are the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

Regulated Entities of the Corporation

 

The Corporation is regulated as a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the 1999 financial modernization legislation known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “BHC Act”). As such it is subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies that are financial holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries, and as a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments to the BHC Act, engaging in any activity, or acquiring and retaining the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”)) or (2) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies. They also include activities that the Federal Reserve Board had determined, by order or regulation in effect prior to the enactment of the BHC Act, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

 

In order for a bank holding company to engage in the broader range of activities that are permitted by the BHC Act for bank holding companies that are also financial holding companies, (1) all of its depository institutions must be well-capitalized and well-managed and (2) it must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board that it elects to be a “financial holding company.” In addition, to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act and to acquire any company engaged in any new activities permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution of the financial holding company must have received at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Corporation’s election to become a financial holding company became effective on March 13, 2000.

 

4


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

The Corporation’s national bank subsidiaries are subject to primary supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. Mellon Securities Trust Company, The Dreyfus Trust Company and Mellon Trust of New York are New York trust companies and are supervised by the New York State Department of Banking. Mellon Trust of California is a California trust company and is supervised by the State of California Department of Financial Institutions. Mellon Trust of Washington is a Washington trust company and is supervised by the Division of Banks of the Washington State Department of Financial Institutions.

 

The Corporation’s non-bank subsidiaries engaged in securities related activities are regulated by the SEC. The Corporation operates a number of broker-dealers that engage in securities underwriting and other broker-dealer activities. These companies are registered broker-dealers and members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a securities industry self-regulatory organization.

 

Certain subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered investment advisors under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 and, as such, are supervised by the SEC. They are also subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations and to the laws of any countries in which they conduct business. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the carrying on of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations. Subsidiaries of the Corporation advise both public investment companies which are registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, including the Dreyfus/Founders family of mutual funds, and private investment companies which are not so registered. The shares of most investment companies advised by the Corporation’s subsidiaries are qualified for sale in all states in the United States and the District of Columbia, except for investment companies that offer products only to residents of a particular state or of a foreign country and except for certain investment companies which are exempt from such registration or qualification.

 

Certain of the Corporation’s United Kingdom incorporated subsidiaries are authorized to conduct investment business in the UK pursuant to the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA 2000”). Their investment management advisory activities and their sale and marketing of retail investment products are regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). In addition to broad supervisory powers, the FSA may discipline the businesses it regulates. Disciplinary powers include the power to temporarily or permanently revoke the authorization to carry on regulated business following a breach of FSMA 2000 and/or regulatory rules, the suspension of registered employees and censures and fines for both regulated businesses and their registered employees. Certain UK investment funds, including Mellon Investment Funds, an open-ended investment company with variable capital advised by UK regulated subsidiaries of the Corporation, are registered with the FSA and are offered for retail sale in the UK.

 

Certain of the Corporation’s public finance activities are regulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. Mellon Bank and certain of the Corporation’s other subsidiaries are registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) as commodity pool operators or commodity trading advisors and, as such, are subject to CFTC regulation.

 

The types of activities in which the foreign branches of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries and the international subsidiaries of the Corporation may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Board. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries are also subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate.

 

5


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from its bank and other subsidiaries. Its principal sources of funds to make capital contributions or loans to Mellon Funding Corporation, to pay service on its own debt, to honor its guarantee of debt issued by Mellon Funding Corporation or of trust-preferred securities issued by a trust or to pay dividends on its own equity securities, are dividends and interest from its subsidiaries. Various federal and state statutes and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Corporation by its bank subsidiaries without regulatory approval. For a further discussion of restrictions on dividends, see the first three paragraphs of Note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, which paragraphs are incorporated herein by reference.

 

If, in the opinion of the applicable federal regulatory agency, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the regulator may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from such practice. The OCC and the FDIC have indicated that the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice if the payment would deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level. Moreover, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDI Act”), an insured depository institution may not pay any dividend if the institution is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividend would cause the institution to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies have issued policy statements which provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of their current operating earnings.

 

The ability of the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Corporation may also be affected by various minimum capital requirements for banking organizations, as described below. In addition, the right of the Corporation to participate in the assets or earnings of a subsidiary are subject to the prior claims of creditors of the subsidiary.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

There are certain restrictions on the ability of the Corporation and certain of its non-bank affiliates to borrow from, and engage in other transactions with, its bank subsidiaries and on the ability of such bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Corporation. In general, these restrictions require that any extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited, as to any one of the Corporation or such non-bank affiliates, to 10% of the lending bank’s capital stock and surplus, and, as to the Corporation and all such non-bank affiliates in the aggregate, to 20% of such lending bank’s capital stock and surplus. These restrictions, other than the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions with any one affiliate, are also applied to transactions between national banks and their financial subsidiaries. In addition, certain transactions with affiliates must be on terms and conditions, including credit standards, that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions involving other non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and conditions, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies.

 

Unsafe and Unsound Practices

 

The OCC has authority under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act to prohibit national banks from engaging in any activity which, in the OCC’s opinion, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting their businesses. The Federal Reserve Board has similar authority with respect to the Corporation and the Corporation’s non-bank subsidiaries, including Mellon Securities Trust Company, a member of the Federal Reserve System.

 

6


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

Deposit Insurance

 

Substantially all of the deposits of the bank subsidiaries of the Corporation are insured up to applicable limits by the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the BIF. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system which imposes insurance premiums based upon a matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. Such premiums now range from 0 cents for each $100 of domestically-held deposits for well-capitalized and well-managed banks to 27 cents for each $100 of domestically-held deposits for the weakest institutions. The Corporation’s bank subsidiaries currently are not required to pay insurance premiums to the FDIC. In addition, the Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996 authorizes the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on BIF assessable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations. The FICO current annual assessment on these deposits is approximately 1.44 cents for each $100 of domestically-held deposits. The FDIC is authorized to raise insurance premiums in certain circumstances.

 

Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a bank’s federal regulatory agency.

 

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions and Related Matters

 

The FDI Act contains a “cross-guarantee” provision that could result in any insured depository institution owned by the Corporation being assessed for losses incurred by the FDIC in connection with assistance provided to, or the failure of, any other insured depository institution owned by the Corporation. Also, under the BHC Act and Federal Reserve Board policy, the Corporation is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its bank subsidiaries and to commit resources to support each such bank in circumstances where such bank might not be in a financial position to support itself.

 

Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its bank subsidiaries are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such bank subsidiaries. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

In addition, under the National Bank Act, if the capital stock of a national bank is impaired by losses or otherwise, the OCC is authorized to require payment of the deficiency by assessment upon the bank’s shareholders, pro rata , and to the extent necessary, if any such assessment is not paid by any shareholder after three months notice, to sell the stock of such shareholder to make good the deficiency.

 

Regulatory Capital

 

The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have substantially similar risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. The guidelines are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of their assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risk. Under the capital guidelines, a banking organization’s total capital is divided into tiers. “Tier I capital” consists of (1) common equity, (2) qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, (3) a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and (4) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including trust-preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. Not more than 25% of qualifying Tier I capital may consist of trust-preferred securities. As

 

7


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

discussed in Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, commencing Dec. 31, 2003 the Corporation deconsolidated the statutory business trusts which have issued trust-preferred securities. As a result, the junior subordinated debentures held by the trusts are now reported on the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet. This note is incorporated herein by reference. The Federal Reserve Board has confirmed the continued qualification of trust-preferred securities as Tier I capital notwithstanding the change in accounting treatment. In May 2004 the Federal Reserve Board issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that would impose stricter quantitative limits and qualitative standards for trust-preferred securities and other restricted core capital elements. The Corporation is currently reviewing the impact of the proposal and intends to maintain its capital ratios above the well-capitalized guidelines. Tier II capital” consists of hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of subordinated debt, preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier I capital, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized gains on equity securities. Tier III capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier II and Tier III capital may not exceed the amount of Tier I capital.

 

The risk-based capital guidelines include capital charges for equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The guidelines require a series of marginal capital charges on covered equity investments that increase with the level of those investments as a percentage of Tier I capital. With certain exceptions, including investments grandfathered under the guidelines, the guidelines require that the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries deduct from Tier I capital the appropriate percentage set out below:

 

Aggregate Carrying Value
of Covered Nonfinancial
Equity Investments as a
percentage of Tier I Capital


   Required Deduction From
Tier I Capital as a
Percentage of the Carrying
Value of the Investments


 

<15%

   8 %

³ 15% but <25%

   12 %

³ 25%

   25 %

 

The risk-based capital requirements identify concentration of credit risk and certain risks arising from non-traditional activities, and the management of those risks, as important factors to consider in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. In addition, the risk-based capital guidelines incorporate a measure for market risk in foreign exchange and commodity activities and in the trading of debt and equity instruments. The market risk-based capital guidelines require banking organizations with large trading activities to maintain capital for market risk in an amount calculated by using the banking organizations’ own internal value-at-risk models, subject to parameters set by the regulators.

 

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies, the required minimum ratio of “Total capital” (the sum of Tier I, Tier II and Tier III capital) to risk-adjusted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is currently 8%. The required minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-adjusted assets is 4%. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation’s Total capital and Tier I capital to risk-adjusted assets ratios were 16.47% and 10.54%, respectively.

 

The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “BIS”). The BIS is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines that each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they apply. The BIS has been working for a number of years on revisions to the 1988 capital accord and in June 2004 released the final version of its proposed new capital framework (“BIS II”). BIS II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for

 

8


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

credit risk – an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances (which for many asset classes is itself broken into a “foundation approach” and an “advanced approach” the availability of which is subject to additional restrictions) and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. BIS II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures. The U.S. banking and thrift agencies are developing proposed revisions to their existing capital adequacy regulations and standards based on BIS II. They have indicated that they expect to publish proposed BIS II-related revisions in mid-year 2005 and adopt final revisions in mid-2006, with an effective date for the final revisions in Jan. 2008. The agencies expect that BIS II will apply to only a small number of large internationally active U.S. banking organizations, and the Corporation cannot predict at this time whether the new guidelines will lead to an increase or decrease in its required capital. The Corporation is not required to adopt the new framework, but has formed a working group that is analyzing the potential impact of BIS II on its risk-based capital.

 

The Federal Reserve Board also requires bank holding companies to comply with minimum Leverage ratio guidelines. The Leverage ratio is the ratio of a bank holding company’s Tier I capital to its total consolidated quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the loan loss reserve, goodwill and certain other intangible assets. The guidelines require a minimum Leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum Leverage ratio of 4%. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised the Corporation of any specific minimum Leverage ratio applicable to it. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation’s Leverage ratio was 7.87%.

 

The Federal Reserve Board’s capital guidelines provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Also, the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve Board will consider a “tangible Tier I leverage ratio” in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The tangible Tier I leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier I capital (excluding intangibles) to total assets (excluding intangibles).

 

Prompt Corrective Action

 

The FDI Act requires federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDI Act identifies the following capital tiers for financial institutions: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

 

Rules adopted by the federal banking agencies provide that an institution is deemed to be: “well capitalized” if the institution has a Total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a Leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure; “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a Total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a Leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater (or a Leverage ratio of 3.0% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate Federal banking agency guidelines), and the institution does not meet the definition of a well capitalized institution; “undercapitalized” if the institution has a Total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Leverage ratio that is less than 4.0% (or a Leverage ratio that is less than 3.0% if the institution is rated composite 1 in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate Federal banking agency guidelines) and the institution does not meet the definition of a significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized institution; “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a

 

9


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervision and Regulation (continued)

 

Total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a Leverage ratio that is less than 3.0% and the institution does not meet the definition of a critically undercapitalized institution; and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. The FDI Act imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the capital category in which an institution is classified.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, all of the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries were well capitalized based on the ratios and guidelines noted previously. A bank’s capital category, however, is determined solely for the purpose of applying the prompt corrective action rules and may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects.

 

The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution.

 

The FDI Act provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act

 

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as the Corporation’s bank, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds and private investment companies advised or sponsored by the Corporation’s subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

 

Depositor Preference Statute

 

Under federal law, depositors and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver.

 

Privacy

 

The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally prohibit financial institutions, including the Corporation, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure. The

 

10


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Supervisions and Regulation (continued)

 

Fair Credit Reporting Act restricts information sharing among affiliates and was amended in December 2003 to further restrict affiliate sharing of information for marketing purposes.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The Community Reinvestment Act requires banks to help serve the credit needs of their communities, including credit to low and moderate income individuals and geographies. Should the Corporation or its bank subsidiaries fail to adequately serve the community, potential penalties are regulatory denials to expand branches, relocate, add subsidiaries and affiliates, expand into new financial activities and merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

 

Legislative Initiatives

 

Various legislative initiatives are from time to time introduced in Congress. The Corporation cannot determine the ultimate effect that any such potential legislation, if enacted, would have upon its financial condition or operations.

 

Competition

 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries continue to be subject to intense competition in all aspects and areas of their businesses. The Corporation’s Asset Management Group experiences competition from asset management firms; mutual funds; investment banking companies; bank and financial holding companies; banks, including trust banks; brokerage firms and insurance companies. In its Corporate & Institutional Services Group, the Corporation competes with domestic and foreign banks offering institutional trust and custody products and cash management products, benefit consultants and a wide range of technologically capable service providers, such as data processing, shareholder services and outsourcing firms. As a result of industry consolidation as well as increased competition from the technology services sector and consideration of the level of continued investment required and the extension of the timetable to reach acceptable profitability, the Corporation continues to review the options for Human Resources & Investor Solutions. The Corporation expects that review to be completed prior to the end of the first quarter 2005.

 

Many of the Corporation’s competitors, with the particular exception of bank and financial holding companies and banks, are not subject to regulation as extensive as that described under the “Supervision and Regulation” section and, as a result, may have a competitive advantage over the Corporation in certain respects.

 

As part of its business strategy, the Corporation seeks to distinguish itself from its competitors by the level of service delivered to its clients. The Corporation also believes that technological innovation is an important competitive factor and for this reason has made and continues to make substantial investments in this area. Since the events of Sept. 11, 2001, the ability to recover quickly from unexpected events is a competitive factor, and the Corporation has devoted significant resources to this.

 

Employees

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation and its subsidiaries employed approximately 19,400 persons.

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

 

The Securities Act of 1933 Industry Guide 3 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Industry Guide 3 (together “Guide 3”), require that the following statistical disclosures be made in Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed by bank holding companies.

 

11


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is presented in the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis below. Required information is also presented in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Consolidated Balance Sheet — Average Balances and Interest Yields/Rates on pages 16 and 17, and in Net Interest Revenue on page 15, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Rate/Volume Variance Analysis

 

     Year ended Dec. 31,

 
     2004 over (under) 2003

    2003 over (under) 2002

 
     Due to change in

          Due to change in

       

(in millions)


   Rate

    Volume

    Net
change


    Rate

    Volume

   

Net

change


 

Increase (decrease) in interest revenue from interest-earning assets:

                                                

Interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily foreign)

   $ 9     $ 5     $ 14     $ (14 )   $ 11     $ (3 )

Federal funds sold and securities under resale agreements

     2       1       3       (3 )     3       —    

Other money market investments

     —         —         —         (1 )     1       —    

Trading account securities

     2       (9 )     (7 )     5       —         5  

Securities:

                                                

U.S. Treasury and agency securities (a)

     (61 )     —         (61 )     (61 )     93       32  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     1       5       6       —         9       9  

Other

     (54 )     46       (8 )     46       (86 )     (40 )

Loans (includes loan fees)

     (2 )     (17 )     (19 )     (40 )     (77 )     (117 )

Funds allocated to discontinued operations

     —         —         —         —         (4 )     (4 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total

     (103 )     31       (72 )     (68 )     (50 )     (118 )

Increase (decrease) in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                

Deposits in domestic offices:

                                                

Demand, money market and other savings accounts

     (1 )     14       13       (30 )     7       (23 )

Savings certificates

     —         —         —         (2 )     —         (2 )

Other time deposits

     —         —         —         (3 )     (7 )     (10 )

Deposits in foreign offices

     17       12       29       (18 )     13       (5 )

Federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements

     2       (5 )     (3 )     (10 )     (4 )     (14 )

Other short-term borrowings

     15       (25 )     (10 )     3       (3 )     —    

Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

     15       (1 )     14       (8 )     2       (6 )

Junior subordinated debentures/trust- preferred securities (b)

     (4 )     1       (3 )     (23 )     2       (21 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total

     44       (4 )     40       (91 )     10       (81 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in net interest revenue

   $ (147 )   $ 35     $ (112 )   $ 23     $ (60 )   $ (37 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

(a) Includes mortgaged-backed securities of federal agencies.

 

(b) Trust-preferred securities were deconsolidated at Dec. 31, 2003, as discussed in Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

Note: Amounts are calculated on a taxable equivalent basis where applicable, at a tax rate approximating 35%. Changes in interest revenue or interest expense arising from the combination of rate and volume variances are allocated proportionally to rate and volume based on their relative absolute magnitudes.

 

12


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

Percent of international related average assets and liabilities to total consolidated average amounts (a)

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Average total assets

   13 %   11 %   11 %   10 %

Average total liabilities

   19 %   16 %   13 %   10 %

 

(a) Prior to 2001, the level of foreign activities did not exceed reporting thresholds established by the SEC.

 

II. Securities Portfolio

 

A. Carrying values of securities

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is presented in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements, which note is incorporated herein by reference.

 

B. Maturity Distribution of Securities

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is presented in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements, which note is incorporated herein by reference.

 

III. Loan Portfolio

 

A. Types of Loans

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is presented below and on the following page. Further information is included in the Corporate Risk Management section of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders on pages 36 through 41, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Domestic and international loans and leases at year-end (a)

 

(in millions)


   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

Domestic loans and leases

   $ 6,555    $ 7,107    $ 7,880    $ 7,915

International loans and leases:

                           

Commercial and industrial

     67      199      358      409

Financial institutions

     17      28      34      57

Governments and official institutions

     6      8      18      16

Other

     109      125      148      143
    

  

  

  

Total international loans and leases

     199      360      558      625
    

  

  

  

Total loans and leases

   $ 6,754    $ 7,467    $ 8,438    $ 8,540
    

  

  

  

 

(a) Prior to 2001, the level of foreign activities did not exceed the reporting thresholds established by the SEC.

 

13


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

B. Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

 

Maturity distribution of loans at Dec. 31, 2004

 

(in millions)


   Within 1 year  (a)

   1-5 years

   Over 5 years

   Total

Domestic loans (b) :

                           

Commercial and financial

   $ 1,555    $ 575    $ 60    $ 2,190

Commercial real estate

     789      901      226      1,916
    

  

  

  

Total domestic loans

     2,344      1,476      286      4,106

International loans

     61      82      56      199
    

  

  

  

Total loans

   $ 2,405    $ 1,558    $ 342    $ 4,305
    

  

  

  

 

(a) Includes demand loans and loans with no stated maturity.

 

(b) Excludes personal loans and lease finance assets.

 

Note: Maturity distributions are based on remaining contractual maturities.

 

Sensitivity of loans at Dec. 31, 2004 to changes in interest rates

 

(in millions)


   Domestic
operations 
(a)


   International
operations


   Total

Loans due in one year or less (b)

   $ 2,344    $ 61    $ 2,405

Loans due after one year:

                    

Variable rates

     1,365      29      1,394

Fixed rates

     397      109      506
    

  

  

Total loans

   $ 4,106    $ 199    $ 4,305
    

  

  

 

(a) Excludes personal loans and lease finance assets.

 

(b) Includes demand loans and loans with no stated maturity.

 

Note: Maturity distributions are based on remaining contractual maturities.

 

C. Risk Elements

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is included in the Corporate Risk Management section of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders on pages 36 through 41, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 

Information required by this section of Guide 3 is included in the Provision and Reserve for Credit Exposure section of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders on pages 40 and 41, which is incorporated herein by reference, and below.

 

When losses on specific loans are identified, management charges off the portion deemed uncollectible. The allocation of the Corporation’s reserve for loan losses is presented below as required by Guide 3.

 

14


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

Loan loss reserve

 

     Dec. 31,

(in millions)


   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

Base reserve:

                                  

Commercial and financial

   $ 36    $ 48    $ 81    $ 59    $ 104

Commercial real estate

     9      13      8      9      58

Personal

     5      6      6      5      16

Lease finance assets

     15      12      5      9      7
    

  

  

  

  

Total domestic base reserve

     65      79      100      82      185

International

     2      9      4      2      4
    

  

  

  

  

Total base reserve

     67      88      104      84      189

Impairment/judgmental

     6      2      2      3      48

Unallocated

     25      13      21      9      17
    

  

  

  

  

Total loan loss reserve

   $ 98    $ 103    $ 127    $ 96    $ 254
    

  

  

  

  

 

Reserve for loan losses relating to international operations (a)

 

(in millions)


   2004

    2003

    2002

   2001

 

Reserve at the beginning of year

   $ 9     $ 4     $ 2    $ 4  

Credit losses

     (1 )     (2 )     —        (15 )

Recoveries

     1       —         —        1  

Transfer due to sale

     —         —         —        (7 )

Provision for loan losses

     (7 )     7       2      19  
    


 


 

  


Reserve at the end of year

   $ 2     $ 9     $ 4    $ 2  
    


 


 

  


 

(a) Prior to 2001, the level of foreign activities did not exceed the reporting thresholds established by the SEC.

 

Further information on the Corporation’s credit policies, the factors that influenced management’s judgment in determining the level of the reserve for credit exposure, and the analyses of the reserve for credit exposure for the years 2000-2004 are set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Credit Risk section on pages 36 and 37, the Provision and Reserve for Credit Exposure section on pages 40 and 41, in Critical Accounting Policies on pages 56 and 57, in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements under Reserve for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments and in Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

For each category above, the ratio of loans to consolidated total loans is as follows:

 

Ratio of loans to consolidated total loans

 

     Dec. 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 

Domestic loans and leases:

                              

Commercial and financial

   32 %   37 %   45 %   42 %   49 %

Commercial real estate

   28     29     26     30     21  

Personal

   30     23     15     13     14  

Lease finance assets

   7     6     7     8     6  
    

 

 

 

 

Total domestic loans and leases

   97     95     93     93     90  

International loans and leases

   3     5     7     7     10  
    

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

15


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

Large corporate commercial and financial exposure—by industry sector

 

Large corporate commercial and financial exposure at Dec. 31, 2004

(dollar amounts in millions)

 

     Unfunded commitments to extend credit

   Commercial and
financial loans


 
     Number of
customers 
(b)


   Commitments

    Investment
grade
(c)


    Contractual
maturities


   Loans
and
leases


    Investment
grade
(c)


 

Industry sector (a)


          <1 year

   >1 year

    

Large corporate commercial and financial:

                                               

Insurance

   34    $ 1,217     100 %   $ 334    $ 883    $ 25     100 %

Financial institutions

   21      1,058     100       844      214      114     100  

Captive finance companies

   11      832     98       552      280      36     18  

Electric and gas utilities

   40      1,045     100       240      805      53     80  

Services

   25      629     96       315      314      59     92  

Energy

   19      582     96       223      359      7     8  

Investment management companies

   18      550     100       455      95      19     100  

Electrical and electronic equipment

   10      507     99       68      439      41     91  

Cable/media

   14      502     94       —        502      62     9  

Transportation and

                                               

warehousing

   6      285     100       136      149      66     0  

Other

   137      4,410     95       1,534      2,876      408     75  
    
  


 

 

  

  


 

Total commercial and financial - large corporate

   335    $ 11,617     97 %   $ 4,701    $ 6,916    $ 890 (d)   68 %
    
  


 

 

  

  


 

Memo:

                                               

Credit default swaps

        $ 555 (e)                       $ 66 (e)      
         


                     


     

 

(a) The industry sectors shown are those that comprise $500 million or more of unfunded commercial and financial commitments and/or $50 million or more in outstanding loans.

 

(b) Number of customers represents those customers with available commitments.

 

(c) Investment grade loans and commitments are those where the customer has a Moody’s long-term rating of Baa3 or better, and/or a Standard and Poor’s long-term rating of BBB- or better, or if unrated, has been assigned an equivalent rating using the Corporation’s internal risk rating. The percentages in the table are based upon the dollar amounts of investment grade loans and commitments as a percentage of the related dollar amount of loans and commitments for each industry sector.

 

(d) Includes domestic and international commercial and financial loans and lease finance assets to large corporate clients. Other domestic and international commercial and financial loans and lease finance assets totaled $1.955 billion at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

(e) Credit exposure has been hedged by purchasing $694 million of credit default swaps in the following industry sectors: electrical and electronic equipment, $100 million; insurance, $85 million; electric and gas utilities, $60 million; cable/media, $35 million; services, $30 million; and all other, $384 million. The $694 million of credit default swaps includes $73 million of swaps related to letters of credit, which are not shown in the table above. Amounts shown in the industry sector details have not been reduced by the amounts of credit default swaps.

 

16


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

V. Deposits

 

Maturity distribution of domestic time deposits at Dec. 31, 2004

 

(in millions)


   Within
3 months


   4-6
months


   7-12
months


   Over
1 year


   Total

Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or greater

   $ 247    $ 24    $ 56    $ 121    $ 448

Time certificates of deposit in denominations of less than $100,000

     29      14      14      40      97
    

  

  

  

  

Total time certificates of deposit

     276      38      70      161      545
    

  

  

  

  

Other time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater

     1,371      —        —        —        1,371

Other time deposits in denominations of less than $100,000

     —        —        —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total other time deposits

     1,371      —        —        —        1,371
    

  

  

  

  

Total domestic time deposits

   $ 1,647    $ 38    $ 70    $ 161    $ 1,916
    

  

  

  

  

 

The majority of deposits in foreign offices of approximately $6.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2004 were in amounts in excess of $100,000, and were primarily overnight foreign demand deposits. Additional information required by this section of Guide 3 is set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Consolidated Balance Sheet — Average Balances and Interest Yields/Rates on pages 16 and 17, which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

 

VI. Return on Equity and Assets

 

Return on equity and assets

 

     Year ended Dec. 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

(1)Return on assets (a) :

                  

Net income

   2.34 %   2.07 %   2.03 %

Income from continuing operations (b)

   2.36     2.04     2.04  

(2) Return on common shareholders’ equity (a) :

                  

Net income

   20.78     19.90     20.34  

Income from continuing operations

   20.88     19.38     19.96  

(3) Dividend payout ratio of common stock, based on diluted net income per share

   37.23     34.97     31.21  

(4) Equity to assets, based on common shareholders’ equity (a)

   11.27     10.40     9.96  

 

(a) Computed on a daily average basis. Returns for 2003 are before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

 

(b) Calculated excluding both the results and assets of the fixed income trading business and Australian businesses even though the prior period balance sheet was not restated for discontinued operations.

 

VII. Short-Term Borrowings

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent funds acquired for securities transactions and other funding requirements. Federal funds purchased mature on the business day after execution. Selected balances and rates are as follows:

 

17


ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued)

 

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (continued)

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(dollar amounts in millions)


   2004

    2003

 

Maximum month-end balance

   $ 1,583     $ 3,037  

Average daily balance

   $ 1,266     $ 1,716  

Average rate during the year

     1.03 %     0.95 %

Balance at Dec. 31

   $ 704     $ 754  

Average rate at Dec. 31

     1.97 %     0.94 %

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Corporation believes that its owned and leased facilities are suitable and adequate for its business needs. At a number of the locations described below, the Corporation is not currently occupying all of the space under its control. Where commercially reasonable and to the extent it is not needed for future expansion, the Corporation is seeking to lease or sublease this excess space. The following is a description of the Corporation’s principal properties:

 

Pittsburgh properties

 

In 1983, the Corporation entered into a long-term lease of One Mellon Center, a 54-story office building in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. In 2004, the Corporation executed a new lease that expires in November 2028. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation subleased approximately 15% of this building’s approximately 1,525,000 square feet of rentable space to third parties.

 

In 1984, the Corporation entered into a sale/leaseback arrangement pursuant to which the Corporation leases the eleven-story office building in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania known as the Union Trust Building, or Two Mellon Center, while retaining title to the land thereunder. The term of this lease is scheduled to expire in May 2006. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation subleased approximately 15% of this building’s approximately 595,000 square feet of rentable space to third parties.

 

The Corporation owns the 41-story office building in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania known as Three Mellon Center or 525 William Penn Place. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation leased approximately 30% of this building’s approximately 943,000 square feet of rentable space to outside tenants.

 

The Corporation owns the 14-story office building in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania known as the Mellon Client Service Center. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not lease any of this building’s approximately 667,000 square feet of rentable space to outside tenants.

 

The Pittsburgh properties are utilized by each of the Corporation’s six core business sectors.

 

Philadelphia properties

 

The Corporation leases a seven-story office building in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania known as Mellon Independence Center. The term of this lease is scheduled to expire in December 2015. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation subleased approximately 70% of this building’s approximately 807,000 square feet of rentable space to third parties.

 

The Corporation leases approximately 231,000 square feet of rentable space in a 53-story office building known as Mellon Center in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The current term of this lease is scheduled to expire in September 2015. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation subleased approximately 25% of this space to third parties.

 

The Philadelphia properties are utilized by each of the Corporation’s six core business sectors other than Institutional Asset Management and Mutual Funds.

 

18


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES (continued)

 

Boston properties

 

The Corporation leases approximately 362,000 square feet of rentable space in a 41-story office building known as Mellon Financial Center in Boston, Massachusetts. The current term of this lease is scheduled to expire in December 2013. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties.

 

The Corporation leases a three-story office building located in Everett, Massachusetts. The term of this lease is scheduled to expire in April 2019. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this building’s approximately 376,000 square feet of rentable space to third parties.

 

The Boston properties are utilized by each of the Corporation’s six core business sectors other than Mutual Funds.

 

New York properties

 

The Corporation leases approximately 412,000 square feet of rentable space in a 58-story office building located at 200 Park Avenue in New York City pursuant to two leases. The term of the lease covering approximately 95% of this space is scheduled to expire in March 2019 and the term of the lease covering approximately 5% of this space is scheduled to expire in March 2005. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation subleased approximately 5% of this space to a third party.

 

The Corporation leases approximately 95,000 square feet of rentable space in EAB Plaza in Uniondale, New York. The term of this lease is scheduled to expire in March 2014. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties. The Corporation also occupies approximately 74,000 square feet of rentable space at EAB Plaza pursuant to another lease. This lease is scheduled to expire, and the Corporation will surrender this space, in 2005 at such time as the Corporation has completed improvement work in, and consolidated its operations into, the 95,000 square foot premises covered by the lease expiring in 2014.

 

The New York properties are utilized by each of the Corporation’s six core business sectors.

 

New Jersey properties

 

The Corporation leases an aggregate of approximately 288,000 square feet of rentable space in three buildings in Ridgefield Park, New Jersey located at 65 Challenger Road, 85 Challenger Road and 105 Challenger Road. The current terms of these three leases are scheduled to expire in January 2006, October 2005 and February 2006, respectively. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties.

 

The Corporation leases an aggregate of approximately 194,000 square feet of rentable space in two buildings in Ft. Lee, New Jersey located at 2100 North Central Road and One Bridge Plaza. The current terms of these leases are scheduled to expire in January 2012 and January 2006, respectively. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties.

 

The Corporation leases approximately 124,000 square feet of rentable space at 500 Plaza Drive, Secaucus, New Jersey. The current term of this lease is scheduled to expire in July 2011. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties.

 

The New Jersey properties are utilized by the Corporation’s Human Resources & Investor Solutions business sector.

 

19


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES (continued)

 

London headquarters property

 

The Corporation leases approximately 234,000 square feet of rentable space in a 6-story office building known as Mellon Financial Centre in London, England. The term of this lease is scheduled to expire in September 2023. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Corporation did not sublease any of this space to third parties. This property is utilized by the Corporation’s six core business sectors other than Mutual Funds and Private Wealth Management.

 

Other properties

 

The Corporation also owns and leases additional space for its operations at locations both within and outside the United States. See “Description of Business” on page 3 for information as to where certain of the Corporation’s operations are conducted.

 

For additional information on the Corporation’s premises and equipment, see Note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders, which note is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Various legal actions and proceedings are pending or are threatened against the Corporation and its subsidiaries, some of which seek relief or damages in amounts that are substantial. These actions and proceedings arise in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s businesses and operations and include suits relating to its lending, collections, servicing, investment, mutual fund, advisory, trust, custody, benefits consulting, shareholder services, cash management and other activities and operations. Because of the complex nature of some of these actions and proceedings, it may be a number of years before such matters ultimately are resolved. After consultation with legal counsel, management believes that the aggregate liability, if any, resulting from such pending and threatened actions and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, although there could be a material effect on results of operations for a particular period.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to security holders for vote during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in Capital on pages 33 and 34, Liquidity and Dividends on pages 43 and 44, in Fourth Quarter 2004 Review on page 51, in Selected Quarterly Data on pages 52 through 54, in Note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements on page 100 and in Corporate Information on the inside back cover of the Report, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

In October 1996, the board of directors declared a dividend, paid Oct. 31, 1996, of one right (a “Right”) issued pursuant to the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of Oct. 15, 1996 (the “Rights Agreement”), for each outstanding share of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”). On Oct. 19, 1999, the Corporation amended and restated the Rights Agreement.

 

The Rights are not currently exercisable and trade only with the Common Stock (and are currently evidenced only in connection with the Common Stock). The Rights would separate from the Common Stock and become

 

20


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)

 

exercisable only when a person or group acquires 15% or more of the Common Stock or ten days after a person or group commences a tender offer that would result in ownership of 15% or more of the Common Stock. At that time, each Right would entitle the holder to purchase for $135 (the “exercise price”) one one-hundredth of a share of participating preferred stock, which is designed to have economic and voting rights generally equivalent to one share of common stock. Should a person or group actually acquire 15% or more of the Common Stock, each Right held by the acquiring person or group (or their transferees) would become void and each Right held by the Corporation’s other shareholders would entitle those holders to purchase for the exercise price a number of shares of the Common Stock having a market value of twice the exercise price. Should the Corporation, at any time after a person or group has become a 15% beneficial owner and acquired control of the Corporation’s board of directors, be involved in a merger or similar transaction with any person or group or sell assets to any person or group, each outstanding Right would then entitle its holder to purchase for the exercise price a number of shares of such other company having a market value of twice the exercise price. In addition, if any person or group acquires 15% or more of the Common Stock, the Corporation may, at its option and to the fullest extent permitted by law, exchange one share of Common Stock for each outstanding Right. The Rights are not exercisable until the above events occur and will expire on Oct. 31, 2006, unless earlier exchanged or redeemed by the Corporation. The Corporation may redeem the Rights for one cent per Right under certain circumstances.

 

The foregoing description is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, which is an exhibit to this Report.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Financial Summary table on page 2, in the Summary of Financial Results on pages 5 through 7, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet — Average Balances and Interest Yields/Rates on pages 16 and 17, in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements on pages 68 through 75, in Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements on page 75 and in Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements on pages 76 and 77, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Financial Review on pages 3 through 62 and in Note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements on page 100, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in the Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis on pages 44 through 46, in Trading Activities on pages 46 and 47, in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements under “Derivative instruments used for risk management purposes” and “Derivative instruments used for trading activities” on pages 72 through 74 and in Note 26 and Note 27 of Notes to Financial Statements on pages 101 through 106, which portions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Reference is made to Item 15 on page 26 hereof for a detailed listing of the items under Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules, and Other Financial Data, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

21


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

NONE.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Corporation’s management, with the participation of its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness, as of Dec. 31, 2004, of the Corporation’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of Dec. 31, 2004, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

See pages 61 and 62 of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders for the Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

There was no change in the Corporation’s “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended Dec. 31, 2004, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information required by this Item is included in the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2005 Proxy Statement”) in the Election of Directors-Biographical Summaries of Nominees and Directors section, in the Corporate Governance Matters section, in the Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers section and in the Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance section, each of which sections is incorporated herein by reference, and in the following section “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

The Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers which is applicable to the Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. It is available on the Corporation’s website or from the Secretary of the Corporation as described in “Available Information” on page 1 of this Report, which is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

 

22


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT (continued)

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The name and age of, and the positions and offices held by, each executive officer of the Corporation as of February 1, 2005, together with the offices held by each such person during the last five years, are listed below and on the following page. Messrs. McGuinn, Elliott, Canter, Lamere and O’Hanley have executed employment contracts with the Corporation. All other executive officers serve at the pleasure of their appointing authority. No executive officer has a family relationship to any other listed executive officer.

 

   

Age


 

Position


   Year Elected

Martin G. McGuinn

  62   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mellon Financial Corporation and Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mellon Bank, N.A.    1999 (1)

Steven G. Elliott

  58   Senior Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2001 (2)

James D. Aramanda

  53   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2003 (3)

Stephen E. Canter

  59   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2001 (4)

John T. Chesko

  55   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2004 (5)

John L. Klinck, Jr.

  41   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2004 (6)

David F. Lamere

  44   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2001 (7)

Ronald P. O’Hanley

  47   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2001 (8)

James P. Palermo

  49   Vice Chairman, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2002 (9)

Allan P. Woods

  58   Vice Chairman and Chief Information Officer, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    1999

Michael A. Bryson

  58   Chief Financial Officer, Mellon Financial Corporation and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mellon Bank, N.A.    2001 (10)

Timothy P. Robison

  52   Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Mellon Financial Corporation and Executive Vice President and Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and Manager, Risk Management Department, Mellon Bank, N.A.    2004 (11)

 

23


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT (continued)

 

   

Age


 

Position


   Year Elected

Michael K. Hughey

  53   Senior Vice President and Controller, Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.    2004 (12)

Leo Y. Au

  55   Treasurer, Mellon Financial Corporation and Senior Vice President, and Manager, Corporate Treasury Group, Mellon Bank, N.A.    2002 (13)

 

(1) In June 2001, Mr. McGuinn was appointed President of Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(2) From 1999 through 2001, Mr. Elliott served as Senior Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(3) From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Aramanda was Senior Vice President and Manager of Mellon Investor Services. From 2001 to 2003, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer, Mellon Investor Services.

 

(4) From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Canter was President and Chief Operating Officer of The Dreyfus Corporation. In 2001, Mr. Canter became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Dreyfus Corporation.

 

(5) From 1997 through 2002, Mr. Chesko was Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer of Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Chesko was Vice Chairman and Chief Compliance Officer of Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(6) From 1999 to 2001 Mr. Klinck was Senior Vice President of Mellon Bank, N.A. and Manager of Corporate Strategy and Development. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Klinck was Executive Vice President of Mellon Bank, N.A. and Chairman of Mellon Europe.

 

(7) From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Lamere was an Executive Vice President of Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(8) From 1997 to 2001, Mr. O’Hanley was a Senior Vice President of Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(9) From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Palermo served as Executive Vice President and Manager, Global Securities Services, Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

(10) From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Bryson served as Treasurer of Mellon Financial Corporation.

 

(11) From 1991 to 2001, Mr. Robison was Senior Vice President of Financial Planning and Management Accounting of Mellon Bank, N.A. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Robison was Corporate Chief Auditor of Mellon Financial Corporation and Senior Vice President and Corporate Chief Auditor of Mellon Bank, N.A. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Robison was Chief Risk Officer of Mellon Financial Corporation. Mr. Robison has been an Executive Vice President of Mellon Bank, N.A. since 2002.

 

(12) Mr. Hughey also served as Director of Taxes for Mellon Bank, N.A. from 1985 to 2004.

 

(13) From 1995 to 2001, Mr. Au served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Mellon Financial Markets, LLC. In 2001, Mr. Au became Senior Vice President, and Manager, Corporate Treasury Group of Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

24


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is included in the 2005 Proxy Statement in the Directors’ Compensation section and in the Executive Compensation section, and is incorporated herein by reference. The Performance Graph and the Compensation Committee Report are not incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

For a narrative description of each of the equity compensation plans included in the following table, see Note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders. Equity compensation plans described in Note 23 that have not received shareholder approval are the Corporation’s ShareSuccess Plan, Stock Option Plan for the Mellon Financial Group West Coast Board of Directors, and the Stock Option Plan for Affiliate Boards of Directors. Additional annual broad-based grants under the ShareSuccess Plan are not anticipated.

 

Equity compensation plans at Dec. 31, 2004

 

     Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights


    Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights


   Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans 
(b)


 

Equity compensation plans:

                   

Approved by shareholders

   32,950,735     $ 30.89    27,670,225 (c)

Not approved by shareholders

   6,093,573 (a)   $ 37.31    3,077,507 (d)
    

 

  

Total

   39,044,308 (e)   $ 31.89    30,747,732  
    

 

  

 

(a) Includes 5,988,790 shares that may be issued under the ShareSuccess Plan, a broad-based employee stock option plan, at an average exercise price of $37.35 per share.

 

(b) Excludes securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights.

 

(c) Includes 7,907,411 shares of common stock that may be issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 4,213,926 shares that may be issued as restricted stock, deferred share awards, stock covered by performance units or as other stock-based awards under the Corporation’s Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan.

 

(d) Includes 3,010,680 shares that may be issued under the ShareSuccess Plan. No shares are included for future issuance under the Stock Option Plan for the Mellon Financial Group West Coast Board of Directors (the “West Coast Plan”).

 

(e) The weighted average term to expiration of stock options is 6.73 years.

 

Additional information required by this Item is included in the 2005 Proxy Statement in the Beneficial Ownership of Stock section and in the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders in Note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements under the captions “Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,” and “Broad-Based Employee Stock Options” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information required by this Item is included in the 2005 Proxy Statement in the Business Relationships and Related Transactions section, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item is included in the 2005 Proxy Statement in the Ratification of Independent Public Accountants section and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

25


 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) The financial statements and schedules required for the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K are included, attached or incorporated by reference as indicated in the following index. Page numbers refer to pages of the Corporation’s 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

     Page No.

(1) Financial Statements     

Consolidated Income Statement

   63 and 64

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   65

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   66

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   67

Notes to Financial Statements

   68 through 111

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   112

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial Statement schedules are omitted either because they are not required or are not applicable, or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(3) Other Financial Data and Exhibits

 

Fourth Quarter 2004 Review

   51

Selected Quarterly Data

   52 through 54

 

The exhibits listed on the Index to Exhibits on pages 28 through 34 hereof are incorporated by reference or filed or furnished herewith in response to this Item.

 

26


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Mellon Financial Corporation

By:

 

/s/ Martin G. McGuinn

   

Martin G. McGuinn

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

DATED: February 25, 2005

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Corporation and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature


         

Capacities


By:

 

/s/ Martin G. McGuinn

          Director and Principal Executive Officer
   

     Martin G. McGuinn

           
         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer            
By:  

/s/ Michael A. Bryson

          Principal Financial Officer
   

     Michael A. Bryson

     Chief Financial Officer

           
By:  

/s/ Michael K. Hughey

          Principal Accounting Officer
   

     Michael K. Hughey

     Senior Vice President and Controller

           

Ruth E. Bruch; Paul L. Cejas;

Jared L. Cohon; Steven G. Elliott;

Ira J. Gumberg; Edmund F. Kelly;

Edward J. McAniff; Robert Mehrabian;

Seward Prosser Mellon; Mark A. Nordenberg;

James F. Orr III; David S. Shapira;

William E. Strickland Jr.; John P. Surma;

and Wesley W. von Schack

         

Directors

By:  

/s/ Carl Krasik

          DATED: February 25, 2005
   

     Carl Krasik

     Attorney-in-fact

           

 

27


Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description


  

Method of Filing


3.1       Restated Articles of Incorporation of Mellon Financial Corporation, as amended and restated as of Sept. 17, 1998, and as amended Oct. 18, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2       By-Laws of Mellon Financial Corporation, as amended, effective Oct. 19, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1       Instruments defining the rights of securities holders.    See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 above.
4.2       Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of Oct. 15, 1996, between Mellon Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent, and as amended and restated as of Oct. 19, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-A/A Registration Statement (File No. 1-7410) dated Oct. 19, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3       Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of Dec. 3, 1996, between Mellon Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Debenture Trustee.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 3, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4(a)   Certificate representing the 7.72% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series A, of Mellon Financial Corporation.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 3, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4(b)   Certificate representing the 7.995% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series B, of Mellon Financial Corporation.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 20, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.5(a)   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of Dec. 3, 1996, of Mellon Capital I, among Mellon Financial Corporation, as Depositor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Property Trustee, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 3, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.5(b)   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of Dec. 20, 1996, of Mellon Capital II, among Mellon Financial Corporation, as Depositor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Property Trustee, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 20, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

28


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description


  

Method of Filing


  4.6(a)   Certificate representing the 7.72% Capital Securities, Series A, of Mellon Capital I.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 3, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.6(b)   Certificate representing the 7.995% Capital Securities, Series B, of Mellon Capital II.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 20, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.7(a)   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of Dec. 3, 1996, between Mellon Financial Corporation, as guarantor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Guarantee Trustee.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 3, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.7(b)   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of Dec. 20, 1996, between Mellon Financial Corporation, as Guarantor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Guarantee Trustee.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 20, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.1       Lease dated as of Feb. 1, 1983, between 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A. with respect to One Mellon Center.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.2       First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of Nov. 1, 1983, between 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-15 (Registration No. 2-88266) and incorporated herein by reference.
10.3       Purchase of Assets and Liability Assumption Agreement by and between Mellon Financial Corporation and Citizens Financial Group, Inc., as of July 16, 2001.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.4       Omnibus Side Letter dated Dec. 1, 2001, between Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and Mellon Financial Corporation.    Previously filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 1, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.5       Amended and Restated Non-Compete Subsections dated Dec. 1, 2001, between Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and Mellon Financial Corporation.    Previously filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Dec. 1, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

29


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


  

Method of Filing


10.6*    Mellon Financial Corporation Profit Bonus Plan, as amended.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 1990, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.7*    Mellon Financial Corporation Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan (2004), effective April 20, 2004.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.8*    Mellon Financial Corporation Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (2001), effective Feb. 20, 2001.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended June 30, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.9*    Mellon Financial Corporation 1990 Elective Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Members of the Advisory Board, as amended, effective Jan. 1, 2002.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.10*    Mellon Financial Corporation Elective Deferred Compensation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended, effective Jan. 1, 2003.    Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-109103) dated Sept. 26, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.11*    Mellon Bank IRC Section 401(a)(17) Plan, as amended, effective Sept. 15, 1998.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.12*    Mellon Bank Optional Life Insurance Plan, as amended, effective Jan. 15, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.13*    Mellon Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan, as amended, effective Jan. 15, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.14*    Mellon Bank Senior Executive Life Insurance Plan, as amended, effective Jan. 15, 1999.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.

 

30


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description


  

Method of Filing


10.15*   Employment Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and Martin G. McGuinn, effective as of Feb. 1, 2004.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.16*   Employment Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and Steven G. Elliott, effective as of Feb. 1, 2004.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.17*   Employment Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and Stephen E. Canter, effective as of Jan. 1, 2003.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.18*   Employment Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and David F. Lamere, effective as of Jan. 1, 2003.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.19*   Employment Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and Ronald P. O’Hanley, effective as of Jan. 1, 2003.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.20*   Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and members of the Executive Management Group.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.21*   Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Mellon Financial Corporation and members of the Senior Management Committee.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-7410) for the year ended Dec. 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22**   Mellon Financial Corporation ShareSuccess Plan, as amended, effective May 21, 2002.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.23*   Form of Mellon Financial Corporation, Long- Term Profit Incentive Plan, Type I Stock Option Agreement.    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-7410) for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.

 

** Non-shareholder approved compensatory plan pursuant to which the Corporation’s Common Stock may be issued to employees of the Corporation. No executive officers or directors of the Corporation are permitted to participate in this plan.

 

31


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


  

Method of Filing


10.24*    Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement made as of October 15, 2004, between Mellon Financial Corporation and John L. Klinck, Jr.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Oct. 19, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25*    Letter dated Nov. 22, 2004 from Lisa B. Peters, EVP, Director of Human Resources of the registrant, to James P. Palermo.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Nov. 22, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.26*    Letter dated Dec. 1, 2004, from Lisa B. Peters, EVP, Director of Human Resources of the registrant, to James P. Palermo.    Filed herewith.
10.27*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Corporate Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.28*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Asset Management Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.29*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Asset Management Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.30*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Mellon Institutional Asset Management Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.31*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Mellon Private Wealth Management Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.5 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.32*    Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Agreement - Dreyfus Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.6 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.

 

32


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


  

Method of Filing


10.33*    Form of Deferred Share Award Agreement (Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock) - Corporate Performance Goals.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.7 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.34*    Form of Type I Stock Option Agreement.    Previously filed as Exhibit 99.8 to Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-7410) dated Jan. 18, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.35*    Form of Option Agreement for Directors.    Filed herewith.
11.1    Computation of Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Common Share.    Filed herewith as part of Exhibit 13.1 listed below.
12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Parent Corporation).    Filed herewith.
12.2    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Mellon Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries).    Filed herewith.
13.1    All portions of the Mellon Financial Corporation 2004 Financial Annual Report to Shareholders that are incorporated herein by reference. The remaining portions are furnished for the information of the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not “filed” as part of this filing.    Filed herewith.
21.1    Primary Subsidiaries of the Corporation.    Filed herewith.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    Filed herewith.
24.1    Powers of Attorney.    Filed herewith.
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.    Filed herewith.
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.    Filed herewith.
32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.    Furnished herewith.
32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.    Furnished herewith.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.

 

33


Index to Exhibits (continued)

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


  

Method of Filing


99.1    Lease dated as of Dec. 31, 2004, between 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A. with respect to One Mellon Center.    Filed herewith.
99.2    Mellon Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (2005).    Filed herewith.

 

Certain instruments, which define the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, are not filed herewith because the total amount of securities authorized under each of them does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Corporation hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

34

Exhibit 10.26

 

Mellon  

Lisa B. Peters

Executive Vice President

Director of Human Resources

 

December 1, 2004

 

James P. Palermo

12 Stouffer Circle

Andover, MA 01810-5300

 

Dear Jim:

 

This letter will confirm that the phrase “engaged in” was inadvertently omitted from (iv) in the Definition of “Other than Cause” in the November 22, 2004 letter that I sent to you and that (iv) is to be interpreted as if the phrase is included.

 

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Lisa B. Peters


Cc: S.G. Elliott

 

One Mellon Center • Pittsburgh, PA 15258-0001

(412) 234-8254 Office • (412) 234-9495 Fax

Exhibit 10.35

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS (2001)

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this                      day of                      ,                      , by and between Mellon Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”), having its principal place of business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,

 

a n d

 

[NAME], a non-employee director (the “Optionee”) of the Corporation

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Optionee is a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation but is not an employee of the Corporation; and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation has adopted the Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (2001) (the “Plan”) under which the Corporation grants to Outside Directors options to purchase common stock, par value $.50 per share, of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree with each other as follows:

 

SECTION 1: The Plan and This Agreement

 

1.1 The purpose of this Agreement is to document a specific option that has been granted automatically under the Plan and is subject in all respects to the terms of the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated into, and made a part of, this agreement. Nothing herein should be construed as an exercise of discretion by any person or persons in connection with the granting of this option. If any provision of this agreement is inconsistent with any provision in the Plan, the provision in the Plan shall control. All capitalized terms utilized herein are defined as set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.

 

SECTION 2: Stock Option

 

2.1 The stock option granted to the Optionee as of the date hereof pursuant to the Plan shall have the following terms:

 

A. Shares subject to option: [NUMBER OF SHARES] shares of Common Stock.

 

B. Period during which option may be exercised, in whole or in part: from [ONE YEAR AFTER THIRD BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING CORPORATION’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS FOR THE GRANT YEAR] to [TEN YEARS AFTER THIRD BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING CORPORATION’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS FOR THE GRANT YEAR, LESS ONE DAY] inclusive, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 4 below.


C. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this option shall become fully exercisable immediately and automatically upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, as defined in the Plan, and shall remain exercisable for the term provided for under Section 2.1.B above.

 

D. Exercise price: [$              ] per share.

 

SECTION 3: Exercise and Withholding

 

3.1 This option shall be exercised by the Optionee by delivering to the Corporation (i) a written notification specifying the number of shares that the Optionee then desires to purchase and the address to which share certificates should be delivered, (ii) a check payable to the order of the Corporation and/or shares of Common Stock equal in value to the option price of such shares, and (iii) a stock power executed in blank for any shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to clause (ii) hereof. Shares of Common Stock surrendered in exercise of this option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) as of the date of exercise for purposes of meeting the exercise price.

 

3.2 In each case where the Optionee exercises this option in whole or in part, the Corporation will notify the Optionee of the amount of withholding tax, if any, required under federal and, where applicable, state and local law, and the Optionee shall, immediately upon the receipt of such notice, remit the required amount to the Corporation.

 

3.3 As soon as practicable after each exercise of this option and compliance by the Optionee with all applicable conditions, the Corporation will mail or cause to be mailed to the Optionee at the address specified in the written notification delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof certificates registered in the name of the Optionee, or such other name as directed by the Optionee, for the number of shares of Common Stock that the Optionee is entitled to receive upon such exercise.

 

SECTION 4: Forfeiture

 

4.1 Subject to Section 2.1.C above, if for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, disability or completion of the Service Year, the Optionee ceases to serve as a director or member of the Advisory Board of the Corporation before this option becomes exercisable on [ONE YEAR AFTER THIRD BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING THE CORPORATION’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS FOR THE GRANT YEAR], this option shall be forfeited and terminated immediately upon such termination of service. Once this option has become exercisable, it shall not be subject to forfeiture because of termination of service and shall remain exercisable until [TEN YEARS AFTER THIRD BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING THE CORPORATION’S ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS FOR THE GRANT YEAR, LESS ONE DAY], regardless of whether the Optionee is a director or member of the Advisory Board of the Corporation at the time of exercise.

 

SECTION 5: Miscellaneous

 

5.1 Whenever the word “Optionee” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators or the person or persons to whom this option may be transferred as permitted herein, the word “Optionee” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

 

- 2 -


5.2 This option may be transferred (i) by the Optionee upon his or her death or (ii) as directed by the Optionee during his or her lifetime by gift to members of his or her immediate family or to an entity for the benefit of the Optionee and/or members of his or her immediate family or (iii) as directed by the Optionee during his or her lifetime as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from time to time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, members of the Optionee’s immediate family and entities for the benefit of the Optionee and/or members of his or her immediate family shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, a trust in which these persons have the exclusive beneficial interest and any other entity in which these persons own and retain 100% of the beneficial interest. All transfers shall be made in accordance with procedures adopted by the Director of the Human Resources Department of Mellon Bank, N.A., which may be changed from time to time. No other assignment or transfer of this option, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise shall be permitted, but immediately upon any such assignment or transfer this option shall terminate and become of no further effect. This option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or by an immediate family member or entity or other person to which this section permits transfer. The Corporation shall have received an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate for the shares issuable upon exercise of this option.

 

5.3 The parties hereto agree that the option granted hereby is not , and should not be construed to be, an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:

 

 


OPTIONEE:


 

[GRANT DATE]

 

- 3 -

Exhibit - 12.1

 

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

Mellon Financial Corporation (Parent Corporation) (a)

 

(dollar amounts in millions)


   Year ended Dec. 31,

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

1. Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

   $ 452    $ 577    $ 831    $ 645    $ 845

2. Fixed charges: interest expense, one-third of rental expense net of income from subleases and amortization of debt issuance costs

     160      151      194      236      237
    

  

  

  

  

3. Total earnings (as defined) (line 1 + line 2)

   $ 612    $ 728    $ 1,025    $ 881    $ 1,082
    

  

  

  

  

4. Ratio of earnings (as defined) to fixed charges (line 3 divided by line 2)

     3.83      4.83      5.28      3.73      4.56
    

  

  

  

  

 

(a) The parent corporation ratios include the accounts of Mellon Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”); Mellon Funding Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation that functions as a financing entity for the Corporation and its subsidiaries by issuing commercial paper and other debt guaranteed by the Corporation; and MIPA, LLC, a single member limited liability company wholly owned by the Corporation, created to hold and administer corporate owned life insurance. Because these ratios exclude from earnings the equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries, these ratios vary with the payment of dividends by such subsidiaries.

 

Exhibit - 12.2

 

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 

(dollar amounts in millions)


   Year ended Dec. 31,

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

1. Income from continuing operations before impact of accounting change

   $ 800    $ 683    $ 670    $ 435    $ 756

2. Provision for income taxes

     357      313      327      239      427
    

  

  

  

  

3. Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and impact of accounting change (line 1 + line 2)

   $ 1,157    $ 996    $ 997    $ 674    $ 1,183
    

  

  

  

  

4. Fixed charges:

                                  

a. Interest expense (excluding interest on deposits)

   $ 231    $ 233    $ 274    $ 393    $ 512

b. One-third of rental expense net of income from subleases and amortization of debt issuance costs

     51      58      55      46      40
    

  

  

  

  

c. Total fixed charges (excluding interest on deposits) (line 4a + line 4b)

     282      291      329      439      552

d. Interest on deposits

     173      131      171      430      340
    

  

  

  

  

e. Total fixed charges (line 4c + line 4d)

   $ 455    $ 422    $ 500    $ 869    $ 892
    

  

  

  

  

5. Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and impact of accounting change, plus total fixed charges:

                                  

a. Excluding interest on deposits (line 3 + line 4c)

   $ 1,439    $ 1,287    $ 1,326    $ 1,113    $ 1,735
    

  

  

  

  

b. Including interest on deposits (line 3 + line 4e)

   $ 1,612    $ 1,418    $ 1,497    $ 1,543    $ 2,075
    

  

  

  

  

6. Ratio of earnings (as defined) to combined fixed charges:

                                  

a. Excluding interest on deposits (line 5a divided by line 4c)

     5.11      4.41      4.02      2.54      3.14

b. Including interest on deposits (line 5b divided by line 4e)

     3.54      3.36      2.99      1.78      2.33
    

  

  

  

  

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

LOGO

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

2004 FINANCIAL ANNUAL REPORT

 


 

Mellon Financial Corporation

2004 Financial Annual Report

Table of Contents

 


     Page

 

Financial Review

      

Financial Summary

   2  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

      

Results of Operations

   3  

Overview

   3  

Summary of financial results

   5  

Noninterest revenue

   8  

Net interest revenue

   15  

Operating expense

   18  

Business sectors

   20  

Capital

   33  

Corporate Risk Management

   36  

Credit risk

   36  

Market and liquidity risk

   42  

Off-balance-sheet arrangements

   47  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

   50  

Fourth Quarter 2004 Review

   51  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

   52  

Critical Accounting Policies

   55  

Cautionary Statement

   58  

Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   61  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   62  

Financial Statements and Notes

      

Consolidated Income Statement

   63  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   65  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   66  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   67  

Notes to Financial Statements

   68  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   112  

Corporate Information

   Inside back cover  

 


Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)


FINANCIAL SUMMARY (dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts or unless otherwise noted)

     2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  

Year ended Dec. 31

                                        

Total fee and other revenue

   $ 4,056     $ 3,607     $ 3,600     $ 2,765     $ 2,924  

Gains on sales of securities

     8       62       59       —         —    

Net interest revenue

     458       570       611       574       550  

Provision for credit losses

     (11 )     7       172       (4 )     8  

Total operating expense

     3,376       3,236       3,101       2,669       2,283  

Provision for income taxes

     357       313       327       239       427  


Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 800     $ 683     $ 670     $ 435     $ 756  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         (7 )  (a)     —         —         —    


Income from continuing operations

   $ 800     $ 676     $ 670     $ 435     $ 756  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (4 )     25       12       883       251  


Net income

   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682     $ 1,318     $ 1,007  


Per common share - diluted:

                                        

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 1.89     $ 1.59     $ 1.53     $ .91     $ 1.52  

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         (.01 )     —         —         —    


Continuing operations

   $ 1.89     $ 1.58     $ 1.53     $ .91     $ 1.52  

Discontinued operations

     (.01 )     .05       .02       1.85       .51  


Net income

   $ 1.88     $ 1.63     $ 1.55     $ 2.76     $ 2.03  


Selected key data - continuing operations

                                        

Return on equity (b)(c)

     20.9 %     19.4 %     20.0 %     11.6 %     19.4 %

Return on assets (b)(c)

     2.36 %     2.04 %     2.04 %     1.33 %     2.49 %

Fee revenue as a percentage of fee and net interest revenue (FTE) (d)

     90 %     86 %     85 %     83 %     84 %

Pre-tax operating margin (FTE) (c)

     27 %     25 %     24 %     21 %     35 %

Assets under management at year-end (in billions)

   $ 707     $ 657     $ 581     $ 592     $ 530  

Assets under administration or custody at year-end (in billions)

   $ 3,340     $ 2,835     $ 2,269     $ 2,076     $ 2,267  

S&P 500 Index - year-end

     1212       1112       880       1148       1320  

S&P 500 Index - daily average

     1131       965       994       1194       1427  

Dividends paid per common share

   $ .70     $ .57     $ .49     $ .82     $ .86  

Dividends paid on common stock

   $ 297     $ 243     $ 213     $ 388     $ 421  

Closing common stock price per share at year-end

   $ 31.11     $ 32.11     $ 26.11     $ 37.62     $ 49.19  

Market capitalization at year-end

   $ 13,171     $ 13,712     $ 11,248     $ 16,798     $ 23,941  

Average common shares and equivalents outstanding - diluted (in thousands)

     424,287       430,718       439,189       477,712       496,825  


Capital ratios at year-end

                                        

Total shareholders’ equity to assets

     11.05 %     10.89 %     9.37 %     9.79 %     8.24 %

Tangible shareholders’ equity to assets

     4.72       4.44       3.57       4.85       5.70  

Adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity to assets (e)

     6.24       5.94       4.87       5.84       6.25  

Tier I capital (f)

     10.54       8.55       7.87       8.81       7.23  

Total (Tier I plus Tier II) capital (f)

     16.47       13.46       12.48       13.65       11.74  

Leverage capital (f)

     7.87       7.92       6.55       6.31       7.11  


Average balances

                                        

Loans

   $ 7,307     $ 7,704     $ 9,445     $ 9,843     $ 10,693  

Total interest-earning assets

     22,672       22,680       22,931       23,529       21,741  

Total assets

     34,003       33,877       33,695       45,475       46,744  

Deposits

     20,350       19,493       19,010       17,560       16,469  

Notes and debentures

     4,270       4,304       4,238       3,751       3,478  

Junior subordinated debentures

     1,024       1,010       987       974       991  

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,832       3,522       3,356       3,735       3,904  


 

(a) For a discussion of the 2003 cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, see Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

(b) Continuing returns for 2003 are before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Return on equity on a net income basis was 20.8% in 2004, 19.9% in 2003, 20.3% in 2002, 35.3% in 2001 and 25.8% in 2000. Return on assets on a net income basis was 2.34% in 2004, 2.07% in 2003, 2.03% in 2002, 2.90% in 2001 and 2.15% in 2000. Return on assets, on a continuing operations basis, was calculated excluding both the results and assets of the fixed income trading business and Australia businesses even though the prior period balance sheet was not restated for discontinued operations.

 

(c) Ratios for the years 2000 and 2001 include the impact of the amortization of goodwill.

 

(d) See page 8 for the definition of fee revenue.

 

(e) See page 33 for the definition of this ratio.

 

(f) Includes discontinued operations.

 

Note: Throughout this report, all calculations are based on unrounded numbers. FTE denotes presentation on a fully taxable equivalent basis. In addition to reclassifications related to discontinued operations, other reclassifications have been made to prior periods to place them on a basis comparable with current period presentation.

 

2

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

    CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Overview

 

Mellon Financial Corporation is a global financial services company that strives to meet or exceed the expectations of our clients, which are corporations, institutions and high net worth individuals primarily in the United States and Europe. In this annual report, Mellon Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries are also referred to as “Mellon,” “the Corporation,” “we” or “our.”

 

Mellon’s strategy is to build an attractive mix of fee-based businesses; to leverage technology and sales across these businesses; to provide consistent low risk earnings; and to aggressively manage capital for high returns. The strategy is designed to deliver sustainable high quality revenue and earnings per share growth as well as superior total returns for shareholders. Our goal is to be the best performing financial services company. Our long-term financial goals are to achieve long-term earnings per share growth of 11% to 14% and returns on common shareholders’ equity in excess of 20%, on a continuing operations basis.

 

We have chosen to be in certain core businesses — institutional asset management, mutual funds, private wealth management, asset servicing, human resources & investor solutions, and treasury services — that we believe are compatible with our strategy and goals. Our reasons follow.

 

    Demand for our products and services is likely to be driven by many existing market and demographic trends (such as the increasing need of an aging work force for retirement savings, greater wealth in the United States, pension reform in the United Kingdom and Continental Europe, corporate outsourcing of non-core functions, the use of technology to deliver high quality, efficient services, and an increasing emphasis on financially stable and reliable service providers).

 

    Many of our products complement one another.

 

    We leverage sales, distribution and technology across our businesses for greater efficiency, which benefits our clients and Mellon.

 

    Because most of our businesses are fee-based, they offer stable, lower risk earnings and do not require as much capital as traditional banking for growth.

 

We pursue our long-term financial goals by focusing on organic revenue growth, expense management, exceptional quality service, successful integration of acquisitions and disciplined capital management.

 

Our specific objectives include:

 

    a revenue growth rate exceeding the growth rate of U.S. financial assets over economic cycles;

 

    positive operating leverage over an economic cycle;

 

    investment spending aligned with revenue trends;

 

    tangible common equity ratio of 4.25% to 4.75%;

 

    disciplined acquisition criteria and execution; and

 

    use of excess capital to support reinvestment, acquisitions, dividends and share repurchases while maintaining appropriately strong capital ratios.

 

Our success in achieving our goals and objectives is influenced by economic and market drivers. Three key drivers have impacted our domestic results in the past:

 

    growth in financial assets as measured by the U.S. Federal Reserve;

 

    growth in nominal U.S. Gross Domestic Product (GDP); and

 

    changes in the S&P 500 Index.

 

Since 1945, these measures grew at an average rate of 7% to 8%. From 1997 to 2000, they exceeded these long-term averages, and Mellon enjoyed strong revenue growth (see table below). Since 2000, however, these measures have been below their long-term averages, directly impacting our results. Similar drivers impact our businesses outside the U.S.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

3


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Specifically, the growth rate of financial assets impacts Mellon’s asset management and asset servicing businesses and, less so, our human resources & investor solutions (HR&IS) business.

 

Fee revenue in these businesses is determined, in part, on the level of financial assets under management, custody or administration. (The growth rate of our financial assets includes appreciation or depreciation of existing assets and net flows of new assets.)

 

Nominal GDP, particularly the component that measures corporate discretionary spending, impacts revenues in outsourcing-related activities in our asset servicing and HR&IS businesses, as well as consulting activities within HR&IS. This is because selling these services depends, in part, on our corporate clients’ discretionary spending.

 

Finally, although our asset management businesses manage a wide range of equity assets, the S&P 500 Index has so far been the most representative index for estimating the sensitivity of our domestic revenues to changes in equity market levels. Local market indices, such as the Financial Times Stock Exchange (FTSE), are representative indices for estimating the sensitivity to equity market movements of our non-U.S. asset management revenues.

 


Growth rates (a)    Long -
term  (b )
    1997 -
2000
    2000 -
2003
    2003 -
2004
 

Growth rate of financial assets

   8 %   9 %   —   %   2 %  (c)

Nominal GDP (d)

   7 %   6 %   4 %   7 %

S&P 500 Index

   7 %   11 %   (6 )%   9 %

Mellon core sector revenue growth (e)

   N/M     11 %   2 %   3 %

(a) Compounded annual growth rates.

 

(b) Since 1945.

 

(c) Period ended Sept. 30, 2004, annualized.

 

(d) Unrounded rates were 6.9%, 5.7%, 3.9% and 6.6%.

 

(e) For comparability purposes, excludes impact of acquisitions and divestitures and the formation of the ABN AMRO Mellon global custody joint venture. Revenue growth rates were 17%, 8% and 4% for the periods presented calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Core sector information is presented as an indicator of organic trends.

 

N/M - Not meaningful.

 

How we reported results

 

Mellon’s financial results, as well as our levels of assets under management, administration and custody, are impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies to the U.S. Dollar. Mellon is primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British Pound, and to a lesser extent the Canadian Dollar and the Euro. If the U.S. Dollar depreciates versus these currencies, the translation impact is a higher level of net interest revenue, fee revenue, operating expense and assets managed, administered and under custody. If the U.S. Dollar appreciates, the translated levels of net interest revenue, fee revenue, operating expense and assets managed, administered and under custody will be lower. Throughout this report the translation impact of foreign currencies will be referred to as “the effect of foreign exchange rates.”

 


Foreign currency exchange rates for one U.S. Dollar                   
     2004      2003      2002

Spot rate at Dec. 31:

                  

British Pound

   0.5183      0.5585      0.6214

Canadian Dollar

   1.2015      1.2903      1.5783

Euro

   0.7341      0.7931      0.9559

Year average rate:

                  

British Pound

   0.5460      0.6122      0.6663

Canadian Dollar

   1.3014      1.4006      1.5699

Euro

   0.8052      0.8852      1.0608

 

Certain amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. We believe that this presentation provides comparability of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

 

This 2004 Financial Annual Report provides a detailed review of our results on a consolidated basis, based on the line items of the Consolidated Income Statement, as well as by the performance of the individual business sectors. All information is reported on a continuing operations basis, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in the first quarter of 2003, unless otherwise noted. For a discussion of the change in accounting principle, see Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements. For a description of discontinued operations, see Note 4 of Notes to

 

4

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Financial Statements. Throughout this report, all calculations are based on unrounded numbers.

 

Summary of financial results

 

2004 compared with 2003

 

Consolidated net income for 2004 totaled $796 million, or $1.88 per share, including a loss from discontinued operations of $4 million, or $.01 per share. This compared with consolidated net income of $701 million, or $1.63 per share, in 2003, which included income from discontinued operations of $25 million or $.05 per share and a charge for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7 million after-tax, or $.01 per share. This charge is discussed further in Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Results from continuing operations for 2004, and before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2003, were:

 

    Income totaling $800 million, or $1.89 per share in 2004 compared with $683 million, or $1.59 per share, in 2003; and

 

    Return on equity of 20.9% in 2004 compared with 19.4% in 2003.

 

In April 2004, Mellon increased its quarterly common stock dividend by 13% to $.18 per common share.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Consolidated net income for 2003 totaled $701 million, or $1.63 per share, including income from discontinued operations of $25 million, or $.05 per share, and a charge for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7 million after-tax, or $.01 per share. This compared with consolidated net income of $682 million, or $1.55 per share, in 2002, which included income from discontinued operations of $12 million or $.02 per share.

 

Results from continuing operations for 2003, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, and for 2002, were:

 

    Income totaling $683 million, or $1.59 per share, in 2003, compared with $670 million, or $1.53 per share, in 2002; and

 

    Return on equity of 19.4% in 2003 compared with 20.0% in 2002.

 

Mellon completed several acquisitions in 2004. The most significant were the following.

 

Evaluation Associates Capital Markets

 

In August 2004, we acquired Evaluation Associates Capital Markets (EACM), a Norwalk, CT-based asset manager that serves clients worldwide. EACM, which has been in business since 1984, has approximately $5 billion in assets under management. In its fund-of-hedge-funds strategies with managed assets of approximately $3 billion, it invests in relative value, event-driven and directional strategies. In its manager of managers strategies, where it manages approximately $2 billion in assets, it selects and oversees diversified teams of long-only equity and fixed income money managers. The results of EACM are reported in the Institutional Asset Management sector.

 

Remaining 70% of Pareto Partners

 

In September 2004, we acquired the 70% of Pareto Partners that we did not previously own. We acquired Pareto’s currency management business, which manages $40 billion in assets and Pareto’s fixed income asset management business, which manages $2 billion in assets, as well as the New York-based core/core plus and high-yield fixed income asset management business, with approximately $3 billion under management. In a subsequent transaction that closed in October 2004, the New York-based core/core plus and high-yield fixed income asset management business was sold to MacKay Shields LLC, a unit of New York Life Insurance. The results of Pareto, which had previously been recorded using the equity method of accounting, are now reported on a fully consolidated basis in the Institutional Asset Management sector.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

  5


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Supplemental Information - Reconciliation of Reported Revenue and Expense Amounts to Certain Non-GAAP Revenue and Expense Amounts

 

Throughout this Financial Annual Report, certain measures, which are noted, exclude:

 

    a $93 million pre-tax gain from the sale of approximately 35% of Mellon’s indirect investment in Shinsei Bank and a $19 million pre-tax charge associated with the writedown of small non-strategic businesses that Mellon is in the process of exiting, recorded in the first quarter of 2004;

 

    a $24 million pre-tax space consolidation charge recorded in the second quarter of 2004 related to vacating 10 leased locations in London and moving into Mellon’s new European headquarters;

 

    a $17 million pre-tax occupancy expense reduction recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004 related to the reduction of a sublease loss reserve following the execution of a new lease on our headquarters building at One Mellon Center in Pittsburgh; and

 

    a $50 million pre-tax charge recorded in the third quarter of 2003 primarily related to streamlining the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector.

 

We believe these measures are useful to the investment community in analyzing the financial results and trends of ongoing operations. We believe they facilitate the comparisons with other financial institutions and are among the bases on which our management monitors financial performance. See the table below for a reconciliation of revenue and expense amounts presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) to adjusted non-GAAP revenue and expense amounts, which exclude these items.

 


Supplemental information    2004

    2003

(in millions)    Reported
amounts
    Adjustments     Adjusted
amounts
    Reported
amounts
   Adjustments     Adjusted
amounts

Noninterest revenue:

                                             

Fee and other revenue

   $ 4,056     $ (93 )  (a)   $ 3,963     $ 3,607    $ —       $ 3,607

Gain on sales of securities

     8       —         8       62      —         62
    


 


 


 

  


 

Total noninterest revenue

     4,064       (93 )     3,971       3,669      —         3,669

Net interest revenue

     458       —         458       570      —         570

Provision for credit losses

     (11 )     —         (11 )     7      —         7
    


 


 


 

  


 

Net interest revenue after provision for credit losses

     469       —         469       563      —         563

Operating expense:

                                             

Staff expense

     1,977       —         1,977       1,883      (29 )     1,854

Net occupancy expense

     284       (6 )  (b)     278       265      —         265

Equipment expense

     209       —         209       226      (18 )     208

Other expense

     906       (20 )  (b)(c)     886       862      (3 )     859
    


 


 


 

  


 

Total operating expense

   $ 3,376     $ (26 )   $ 3,350     $ 3,236    $ (50 (d)   $ 3,186

 

(a) Reflects the $93 million gain from the sale of approximately 35% of Mellon’s indirect investment in Shinsei Bank.

 

(b) Reflects the $24 million charge related to vacating 10 leased locations in London and moving into our new European headquarters ($23 million in net occupancy expense and $1 million in other expense), partially offset by the $17 million sublease loss reserve reduction related to Mellon’s leased headquarters building in Pittsburgh.

 

(c) Reflects the $19 million charge in other expense associated with a writedown of small non-strategic businesses that Mellon is in the process of exiting.

 

(d) Reflects the $50 million charge primarily related to streamlining the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector.

 

Note: Reported amounts include severance expense of $14 million in 2004 compared with $52 million in 2003, which includes the $29 million recorded in 2003 shown in the table above.

 

6

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Discontinued operations - 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

All information in this Financial Annual Report is reported on a continuing operations basis, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in the first quarter of 2003, unless otherwise noted. For a discussion of discontinued operations, see Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Revenue overview

 

The vast majority of Mellon’s revenue consists of fee revenue, given our mix of businesses. Net interest revenue and gains on the sale of securities comprise the balance. The percentages of fee and net interest revenue noted below are calculated excluding gains on the sales of securities to provide comparability to years when no gains were recorded.

 

Fee revenue. In 2004, as we continued to emphasize our fee-based businesses, fee revenue comprised 90% of total fee and net interest revenue, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, compared with 86% in 2003.

 

Because fee revenue comprises the majority of our total revenue, we discuss fee revenue in greater detail by type in the following sections. There, we note the more specific drivers of such revenue and the factors (including the impact of the economic and market drivers noted in the Overview) that caused the various types of fee revenue to be higher or lower in 2004 compared with 2003. The business sectors discussion beginning on page 20 combines, for each sector, all types of fee revenue generated directly by that sector as well as fee revenue transferred between sectors under revenue transfer agreements, with net interest revenue generated directly by or allocated to that sector. This discussion of revenue by business sector is fundamental to an understanding of Mellon’s results as it represents the principal manner in which management reviews the performance of our businesses compared with performance in prior periods, with operating plans and with the performance of our competitors.

 

Fee Revenue

 

Group


  

Sector


  

Primary Types of Fee Revenue


Asset Management    Institutional Asset Management   

•      Investment management

     Mutual Funds     
     Private Wealth Management     
Corporate & Institutional Services    Asset Servicing   

•      Institutional trust and custody

•      Securities lending

•      Foreign exchange trading

•      Other (a)

     Human Resources & Investor Solutions   

•      Consulting

•      Outsourcing

•      Shareholder services

     Treasury Services   

•      Cash management

•      Financing-related

     Other Activity   

•      Financing-related (b)

•      Equity investment

•      Other

 

(a) Includes expense reimbursements from joint ventures.

 

(b) Includes returns from corporate-owned life insurance, gains (losses) on lease residuals and fees generated from securitized consumer loan portfolios.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

7


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Net interest revenue has continued to decline both in absolute terms and as a percentage of total fee and net interest revenue, representing 10% of that total, on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, in 2004 compared with 14% in 2003. Net interest revenue is generated from loans to relationship customers in the Private Wealth Management and Treasury Services sectors and from investing deposits generated in our Treasury Services, Asset Servicing, Private Wealth Management and Human Resources & Investor Solutions sectors. For more information, see page 15.

 

Gains on the sales of securities. Mellon recognized gains on the sales of securities available for sale in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Noninterest revenue

 


Noninterest revenue

(dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise noted)

   2004     2003     2002  

Trust and investment fee revenue:

                        

Investment management

   $ 1,617     $ 1,413     $ 1,414  

Human resources & investor solutions

     918       944       1,020  

Institutional trust and custody

     503       437       453  

Securities lending revenue

     76       69       75  


Total trust and investment fee revenue

     3,114       2,863       2,962  

Cash management revenue

     308       309       273  

Foreign exchange trading revenue

     185       147       146  

Financing-related revenue

     138       141       147  

Equity investment revenue

     160       (6 )     (28 )

Other revenue (a)

     151       153       100  


Total fee and other revenue

   $ 4,056     $ 3,607     $ 3,600  

Gains on the sales of securities

     8       62       59  


Total noninterest revenue

   $ 4,064     $ 3,669     $ 3,659  


Fee revenue as a percentage of fee and net interest revenue (FTE)

     90 %     86 %     85 %

Market value of assets under management at year-end (in billions)

   $ 707     $ 657     $ 581  

Market value of assets under administration or custody at year-end (in billions)

   $ 3,340     $ 2,835     $ 2,269  


 

(a) Includes expense reimbursements from joint ventures of $74 million, $71 million and $30 million.

 

Note: For analytical purposes, the term “fee revenue,” as utilized throughout this Financial Annual Report, is defined as total noninterest revenue (including equity investment revenue) less gains on the sales of securities.

 


S&P 500 Index    2004    2003    2002    2004 compared
with 2003


 
            Percentage  

Year-end

   1212    1112    880    9 %

Daily average

   1131    965    994    17 %


 

Fee revenue

 

Fee revenue totaled $4.056 billion in 2004, an increase of $449 million, or 12%, from $3.607 billion in 2003. In the first quarter of 2004, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $93 million as equity investment revenue from the sale of approximately 35% of our indirect non-venture capital investment in Shinsei Bank. Excluding this gain, fee revenue increased 10% compared with 2003. This increase primarily resulted from higher trust and investment fee revenue, equity investment revenue and foreign exchange trading revenue. The effect of foreign currency exchange rates accounted for approximately $47 million of the increase in fee revenue in 2004 compared with 2003 and is primarily reflected in trust and investment fee revenue. Also, the impact of acquisitions accounted for approximately $40 million of the increase in total fee revenue. Trust and investment fee revenue increased $251 million, or 9%, primarily because of improved equity markets, higher institutional trust and custody revenue, a $57 million increase in performance fees, the effect of foreign exchange rates and the impact of acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease in HR&IS revenue. A more detailed discussion of fee revenue, by type, follows.

 

Investment management fee revenue

 

Investment management fee revenue is dependent on the overall level and mix of assets under management and the management fees, expressed in basis points (one-hundredth of one percent) charged for managing those assets. The overall level of assets under management for a given period is determined by:

 

    the beginning level of assets under management;

 

    the net flows of new assets during the period resulting from new business wins and existing client enrichments reduced by withdrawals; and

 

8

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

    the impact of market price appreciation or depreciation on all assets and the impact of any acquisitions or divestitures.

 

The mix of assets under management is determined principally by client asset allocation decisions among equities, fixed income and money market or other alternatives. The mix is further defined by whether those assets are to be managed actively to generate absolute returns or passively to match an indexed return.

 

Equity assets under management and alternative investments typically generate the highest management fees, followed by fixed income and money market investments. Actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type because it is more expensive to actively manage assets, which is generally a factor of more research and transactions. Also, our investment managers often have the opportunity to earn performance fees when the investment performance of their products exceeds various benchmarks.

 

Management fees are typically subject to fee schedules based on the overall level of assets managed for a single client or by individual asset class and style. This is most prevalent for institutional assets, where amounts we manage for individual clients are typically large.

 

A key economic driver of growth in investment management fee revenue in any given period is the growth rate of financial assets as measured by the U.S. Federal Reserve. This measure encompasses both net flows and market appreciation or depreciation. The S&P 500 Index is also an important driver of investment management fees, particularly fees for equity assets under management. Mellon estimates that a sustained (one year) 100 point change in the S&P 500 Index, and an equivalent movement in the FTSE, when applied to our mix of assets under management, would result in a change of approximately $40 million to $50 million annually in investment management fees, excluding performance fees. Note that there is a corresponding change in incentive expense with a change in investment management fees. For any given reporting period, the actual impact may vary from what might be estimated using that measurement because:

 

    Institutional Asset Management records investment management revenue based on quarter-end levels of assets under management;

 

    Mutual Funds typically record investment management revenue based on daily levels of assets under management; and

 

    Private Wealth Management records investment management revenue based on prior months’ levels of assets under management.

 

The actual impact will also vary with changes in asset mix, the timing of net flows, the relationship of other benchmarks used versus the S&P 500 and FTSE indices and other factors.

 


Investment management fee revenue - by Business Sector

(in millions)

   2004    2003    2002

Institutional Asset Management

                    

Institutional clients

   $ 396    $ 314    $ 295

Performance fees

     127      70      47

Mutual funds

     173      129      121

Private clients

     44      36      31
    

  

  

Total

   $ 740    $ 549    $ 494

Mutual Funds

                    

Mutual funds

   $ 507    $ 524    $ 583

Private clients

     21      16      10

Institutional clients

     14      13      11
    

  

  

Total

   $ 542    $ 553    $ 604

Private Wealth Management

                    

Private clients

   $ 299    $ 274    $ 276

Mutual funds

     1      1      1
    

  

  

Total

   $ 300    $ 275    $ 277

Human Resources & Investor Solutions

                    

Mutual funds (a)

   $ 35    $ 36    $ 39

Total investment management fee revenue

   $ 1,617    $ 1,413    $ 1,414

 

(a) Earned from mutual fund investments in employee benefit plans administered in this sector.

 

Investment management fee revenue of $1.617 billion increased $204 million, or 14%, in 2004 compared with 2003 as higher institutional revenue, performance fees and mutual funds revenue in the Institutional Asset Management sector and higher revenue in the Private Wealth Management sector was partially offset by lower mutual fund management fees in the Mutual Fund sector. Investment management fees in Institutional Asset

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

9


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Management totaled $740 million, an increase of $191 million, or 35%, in 2004 compared with 2003, primarily resulting from improved equity markets, a $57 million increase in performance fees, net inflows and the effect of foreign exchange rates and acquisitions.

 

As shown in the following table, assets under management in the Institutional Asset Management sector increased $55 billion in 2004, including $29 billion from market appreciation and $26 billion from net inflows, primarily from net new business.

 


Changes in market value of assets under management for 2004 - by Business Sector

(in billions)    Institutional
Asset
Management
    Mutual
Funds
    Private
Wealth
Management
   Total  

Market value of assets under management at Dec. 31, 2003

   $ 445     $ 165     $ 47    $ 657  

Net inflows (outflows):

                               

Long-term

     15       1       —        16  

Money market

     11       (14 )     —        (3 )
    


 


 

  


Total net inflows (outflows)

     26       (13 )     —        13  

Net market appreciation (a)

     29       4       1      34  

Acquisitions (divestitures), net

     —         1       2      3  


Market value of assets under management at Dec. 31, 2004

   $ 500 (b)   $ 157     $ 50    $ 707  


 

(a) Also includes the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates.

 

(b) Includes securities lending assets advised by Institutional Asset Management of $87 billion. Revenue earned on these assets is reported as Securities lending revenue on the income statement and in the Asset Servicing sector.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, the market value of Mellon’s assets under management was $707 billion, a $50 billion, or 8%, increase from $657 billion at Dec. 31, 2003. The increase primarily resulted from the improved year-end equity markets and net new business. Net market appreciation totaled $34 billion, and net long-term inflows totaled $16 billion in 2004.

 


Market value of assets under management at year-end

(dollar amounts in billions)    2004    2003    2002

Institutional

   $ 443    $ 403    $ 326

Mutual funds

     200      197      207

Private clients

     64      57      48

Total market value of assets under management

   $ 707    $ 657    $ 581

S&P 500 Index - year-end

     1212      1112      880

S&P 500 Index - daily average

     1131      965      994

 


Composition of assets under management at year-end

     2004     2003     2002  

Equity funds

   39 %   36 %   31 %

Money market funds

   21     25     33  

Fixed income funds

   20     20     21  

Securities lending cash collateral

   12     10     7  

Overlay and alternative investments

   8     9     8  


Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %


 

The largest category of investment management fees are fees from mutual funds, which generate fees in the four business sectors shown on page 9. Managed mutual fund fees totaled $716 million in 2004, an increase of $26 million, or 4%, compared with 2003, primarily due to improved equity markets and net long-term inflows, which more than offset the impact of lower average money market and fixed income funds. Investment management fees from managed mutual funds are based on the daily average net assets of each fund and the basis point management fee paid by that fund. The average net assets of proprietary mutual funds managed declined $10 billion in 2004 compared with 2003, as shown in the table below. This resulted from outflows of lower basis point fee generating institutional money market funds and fixed income funds partially offset by an increase in higher basis point fee generating average equity funds during the year, driven by the higher daily average S&P 500 Index, and net inflows.

 


Managed mutual fund fee revenue (a)

(in millions)    2004    2003    2002

Equity funds

   $ 314    $ 234    $ 252

Money market funds

     224      271      310

Fixed income funds

     128      147      143

Nonproprietary

     50      38      39

Total managed mutual funds

   $ 716    $ 690    $ 744

 

(a) Net of mutual fund fees waived and fund expense reimbursements of $43 million in 2004, and $40 million in both 2003 and 2002.

 

10

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Average assets of proprietary mutual funds

(in billions)    2004    2003    2002

Equity funds

   $ 51    $ 39    $ 41

Money market funds

     92      111      130

Fixed income funds

     23      26      26

Total average proprietary mutual fund assets managed

   $ 166    $ 176    $ 197

 


Basis points generated on average proprietary mutual funds

     2004     2003     2002  

Equity funds

   62  bp   60  bp   61  bp

Money market funds

   24     24     24  

Fixed income funds

   55     56     55  


Total proprietary managed mutual funds

   40  bp   37  bp   36  bp


 

Human Resources & Investor Solutions (HR&IS) fee revenue

 

HR&IS fee revenue is generated from consulting, outsourcing and shareholder services.

 

    Consulting fee revenue is somewhat dependent on discretionary corporate spending on the design and implementation of retirement, health and welfare benefits, compensation programs and other project work.

 

    Clients are generally billed on an hourly basis at rates that vary based upon staff level and experience.

 

    Consultant utilization, a key revenue driver, is a function of work levels and headcount.

 

    Outsourcing and benefit plan administration fees are influenced by number of employees serviced, plan participant counts, volume of transactions processed, project work and the market value of benefit plan assets under administration.

 

    Shareholder services consist of a diverse array of products to corporations and shareholders including stock transfer and recordkeeping services, investment plan services, demutualizations, corporate actions and unclaimed property services.

 

HR&IS fee revenue totaled $918 million in 2004, a decrease of $26 million, or 3%, from 2003 primarily resulting from lower consulting revenue from retirement and health and welfare services, as well as a $5 million decrease in out-of-pocket expense reimbursements. Outsourcing and benefit plan administration revenue and shareholder services revenue were relatively unchanged in 2004 compared with 2003.

 

Institutional trust and custody revenue

 

Institutional trust and custody fees depend on:

 

    the volume of transactions in our clients’ accounts;

 

    the types of ancillary services we provide, such as performance analytics; and

 

    the level of assets administered and under custody.

 

Institutional trust and custody fees also include professional and license fees for software products offered by Eagle Investment Systems that are dependent on discretionary spending decisions by investment managers. Institutional trust and custody fee revenue of $503 million in 2004 increased $66 million, or 15%, compared with 2003, primarily resulting from net new business, improved market conditions and the effect of foreign exchange rates.

 

As shown in the following table, assets under administration or custody totaled $3.340 trillion at Dec. 31, 2004, an increase of $505 billion, or 18%, compared with $2.835 trillion at Dec. 31, 2003. This increase resulted from market appreciation, net new business conversions of approximately $190 billion and the effect of foreign exchange rates.

 


Market value of assets under administration or custody at year-end

(dollar amounts in billions)    2004    2003    2002

Market value of assets under administration or custody (a)

   $ 3,340    $ 2,835    $ 2,269

S&P 500 Index - year-end

     1212      1112      880

 

(a) Includes the assets under administration or custody by CIBC Mellon Global Securities Services, a joint venture between Mellon and the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, of $512 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, $439 billion at Dec. 31, 2003 and $322 billion at Dec. 31, 2002. Also includes the assets of ABN AMRO Mellon Global Securities Services B.V., a joint venture between Mellon and ABN AMRO, of $422 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, $299 billion at Dec. 31, 2003 and $221 billion at Dec. 31, 2002.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

11


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Securities lending revenue

 

Securities lending revenue depends on the:

 

    pool of assets under custody available for lending;

 

    borrowing demand for specific securities within that pool by broker-dealers;

 

    spread earned on reinvestment of cash posted by the borrower as collateral; and

 

    percentage sharing of that earned spread with custody clients who own the securities.

 

Securities lending revenue totaled $76 million in 2004 compared with $69 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to higher volumes partially offset by lower overall spreads. The average level of securities on loan totaled $88 billion in 2004 compared with $65 billion in 2003. The fee split with clients was relatively stable from 2003 to 2004.

 

Cash management revenue

 

Cash management fee revenue primarily represents revenue from corporate and institutional customers for a wide range of cash management services as described under Treasury Services on page 30. This type of revenue is typically dependent on the volume of items processed and the manner in which the customer chooses to pay for those services. Cash management fee revenue does not include revenue from customers providing compensating deposit balances in lieu of paying fees for all or a portion of services provided. The earnings on these compensating deposit balances are reported as net interest revenue. Cash management fee revenue of $308 million decreased $1 million compared with 2003 as the impact of lower processing volumes was offset by the mid-July 2003 change in the manner in which the Department of the Treasury, a major cash management customer, pays for certain cash management and merchant card services. Cash management revenue, which was previously recorded as net interest revenue because it was paid by the Department of the Treasury via compensating balance earnings, totaled $21 million through mid-July 2003. Including the revenue earned from the Department of the Treasury, cash management revenue would have been $330 million in 2003.

 

Foreign exchange trading revenue

 

Foreign exchange trading revenues are directly influenced by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on those transactions as more fully described under Asset Servicing on page 28. Foreign exchange trading revenue totaled $185 million in 2004, up $38 million, or 27%, compared with 2003. This increase primarily resulted from increased customer flows and higher levels of market volatility in key exchange rates, as well as costs incurred in 2003 associated with hedging specific customer-driven option contracts during a period of market volatility.

 

Financing-related revenue

 

Financing-related revenue primarily includes: returns from corporate-owned life insurance; gains or losses on securitizations; letters of credit and acceptance fees; loan commitment fees; and gains or losses on loan sales and lease residuals. Financing-related revenue totaled $138 million in 2004, a $3 million, or 2%, decrease compared with $141 million in 2003. This decrease primarily resulted from lower loan commitment fees and lower fee revenue from a referral arrangement with an asset-backed commercial paper entity, partially offset by higher gains on lease residuals.

 

Equity investment revenue

 

Equity investment revenue includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on venture capital and non-venture capital investments. For a discussion of our accounting policies relating to venture capital investments, see pages 55 and 56.

 

Revenue from non-venture capital investments includes equity income from certain investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting and gains (losses) from other equity investments. The following table shows the components of equity investment revenue.

 

12

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Equity investment revenue - gain (loss)

(in millions)

   2004    2003     2002  

Total venture capital activity (a)

   $ 59    $ (7 )   $ (55 )

Equity income and gains on the sale of other equity investments

     101      1       27  


Total equity investment revenue

   $ 160    $ (6 )   $ (28 )


 

(a) See table on page 32 for further details.

 

Gains from venture capital activity totaled $59 million in 2004 compared with a $7 million loss in 2003 and a $55 million loss in 2002. The $59 million gain in 2004 resulted from:

 

    realized gains of $27 million and valuation adjustments of $3 million on private and publicly held direct investments recorded across all industry sectors, primarily in the second half of 2004; and

 

    realized gains of $32 million from third party indirect fund distributions, in part from the growth and buyout sector, plus $5 million of valuation adjustments, partially offset by $8 million of management fees.

 

The $7 million loss in 2003 from venture capital activity primarily resulted from negative fair value adjustments and management fees resulting in a loss of $10 million for third party indirect funds, partially offset by net positive fair value adjustments for private and publicly held direct investments of $3 million. The negative fair value adjustments of the third party indirect funds were recorded across all industry sectors and were partially offset by realized gains recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003, primarily in the technology sector. The positive fair value adjustments in the private and publicly held direct investments were across all industry sectors, partially offset by net realized losses from sales of companies in the technology sector.

 

For the activity of Mellon’s venture capital investments portfolio, see the table on page 32. For a description of the rating categories and for a further discussion of the factors used in the valuation process of venture capital investments, see pages 55 and 56 of this report. At Dec. 31, 2004, approximately 52% of the direct investment portfolio was risk-rated as “superior” or “meets expectations,” the two best risk-ratings, compared with approximately 60% at Dec. 31, 2003. Changing economic conditions and broader equity markets could result in further valuation changes in the future.

 

Equity income and gains on the sale of other equity investments totaled $101 million in 2004 including the $93 million gain on the sale of a portion of Mellon’s indirect non-venture capital investment in Shinsei Bank. Mellon is a partner in two partnerships that hold an indirect investment in Tokyo-based Shinsei Bank, Limited, which conducted an initial public offering on Feb. 19, 2004. Approximately 35% of the common stock held by the two partnerships was disposed of during the first quarter of 2004, resulting in a gain of $93 million for Mellon. Our remaining book value of this investment, which is denominated in yen and hedged by yen-denominated debt, is $53 million. Equity income from certain other non-venture capital investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting and gains from other equity investments totaled $8 million in 2004 compared with a gain of $1 million in 2003.

 

Other revenue

 

Other revenue totaled $151 million in 2004, compared with $153 million in 2003, and included $74 million and $71 million, respectively, of expense reimbursements from joint ventures, for expenses incurred by Mellon on behalf of the joint ventures.

 

Gains on sales of securities

 

The $8 million of gains on the sales of securities in 2004 primarily resulted from the sale of $106 million of preferred stock received as partial consideration for the disposition of commercial loans and commitments in late 2001. The $62 million of gains on the sales of securities in 2003 resulted from the sale of mortgage-backed securities in the securities available for sale portfolio which were at risk of prepayment due to lower interest rates.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

13


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Supplemental information - joint ventures

 

Mellon accounts for its interests in joint ventures under the equity method of accounting, with its share of the equity income from all joint ventures recorded primarily as trust and investment fee revenue. Mellon’s portions of gross joint venture fee revenue and expense are not included in our reported fee revenue and operating expense. The following table presents the components of gross joint venture net income for informational purposes to show the trend of growth for our 50% owned joint ventures that are part of the Asset Servicing sector.

 


Gross joint ventures condensed income statement

(in millions)

   2004    2003    2002

Asset Servicing joint ventures (a) :

                    

Trust and investment revenue

   $ 320    $ 280    $ 187

Foreign exchange trading revenue

     42      30      18

Other revenue

     61      50      22

Total revenue

     423      360      227

Total expenses

     328      294      185

Income before taxes

     95      66      42

Provision for income taxes

     33      24      14

Net income (a)

   $ 62    $ 42    $ 28

Equity income - joint ventures:

                    

Mellon’s share of net income for Asset Servicing joint ventures

   $ 32    $ 22    $ 14

Mellon’s share of net income in joint ventures in other core business sectors

   $ 5    $ 8    $ 4

Total equity income for all joint ventures (b)

   $ 37    $ 30    $ 18

 

(a) The 50% owned joint ventures - ABN AMRO Mellon Global Securities Services B.V., CIBC Mellon Global Securities Services Company, CIBC Mellon Trust Company and Russell/Mellon - are part of the Asset Servicing sector.

 

(b) Using the equity method of accounting.

 

Fee revenue - 2003 compared with 2002

 

Fee revenue of $3.607 billion in 2003 increased $7 million from $3.600 billion in 2002. This was principally due to an increase in other fee revenue resulting from a $41 million increase in expense reimbursements from joint ventures, an increase in cash management fee revenue resulting from the U.S. Treasury payment methodology change and improved equity investment revenue. These increases were offset by a reduction in HR&IS revenue. This reduction resulted primarily from the loss of revenues from former Unifi Network customers who had indicated their decision to terminate business prior to the closing of the acquisition in 2002.

 

Investment management fee revenue was essentially unchanged compared with 2002 as the impact of a lower average S&P 500 Index was offset by higher performance fees, net new business flows and the favorable effect of foreign exchange rates. Institutional trust and custody fees were impacted by a $26 million reduction from the Dec. 31, 2002 formation of the ABN AMRO Mellon Global Securities Services B.V. global custody joint venture. The reduction more than offset increased revenue from higher assets under administration and custody due to new business conversions and market appreciation. Cash management revenue increased $36 million, although $15 million of the increase represented a change in the method of payment by the Department of the Treasury. That change also increased other revenue by $23 million. Taking into account the formation of the ABN AMRO Mellon joint venture, the change due to the Department of the Treasury payment methodology and the effect of foreign exchange rates of $30 million, fee revenue was down approximately 1% in 2003 compared with 2002.

 

14

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Net interest revenue

 

Net interest revenue includes the interest spread on interest-earning assets, loan fees, and revenue or expense on derivative instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes. The majority of Mellon’s net interest revenue is earned from investing deposits generated in our Treasury Services, Asset Servicing, Private Wealth Management and Human Resources & Investor Solutions sectors in high quality, short duration investment securities and money market investments. The balance is earned principally from loans to relationship customers in the Private Wealth Management and Treasury Services sectors. Average interest-earning assets, as shown in the table on pages 16 and 17, were up slightly in 2004 compared with 2003, as lower levels of trading account securities and loans were offset by higher levels of securities and money market instruments. Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent basis totaled $474 million in 2004, down $112 million, or 19%, compared with $586 million in 2003. The net interest margin was 2.09% in 2004, down 55 basis points compared with 2.64% in 2003.

 

The decrease in net interest revenue in 2004 compared with the prior year was due in part to lower yields on investment securities and the lower level of loans. Also contributing to the decrease was the mid-July 2003 change in the manner in which the Department of the Treasury pays for certain cash management and merchant card services. Through mid-July 2003, such revenue was recorded as net interest revenue because it was paid via compensating balance earnings. Subsequently, this revenue was recorded as cash management fee revenue and other revenue. Excluding the revenue earned from the Department of the Treasury, net interest revenue would have been $542 million in 2003. For an analysis of the changes in volumes and rates affecting net interest revenue, see the following two pages.

 

For 2005, quarterly net interest revenue, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, is expected to be at the mid to upper end of a $115 million to $120 million range during the first half and rise gradually above this range in the second half of the year. This expectation assumes a gradual and measured increase in interest rates and allows for tactical investment securities decisions.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent basis totaled $586 million in 2003, a decrease of $37 million, or 6%, from $623 million in 2002, while the net interest margin decreased by 15 basis points to 2.64%. The decrease in net interest revenue primarily resulted from the change in the manner in which the Department of the Treasury paid for certain cash management and merchant card services which totaled $38 million in 2003, and a $16 million reduction due to the December 2002 formation of the ABN AMRO Mellon joint venture. Excluding the revenue earned from the Department of the Treasury that was recorded as net interest revenue in the first half of 2003 and all of 2002, and the impact of the ABN AMRO Mellon joint venture, net interest revenue in 2003 would have been nearly unchanged from 2002.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

15


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET — AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST YIELDS/RATES


                2004       
(dollar amounts inmillions)         Average
balance
    Interest    Average
yields/
rates
 
Assets   

Interest-earning assets:

                     
    

Interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily foreign banks)

   $ 2,425     $ 73    3.02 %
    

Federal funds sold and securities under resale agreements

     713       11    1.55  
    

Other money market investments

     153       3    1.93  
    

Trading account securities

     275       6    2.14  
    

Securities:

                     
    

U.S. Treasury and agency securities (a)

     9,766       358    3.66  
    

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (a)

     607       43    7.17  
    

Other (a)

     1,458       72    4.94  
    

Loans, net of unearned discount

     7,307       312    4.27  
    

Funds allocated to discontinued operations

     —         —      —    
         


 

      
    

Total interest-earning assets (b)

     22,704     $ 878    3.87  
    

Cash and due from banks

     2,565               
    

Premises and equipment

     682               
    

Other assets of discontinued operations

     —                 
    

Other assets

     8,182               
    

Reserve for loan losses

     (98 )             
    

    

Total assets (a)

   $ 34,035               


Liabilities and shareholders’

equity

  

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                     
    

Deposits in domestic offices:

                     
    

Demand, money market and other savings accounts

   $ 7,826     $ 76    0.97 %
    

Savings certificates

     229       5    2.43  
    

Other time deposits

     325       5    1.53  
    

Deposits in foreign offices

     4,973       87    1.75  
         


 

      
    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     13,353       173    1.30  
    

Federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements

     1,266       13    1.03  
    

U.S. Treasury tax and loan demand notes and term federal funds purchased

     315       4    1.18  
    

Commercial paper

     17       —      1.04  
    

Other funds borrowed

     187       16    8.67  
    

Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

     4,270       143    3.34  
    

Junior subordinated debentures (c)

     1,024       55    5.33  
    

Trust-preferred securities (c)

     —         —      —    
    

Funds allocated from discontinued operations

     —         —      —    
         


 

      
    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     20,432     $ 404    1.98  
    

Total noninterest-bearing deposits

     6,997  (e)             
    

Other liabilities of discontinued operations

     —                 
    

Other liabilities (a)

     2,753               
    

    

Total liabilities

     30,182               
    

Shareholders’ equity (a)

     3,853               
    

    

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (a)

   $ 34,035               


Rates

  

Yield on total interest-earning assets

           $ 878    3.87 %
    

Cost of funds supporting interest-earning assets

             404    1.78  
    

    

Net interest income/margin (f):

                     
    

Taxable equivalent basis

           $ 474    2.09 %
    

Without taxable equivalent increments

             458    2.02  


Foreign and domestic components   

Foreign interest-earning assets

   $ 2,755     $ 18    0.64 %
    

Domestic interest-earning assets

     19,949       456    2.29  
    

    

Consolidated interest-earning assets

   $ 22,704     $ 474    2.09 %


 

(a) Amounts and yields exclude adjustments for fair value and the related deferred tax effect required by SFAS No. 115.

 

(b) Yields on interest-earning assets include the impact of interest earned on balances maintained by the Department of the Treasury in return for services provided including the amounts shown in Note 19 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

(c) Trust-preferred securities were deconsolidated at Dec. 31, 2003 as discussed in Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements. Beginning in 2004, averages are reflected as junior subordinated debentures. The average rates were impacted by the fair market value of the underlying interest rate swaps.

 

(d) In the second quarter of 2003, Mellon began to include hedge results with trust-preferred securities, which previously had been included with notes and debentures. The average rate paid on trust-preferred securities, including the hedge results, would have been 5.08%, 5.50% and 6.88% for 2003 - 2001, while the rate paid on notes and debentures, excluding the hedge results, would have been 3.16%, 3.77% and 5.41% for 2003 - 2001.

 

(e) Noninterest-bearing deposits include $6.919 billion, $8.319 billion, $8.674 billion and $7.217 billion of domestic deposits, and $78 million, $30 million, $29 million and $23 million of foreign deposits in 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

(f) Calculated on a continuing operations basis for the impact of the sale of the fixed income trading business and certain Australian businesses even though the prior period balance sheet is not restated for discontinued operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Note: Interest and average yields/rates were calculated on a taxable equivalent basis, at tax rates approximating 35%, using dollar amounts in thousands and actual number of days in the years, and are before the effect of reserve requirements. Loan fees, as well as nonaccrual loans and their related income effect, have been included in the calculation of average yields/rates.

 

16

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


      2003                2002                2001                2000       
Average
balance
    Interest    Average
yields/
rates
    Average
balance
    Interest    Average
yields/
rates
    Average
balance
    Interest    Average
yields/
rates
    Average
balance
    Interest    Average
yields/
rates
 
$ 2,247     $ 59    2.65 %   $ 1,870     $ 62    3.33 %   $ 2,493     $ 96    3.85 %   $ 1,054     $ 60    5.68 %
  658       8    1.20       462       8    1.80       1,179       46    3.90       964       62    6.42  
  151       3    1.83       116       3    2.22       166       8    4.82       86       5    5.81  
  722       13    1.87       744       8    1.11       436       16    3.67       310       19    6.01  
  9,772       419    4.29       7,715       387    5.02       8,002       488    6.10       6,273       411    6.55  
  537       37    6.86       400       28    6.87       265       18    6.79       149       9    6.27  
  789       80    10.12       1,814       120    6.63       1,032       78    7.56       87       7    8.36  
  7,704       331    4.30       9,445       448    4.74       9,843       655    6.65       10,693       834    7.80  
  —         —      —         184       4    2.01       —         —      —         2,304       128    5.56  



 

        


 

        


 

        


 

      
  22,580     $ 950    4.21       22,750     $ 1,068    4.70       23,416     $ 1,405    6.00       21,920     $ 1,535    7.00  
  2,264                    2,857                    2,773                    2,680               
  693                    721                    615                    448               
  —                      206                    12,683                    16,408               
  8,357                    7,135                    6,070                    5,730               
  (117 )                  (140 )                  (194 )                  (270 )             



$ 33,777                  $ 33,529                  $ 45,363                  $ 46,916               



$ 6,377     $ 63    0.98 %   $ 5,885     $ 86    1.45 %   $ 5,716     $ 147    2.57 %   $ 5,834     $ 248    4.25 %
  237       5    2.32       244       7    3.00       212       8    3.77       210       10    4.76  
  351       5    1.47       770       15    1.95       924       39    4.22       1,099       61    5.55  
  4,179       58    1.38       3,408       63    1.85       3,468       122    3.52       3,014       149    4.94  



 

        


 

        


 

        


 

      
  11,144       131    1.17       10,307       171    1.66       10,320       316    3.06       10,157       468    4.61  
  1,716       16    0.95       1,985       30    1.51       1,652       65    3.93       1,696       104    6.13  
  430       5    1.05       588       9    1.63       265       11    4.16       494       30    6.01  
  18       —      0.66       41       1    1.58       489       18    3.68       127       8    6.34  
  585       25    4.33       615       20    3.19       423       29    6.86       837       54    6.45  
  4,304       129    3.01 (d)     4,238       135    3.19 (d)     3,751       191    5.09 (d)     3,478       237    6.83  
  —         —      —         —         —      —         —         —      —         —         —      —    
  1,010       58    5.76 (d)     987       79    8.00 (d)     974       79    8.11 (d)     991       79    7.93  
  —         —      —         —         —      —         1,595       114    7.15       —         —      —    



 

        


 

        


 

        


 

      
  19,207     $ 364    1.90       18,761     $ 445    2.37       19,469     $ 823    4.23       17,780     $ 980    5.51  
  8,349  (e)                  8,703  (e)                  7,240  (e)                  6,312               
  —                      206                    12,683                    16,408               
  2,764                    2,611                    2,310                    2,400               



  30,320                    30,281                    41,702                    42,900               
  3,457                    3,248                    3,661                    4,016               



$ 33,777                  $ 33,529                  $ 45,363                  $ 46,916               



        $ 950    4.21 %           $ 1,068    4.70 %           $ 1,405    6.00 %           $ 1,535    7.00 %
          364    1.57               445    1.91               823    3.51               980    4.47  



        $ 586    2.64 %           $ 623    2.79 %           $ 582    2.49 %           $ 555    2.53 %
          570    2.57               611    2.74               574    2.46               550    2.51  



$ 2,742     $ 24    0.89 %   $ 2,797     $ 28    0.98 %   $ 3,658     $ 29    0.79 %                     
  19,838       562    2.89       19,953       595    3.05       19,758       553    2.81                       



                    
$ 22,580     $ 586    2.64 %   $ 22,750     $ 623    2.79 %   $ 23,416     $ 582    2.49 %                     



                    

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

17


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Operating expense

 


Operating expense

                        
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Staff expense:

                        

Compensation

   $ 1,288     $ 1,309     $ 1,298  

Incentive (a)

     415       343       384  

Employee benefits (b)

     274       231       148  


Total staff expense

   $ 1,977     $ 1,883     $ 1,830  

Professional, legal and other purchased services

     449       431       391  

Net occupancy expense

     284       265       245  

Equipment expense

     209       226       214  

Business development

     103       108       131  

Communications expense

     106       106       110  

Amortization of intangible assets

     21       18       14  

Other expense

     227       199       166  


Total operating expense

   $ 3,376     $ 3,236     $ 3,101  


Total staff expense as a percentage of total revenue (FTE)

     43 %     44 %     42 %

Employees at year-end

     19,400       20,600       22,000  

 

(a) Effective Jan. 1, 2003, Mellon began recording an expense for the estimated fair value of stock options using the prospective method under transitional guidance provided in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure.” Stock option expense totaled approximately $18 million in 2004 and $3 million in 2003. See Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments on page 50 for a discussion of expected future stock option expense resulting from the issuance of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.”

 

(b) Includes pension expense of $12 million in 2004 compared with pension credits of $28 million in 2003 and $97 million in 2002.

 

Summary

 

Operating expense totaled $3.376 billion, an increase of $140 million, or 4%, compared with 2003. Expenses in 2004 included:

 

    a first quarter 2004 charge of $19 million, included in other expense in the table above, associated with the writedown of small non-strategic businesses that Mellon is in the process of exiting (These businesses are part of our Other Activity sector and are no longer part of our Core Business sectors);

 

    a second quarter 2004 charge of $24 million related to vacating 10 leased locations in London and moving into our new European headquarters, recorded primarily as occupancy expense in the table above; and

 

    the fourth quarter 2004 $17 million occupancy expense reduction related to the reduction of a sublease loss reserve following the execution of a new lease on our Pittsburgh headquarters building at One Mellon Center through November 2028. The execution of the new lease will reduce the cost associated with the occupancy of the headquarters building in future years.

 

Expenses in 2003 included the third quarter 2003 charge of $50 million primarily related to streamlining the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector, recorded as severance expense ($29 million), software and fixed asset writedowns ($18 million included in equipment expense in the table above) and other expense ($3 million). See page 6 for a reconciliation of reported revenue and expense amounts presented in accordance with GAAP to adjusted non-GAAP revenue and expense amounts, which exclude these items.

 

Excluding these charges, operating expense increased 5%, due primarily to an increase in staff expense from higher incentive ($72 million) and employee benefits expense ($43 million), partially offset by lower severance expense ($9 million). Operating expense was also impacted by the effect of foreign exchange rates which accounted for approximately $43 million of the increase in total operating expense, including approximately $19 million in staff expense, as well as the impact of acquisitions of approximately $25 million.

 

Staff expense

 

Given Mellon’s mix of fee-based businesses and their dependence on high quality talent, staff expense comprised approximately 59% of total operating expense in 2004. Staff expense is comprised of:

 

    compensation expense

 

    base salary expense, primarily driven by headcount

 

    the cost of temporaries and overtime

 

    severance expense;

 

18

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

    incentive expense

 

    additional compensation earned under a wide range of sales commission plans and incentive plans designed to reward a combination of individual, line of business and corporate performance versus goals

 

    stock option expense, beginning in 2003; and

 

    employee benefits expense

 

    primarily health and welfare benefits, payroll taxes and retirement benefits.

 

Staff expense increased $94 million, or 5%, primarily due to higher incentive and employee benefit expense. Compensation expense decreased $21 million, or 2%, primarily resulting from lower severance expense, which totaled $14 million in 2004 compared with $52 million in 2003. Excluding the impact of severance expense, base salary expense (including temporaries and overtime) increased $17 million, or 1%, as the impact of July 1, 2004 merit increases, higher temporaries expense and the effect of foreign exchange rates and acquisitions was primarily offset by a headcount reduction of 1,200. At Dec. 31, 2004, we had completely utilized the $52 million severance accrual recorded in 2003. The increase in incentive expense in 2004 compared with 2003 reflects fee-based business growth, including a higher level of performance fees, and a $15 million increase in stock option expense. Employee benefits expense increased $43 million primarily due to $12 million of pension expense in 2004 compared with a $28 million pension credit in 2003.

 

Mellon currently expects that the net periodic pension cost of $12 million pre-tax in 2004 will increase to approximately $36 million pre-tax for the year 2005, assuming current currency exchange rates. This projection reflects a decrease in the discount rate to 6.00% from 6.25% and an unchanged assumed rate of increase for compensation of 3.25%, as well as an unchanged expected return on assets of 8.50%. The return on plan assets in 2004 for the funded plans was approximately 11.5%. Accounting for pensions is considered to be a critical accounting policy and is discussed on pages 57, 72, 93, and 94.

 

Non-staff expenses

 

Non-staff expenses include certain expenses that vary with the levels of business activity, productivity initiatives undertaken, changes in business strategy and changes in the mix of business. These expenses include:

 

    professional, legal and other purchased services;

 

    business development (travel, entertainment and advertising);

 

    communications expense (telecommunications, postage and delivery); and

 

    other expense (government assessments, forms and supplies, operational errors, etc.).

 

These expenses totaled $1,399 million in 2004, a $46 million, or 3%, increase from $1,353 million in 2003, reflecting increased expense incurred in support of business growth, as well as the impact of foreign exchange rates and acquisitions.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Operating expense for 2003 totaled $3.236 billion, an increase of $135 million, or 4%, compared with $3.101 billion in 2002. This increase was due to: significantly higher employee benefits expense, primarily due to a $69 million lower pension credit; higher expenses for purchased services, insurance, rent and depreciation; as well as the $18 million charge for software and fixed asset writedowns in the HR&IS sector discussed above. The increase in total operating expenses was partially offset by lower advertising, travel and entertainment, and forms and supplies expense.

 

Income taxes

 

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations totaled $357 million in 2004, compared with $313 million in 2003 and $327 million in 2002. Mellon’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for 2004 was 30.9% compared with 31.4% in 2003 and 32.8% in 2002. The effective tax rate in 2004 was lower than the federal statutory rate as a result of the favorable resolution of certain federal and state income tax issues. It is currently anticipated that the effective

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

  19


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

tax rate will be approximately 34.5% in 2005. For additional information, see Note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Business sectors

 

Mellon’s business sectors reflect our management structure, the characteristics of our products and services, and the classes of customers to which those products and services are delivered. Our lines of business serve two distinct major classes of clients:

 

    Corporations and institutions

 

    High net worth individuals

 

Lines of business that offer similar or related products and services to common or similar client decision makers have been aggregated into six core business sectors. These sectors are divided into two overall reportable groups:

 

Asset Management Group

 

    Institutional Asset Management

 

    Mutual Funds

 

    Private Wealth Management

 

Corporate & Institutional Services Group

 

    Asset Servicing

 

    Human Resources & Investor Solutions

 

    Treasury Services

 

In addition, Other Activity consists of all activities not aggregated into the core business sectors.

 

The results of our core business sectors are presented and analyzed on an internal management reporting basis.

 

    Fee revenue is generated directly by each sector, as well as transferred between sectors under revenue transfer agreements.

 

    Net interest revenue is generated directly by or is allocated to each sector. Mellon employs a funds transfer pricing system under which Corporate Treasury buys and sells funds internally across all business sectors using internal transfer rates that reflect the interest sensitivity and maturity characteristics of assets and liabilities. Under this funds transfer pricing system, Corporate Treasury compensates deposit-generating business lines and charges asset-generating business lines. In addition, included in this system is a funds credit for allocated common equity and loan loss reserves. Net interest revenue as reflected in the financial results of the business sectors represents the net spread earned on their assets, liabilities and capital.

 

    In order to maintain consistent management reporting across the business sectors, internal rate schedules have been established for the provision of services by one Mellon area to another. These policies serve as the principal guideline for charging costs of services, whether the charges occur within the same legal entity or across legal entities.

 

    A charge related to corporate overhead is reflected in the results of the business sectors. Corporate overhead is allocated to the business sectors based primarily on allocated common equity but also using other measures where appropriate. Included as corporate overhead are costs related to the executive offices, the holding company of Mellon Financial Corporation, executive compensation plans and corporate activities provided by our shared services departments.

 

    We allocate capital to the business sectors to reflect management’s assessment of credit risk, operating risk, market risk and strategic risk using internal risk models and, where appropriate, regulatory guidelines generally consistent with the proposed Basel accord. The capital allocations may not be representative of the capital levels that would be required if these sectors were nonaffiliated business units.

 

20

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

    The accounting policies of the business sectors are the same as those described in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements except:

 

    other fee revenue, net interest revenue and income taxes differ from the amounts shown in the Consolidated Income Statement because amounts presented in Business Sectors are on a fully taxable equivalent basis (FTE); and

 

    credit quality expense (revenue) for the core sectors is presented on a net charge-off (recovery) basis.

 

In the first quarter of 2004, Mellon revised prospectively our capital allocations to the core business sectors to better reflect the economic capital required for these businesses. The increase in allocated capital was approximately $100 million. Effective January 2004, we reclassified the results of the small non-strategic businesses that we are exiting to the Other Activity sector. We also revised prospectively expense allocations to the core business sectors to better reflect the business drivers of those expenses. The impact on any single sector was not material and in the aggregate was unchanged. In addition, Business Sector information is reported on a continuing operations basis for all periods presented. For a discussion of discontinued operations, see Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Following is a discussion of Mellon’s six core business sectors and Other Activity. In the tables that follow, the income statement amounts are presented in millions and are on an FTE basis, and the assets under management, administration or custody are period-end market values and are presented in billions. Where applicable and when possible, revenue and expense growth rates are reported excluding the estimated impact of acquisitions, divestitures or the formation of joint ventures to improve period-to-period comparability. The operations of acquired businesses are integrated with the existing business sectors soon after most acquisitions are completed. As a result of the integration of staff support functions, management of customer relationships, operating processes and the financial impact of funding the acquisitions, we cannot accurately determine the impact of acquisitions on income before taxes and therefore do not report it.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   21


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Business
Groups


  

Business
Sectors


  

Products and Services


  

Clients


Asset

Management

   Institutional Asset Management   

•      Mellon Institutional Asset Management (MIAM), consists of a number of asset management companies offering a broad range of equity, fixed income, hedge and liquidity management products featuring a wide spectrum of investment styles and asset classes, ranging from active growth equity strategies to emerging markets to fixed income and asset allocation solutions. Most of these strategies are available on a separate account and pooled fund basis.

 

•      Mellon Global Investments (MGI), distributor of investment management products internationally.

   Predominately institutional investors (corporations, financial institutions, public plan sponsors, foundations/endowments, insurance companies, and Taft Hartley plans) reached through direct sales, consultant relationships and sub-advisory relationships, although funds are also sold to individuals via intermediaries through MGI.
     Mutual Funds   

•      All products and services associated with the Dreyfus/Founders complex of mutual funds.

 

•      Products manufactured and distributed in this sector include mutual funds (e.g., equity, fixed income and money market), separately managed accounts and annuities.

   Products are sold through intermediaries (brokers, financial institutions and insurance companies) and directly to individuals.
     Private Wealth Management   

•      Investment management, wealth management and comprehensive banking services.

 

•      Operates from more than 60 locations in 15 states.

   High net worth individuals, families, family offices, charitable gift programs, endowments, foundations, professionals and entrepreneurs.

 

Corporate &

Institutional

Services

  

 

Asset Servicing

  

•      Institutional trust and custody and related services such as securities lending, investment management backoffice outsourcing, performance measurement, benefits disbursements, transition management, fund administration, Web-based investment management software and foreign exchange and derivative products.

 

•      As a global service provider, we distribute these products through the franchise’s sales organization along with Mellon’s joint venture partners - CIBC Mellon, ABN AMRO Mellon and Russell/Mellon.

 

•      Mellon European Funds Services is U.K.-based and provides transfer agency and fund accounting services.

 

•      Eagle Investment Systems provides Internet-based investment manager software solutions.

  

 

Corporate and public retirement funds, foundations and endowments and global financial institutions including banks, broker/dealers, investment managers, insurance companies and mutual funds.

     Human Resources & Investor Solutions   

•      Consulting, outsourcing and administrative services to design, build and operate end-to-end solutions in human resources and shareholder services that leverage scalable operations and technology.

 

•      Shareholder services consist of a diverse array of products to shareholders and corporations including stock transfer and recordkeeping services, investment plan services, demutualizations, corporate actions and unclaimed property services.

   Corporate and institutional clients for retirement plans, employee benefits, compensation and employee plan administration and shareholder services.
     Treasury Services   

•      Global cash management, credit products for large corporations, insurance premium financing, commercial real estate lending, corporate finance, securities underwriting and trading and the activities of Mellon 1st Business Bank, National Association, in California.

   Large corporations, banks, brokers, insurance companies and government agencies.
    

 

Other Activity

   All activities not aggregated in our core business sectors. For further information, see discussion beginning on page 31.     

 

22

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Business sectors  

Institutional
Asset

Management


    Mutual Funds

    Private
Wealth
Management


    Total
Asset
Management


 
(dollar amounts in millions,
averages in billions;
presented on an FTE basis)
       
  2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  

Revenue:

                                                                                               

Trust and investment fee revenue

  $ 800     $ 595     $ 536     $ 483     $ 493     $ 549     $ 313     $ 294     $ 305     $ 1,596     $ 1,382     $ 1,390  

Other fee revenue

    19       17       12       (2 )     —         (6 )     12       14       15       29       31       21  

Net interest revenue (expense)

    (15 )     (17 )     (28 )     (5 )     (4 )     7       212       223       209       192       202       188  


Total revenue

    804       595       520       476       489       550       537       531       529       1,817       1,615       1,599  

Credit quality expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1       1       —         1       1       —    

Operating expense

    572       471       442       309       320       338       316       293       278       1,197       1,084       1,058  


Income from continuing operations before taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

    232       124       78       167       169       212       220       237       251       619       530       541  

Income taxes

    79       44       30       57       60       85       75       84       89       211       188       204  


Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

    153       80       48       110       109       127       145       153       162       408       342       337  

Cumulative effect of accounting change (a)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    


Income from continuing operations

    153       80       48       110       109       127       145       153       162       408       342       337  

Income from discontinued operations after-tax (a)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    


Net income

  $ 153     $ 80     $ 48     $ 110     $ 109     $ 127     $ 145     $ 153     $ 162     $ 408     $ 342     $ 337  


Average loans

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3.4     $ 2.9     $ 2.7     $ 3.4     $ 2.9     $ 2.7  

Average assets (b)

  $ 1.4     $ 1.3     $ 1.2     $ 0.6     $ 0.7     $ 0.7     $ 6.2     $ 5.5     $ 5.0     $ 8.2     $ 7.5     $ 6.9  

Average deposits

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 5.3     $ 4.6     $ 4.4     $ 5.3     $ 4.6     $ 4.4  

Average common equity

  $ 0.6     $ 0.5     $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 0.4     $ 0.5     $ 0.4     $ 0.2     $ 1.3     $ 1.1     $ 0.8  

Average Tier I preferred equity

  $ 0.3     $ 0.3     $ —       $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ —       $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ —       $ 0.6     $ 0.6     $ —    


Return on common equity (c)

    27 %     18 %     23 %     51 %     47 %     31 %     30 %     36 %     77 %     32 %     31 %     41 %

Pre-tax operating margin (c)

    29 %     21 %     15 %     35 %     35 %     38 %     41 %     45 %     48 %     34 %     33 %     34 %

Percentage of core sector revenue

    19 %     14 %     12 %     11 %     12 %     13 %     12 %     13 %     13 %     42 %     39 %     38 %

Percentage of core sector income before taxes

    21 %     13 %     6 %     15 %     17 %     19 %     20 %     24 %     22 %     56 %     54 %     47 %

 


Business sectors  

Asset

Servicing


    Human Resources &
Investor Solutions


    Treasury
Services


    Total Corporate
& Institutional
Services


 
(dollar amounts in millions,
averages in billions;
presented on an FTE basis)
       
  2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  

Revenue:

                                                                                               

Trust and investment fee revenue

  $ 552     $ 493     $ 507     $ 949     $ 980     $ 1,058     $ 9     $ 9     $ 8     $ 1,510     $ 1,482     $ 1,573  

Other fee revenue

    220       192       162       4       (1 )     3       365       367       345       589       558       510  

Net interest revenue (expense)

    69       82       95       19       3       (25 )     302       399       440       390       484       510  


Total revenue

    841       767       764       972       982       1,036       676       775       793       2,489       2,524       2,593  

Credit quality expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         6       6       —         6       6  

Operating expense

    662       612       572       916       1,019       983       425       430       429       2,003       2,061       1,984  


Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes (benefits) and cumulative effect of accounting change

    179       155       192       56       (37 )     53       251       339       358       486       457       603  

Income taxes (benefits)

    62       55       67       19       (16 )     17       86       120       127       167       159       211  


Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

    117       100       125       37       (21 )     36       165       219       231       319       298       392  

Cumulative effect of accounting change (a)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    


Income (loss) from continuing operations

    117       100       125       37       (21 )     36       165       219       231       319       298       392  

Income from discontinued operations after-tax (a)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    


Net income (loss)

  $ 117     $ 100     $ 125     $ 37     $ (21 )   $ 36     $ 165     $ 219     $ 231     $ 319     $ 298     $ 392  


Average loans

  $ 0.1     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 2.9     $ 3.5     $ 5.3     $ 3.0     $ 3.5     $ 5.3  

Average assets (b)

  $ 7.2     $ 5.8     $ 4.7     $ 1.5     $ 1.8     $ 1.4     $ 9.4     $ 10.9     $ 11.2     $ 18.1     $ 18.5     $ 17.3  

Average deposits

  $ 5.8     $ 4.2     $ 3.4     $ 0.8     $ 0.4     $ 0.1     $ 7.9     $ 9.3     $ 9.8     $ 14.5     $ 13.9     $ 13.3  

Average common equity

  $ 0.6     $ 0.6     $ 0.5     $ 0.4     $ 0.4     $ 0.3     $ 0.9     $ 1.1     $ 1.0     $ 1.9     $ 2.1     $ 1.8  

Average Tier I preferred equity

  $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ —       $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ —       $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ 0.2     $ 0.4     $ 0.4     $ 0.2  


Return on common equity (c)

    20 %     18 %     26 %     10 %     (5 )%     13 %     17 %     20 %     23 %     16 %     14 %     22 %

Pre-tax operating margin (c)

    21 %     20 %     25 %     6 %     (4 )%     5 %     37 %     44 %     45 %     20 %     18 %     23 %

Percentage of core sector revenue

    19 %     18 %     18 %     23 %     24 %     25 %     16 %     19 %     19 %     58 %     61 %     62 %

Percentage of core sector income before taxes

    16 %     16 %     17 %     5 %     (4 )%     5 %     23 %     34 %     31 %     44 %     46 %     53 %

(a) The cumulative effect of accounting change in 2003 and income from discontinued operations in the years 2004, 2003 and 2002 have not been allocated to any of Mellon’s reportable sectors.

 

(b) Where average deposits are greater than average loans, average assets include an allocation of investment securities equal to the difference.

 

(c) On a continuing operations basis.

 

Note: Prior periods sector data reflects immaterial reclassifications as a result of minor changes made to be consistent with current period presentation.

 

- continued -

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

23


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Business sectors   

Total Core

Sectors


    Other Activity

   

Consolidated

Results


 
(dollar amounts in millions, averages in billions;
presented on an FTE basis)
      
   2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  

Revenue:

                                                                        

Trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 3,106     $ 2,864     $ 2,963     $ 8     $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ 3,114     $ 2,863     $ 2,962  

Other fee revenue (a)

     618       589       531       374       260       208       992       849       739  

Net interest revenue (expense) (b)

     582       686       698       (108 )     (100 )     (75 )     474       586       623  


Total revenue

     4,306       4,139       4,192       274       159       132       4,580       4,298       4,324  

Credit quality expense (revenue)

     1       7       6       (12 )     —         166       (11 )     7       172  

Operating expense

     3,200       3,145       3,042       176       91       59       3,376       3,236       3,101  


Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes (benefits) and cumulative effect of accounting change

     1,105       987       1,144       110       68       (93 )     1,215       1,055       1,051  

Income taxes (benefits) (c)

     378       347       415       37       25       (34 )     415       372       381  


Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

     727       640       729       73       43       (59 )     800       683       670  

Cumulative effect of accounting change (d)

     —         —         —         —         (7 )     —         —         (7 )     —    


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     727       640       729       73       36       (59 )     800       676       670  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations after-tax (d)

     —         —         —         —         —         —         (4 )     25       12  


Net income (loss)

   $ 727     $ 640     $ 729     $ 73     $ 36     $ (59 )   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682  


Average loans

   $ 6.4     $ 6.4     $ 8.0     $ 0.9     $ 1.3     $ 1.4     $ 7.3     $ 7.7     $ 9.4  

Average assets (e)

   $ 26.3     $ 26.0     $ 24.2     $ 7.6     $ 7.4     $ 8.6     $ 34.0     $ 33.9     $ 33.7  

Average deposits

   $ 19.8     $ 18.5     $ 17.7     $ 0.6     $ 1.0     $ 1.3     $ 20.4     $ 19.5     $ 19.0  

Average common equity

   $ 3.2     $ 3.2     $ 2.6     $ 0.6     $ 0.3     $ 0.8     $ 3.8     $ 3.5     $ 3.4  

Average Tier I preferred equity

   $ 1.0     $ 1.0     $ 0.2     $ —       $ —       $ 0.8     $ 1.0     $ 1.0     $ 1.0  


Return on common equity (f)

     23 %     20 %     28 %     N/M       N/M       N/M       21 %     19 %     20 %

Pre-tax operating margin (f)

     26 %     24 %     27 %     N/M       N/M       N/M       27 %     25 %     24 %

 

(a) Consolidated results include FTE impact of $42 million in 2004, $43 million in 2003 and $42 million in 2002.

 

(b) Consolidated results include FTE impact of $16 million in 2004, $16 million in 2003 and $12 million in 2002.

 

(c) Consolidated results include FTE impact of $58 million in 2004, $59 million in 2003 and $54 million in 2002.

 

(d) The cumulative effect of accounting change in 2003 and income from discontinued operations in the years 2004, 2003 and 2002 have not been allocated to any of Mellon’s reportable sectors.

 

(e) Where average deposits are greater than average loans, average assets include an allocation of investment securities equal to the difference. Consolidated average assets include average assets of discontinued operations of $.1 billion for 2004, $.5 billion for 2003 and $.9 billion for 2002.

 

(f) On a continuing operations basis.

 

Note: Prior periods sector data reflects immaterial reclassifications as a result of minor changes made to be consistent with current period presentation.

 

N/M — Not meaningful.

 

24

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Asset Management Group

 


Asset Management Group

Selected data

   2004     2003     2002  

Percentage of core sector revenue

     42 %     39 %     38 %

Percentage of core sector income before taxes

     56 %     54 %     47 %

Return on equity

     32 %     31 %     41 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     34 %     33 %     34 %

Assets under management, (in billions)

   $ 707     $ 657     $ 581  


 

Institutional Asset Management

 


(income statement dollar amounts in millions, asset dollar amounts in billions)    2004     2003     2002  

Institutional clients

   $ 523     $ 384     $ 342  

Mutual funds

     173       129       121  

Private clients

     44       36       31  
    


 


 


Total investment management revenue

   $ 740     $ 549     $ 494  

Institutional trust and custody revenue

     9       10       4  

Transfer revenue (a)

     51       36       38  
    


 


 


Total trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 800     $ 595     $ 536  

Other fee revenue

     19       17       12  

Net interest revenue (expense)

     (15 )     (17 )     (28 )
    


 


 


Total revenue

     804       595       520  

Operating expense

     572       471       442  
    


 


 


Income before taxes

   $ 232     $ 124     $ 78  

Return on common equity

     27 %     18 %     23 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     29 %     21 %     15 %

Assets under management (b)

   $ 500     $ 445     $ 358  

Plus: subadvised for other Mellon sectors

     26       21       15  
    


 


 


     $ 526     $ 466     $ 373  

Assets under administration or custody

   $ 8     $ 10     $ 6  


 

(a) Consists largely of sub-advisory and distribution fees credited to the Institutional Asset Management sector by the Mutual Funds sector.

 

(b) Includes $87 billion, $66 billion and $45 billion of securities lending assets advised by Institutional Asset Management. However, fees earned on these assets are shown as securities lending fees in the Asset Servicing sector.

 

The results of the Institutional Asset Management sector are mainly driven by the period-end levels of assets managed as well as the mix of those assets, as shown in the table on page 10. Managed equity assets typically generate higher percentage fees than money market and bond assets. Also, actively managed assets typically generate higher management fees than indexed or passively managed assets of the same type. In addition, performance fees may be generated by the performance of the managed funds exceeding peer or equity market benchmarks. Expenses in this sector are mainly driven by staffing costs and incentives. Incentives are directly associated with the performance of the individual asset management companies and new business generation. As discussed in Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements, the results of certain Australian businesses that provide comprehensive multi-manager defined contribution services and consulting and administration services, have been removed from this sector and accounted for as discontinued operations. Prior periods have been reclassified.

 

Revenue for this sector increased $209 million, or 35%, compared with 2003, largely as a result of a $191 million increase in investment management fees. The increase in investment management fee revenue mainly resulted from improved equity markets, a $57 million increase in performance fees, net inflows, as shown on the table on page 10 and the effect of foreign exchange rates and acquisitions. Assets under management for this sector, before amounts subadvised for other sectors, were $500 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, a 12% increase compared with $445 billion at Dec. 31, 2003, reflecting improvement in the equity markets and net inflows of $26 billion primarily from net new business. Operating expense increased 21% compared with 2003, primarily as a result of higher incentive expense and the effect of foreign exchange rates. Reflecting the effect of positive operating leverage, income before taxes increased $108 million, or 86%, in 2004 over 2003.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Revenue for this sector increased $75 million, or 15%, compared with 2002, primarily resulting from an increase in investment management fees, which included a $23 million increase in performance fees and the effect of foreign exchange rates. The increase in investment management fee revenue largely resulted from market appreciation in assets managed and net long-term inflows. Assets under management for this sector, before amounts

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

25


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

subadvised for other sectors, were $445 billion at Dec. 31, 2003, a 24% increase compared with $358 billion at Dec. 31, 2002. This reflected improvement in the equity markets and net long-term inflows of $21 billion primarily from net new business. Operating expense increased 7% compared with 2002, primarily resulting from higher incentive expense and the effect of foreign exchange rates. Reflecting the effect of positive operating leverage, income before taxes increased 59% in 2003 over 2002.

 

Mutual Funds

 


(income statement dollar amounts in millions, asset dollar amounts in billions)    2004     2003     2002  

Mutual fund revenue

   $ 507     $ 524     $ 583  

Private clients

     21       16       10  

Institutional clients

     14       13       11  
    


 


 


Total investment management revenue

   $ 542     $ 553     $ 604  

Institutional trust and custody revenue

     —         (4 ) (a)     4  

Transfer revenue (b)

     (59 )     (56 )     (59 )
    


 


 


Total trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 483     $ 493     $ 549  

Other fee revenue

     (2 )     —         (6 )

Net interest revenue (expense)

     (5 )     (4 )     7  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     476       489       550  

Operating expense

     309       320       338  
    


 


 


Income before taxes

   $ 167     $ 169     $ 212  

Return on common equity

     51 %     47 %     31 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     35 %     35 %     38 %

Assets under management

   $ 157     $ 165     $ 181  

Less: subadvised by other Mellon sectors

     (24 )     (22 )     (17 )
    


 


 


     $ 133     $ 143     $ 164  


 

(a) Administration fees paid to third parties in excess of amounts collected.

 

(b) Consists of sub-advisory and distribution fees credited to other sectors.

 

The results of the Mutual Fund sector are driven by average asset levels and the mix of assets managed. Generally, actively managed equity funds generate higher fees than fixed-income funds, index funds and money market funds. In addition, results are impacted by sales of fee-based products such as fixed and variable annuities and separately managed accounts. Expenses are impacted by incentive expense for sales of long-term funds and fee-based products, incentive expense related to asset levels of money market funds and the cost of advertising and marketing new and existing products.

 

Revenue for this sector decreased $13 million, or 3% compared with 2003 as a result of lower average levels of institutional money market funds, partially offset by an increase in revenue from separately managed accounts and the improved equity markets. As shown on the table on page 11, the average level of proprietary money market funds managed in 2004 was $19 billion lower than the average level in 2003. Assets under management for this sector, before amounts subadvised by other sectors, were $157 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, down $8 billion, or 4%, from $165 billion at Dec. 31, 2003. Operating expense decreased 3% compared with 2003 as a result of lower base staff, purchased services and occupancy expenses. Income before taxes decreased $2 million, or 1%, in 2004 compared with 2003.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Revenue for this sector decreased $61 million, or 11%, compared with 2002 as a result of lower average levels of institutional money market funds, partially offset by an increase in revenue from separately managed accounts. The decrease in investment management fee revenue mainly resulted from net outflows of institutional money market funds, as well as lower equity fund management fees. (The average level of equity funds managed in 2003 was $2 billion lower than the average level in 2002). Assets under management for this sector, before amounts subadvised by other sectors, were $165 billion at Dec. 31, 2003, down $16 billion, or 9%, from $181 billion at Dec. 31, 2002. Operating expense decreased 6% compared with 2002, primarily due to lower staff, incentive and advertising expenses. Income before taxes decreased $43 million, or 20%, in 2003 compared with 2002.

 

26

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Private Wealth Management

 


(income statement dollar amounts in millions, asset dollar amounts in billions)    2004     2003     2002  

Investment management revenue - private clients

   $ 299     $ 274     $ 276  

Investment management revenue - mutual fund revenue

     1       1       1  

Institutional trust and custody revenue

     9       9       11  

Transfer revenue

     4       10       17  
    


 


 


Total trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 313     $ 294     $ 305  

Other fee revenue

     12       14       15  

Net interest revenue

     212       223       209  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     537       531       529  

Credit quality expense

     1       1       —    

Operating expense

     316       293       278  
    


 


 


Income before taxes

   $ 220     $ 237     $ 251  

Return on common equity

     30 %     36 %     77 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     41 %     45 %     48 %

Total client assets at beginning of year

   $ 75     $ 66     $ 74  

Assets under management net inflows (outflows)

     —         (1 )     1  

Assets under administration or custody net inflows

     —         3       1  

Acquisitions

     2       1       1  

Transfers

     (2 )     1       1  

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     3       5       (12 )
    


 


 


Total client assets at end of year (a)

   $ 78     $ 75     $ 66  


 

(a) Includes assets under management, before amounts subadvised for other sectors, of $50 billion, $47 billion and $42 billion.

 

The results of the Private Wealth Management sector are driven by the level of assets managed and custodied as well as the mix of those assets and the level of activity in client accounts. Net interest revenue is determined by the level and spread of loans and deposits. Expenses of this sector are driven mainly by staff expense in the investment management, sales, service and support groups.

 

Revenue in this sector increased 1% compared with 2003, reflecting higher trust and investment management fee revenue, partially offset by lower net interest revenue. Investment management revenue was higher due to the improved equity markets, acquisitions and new business, partially offset by a decline in separately managed account fees. Client assets were $78 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, an increase of 4% from Dec. 31, 2003, reflecting equity market appreciation. The decrease in net interest revenue resulted, in part, from narrower spreads earned on deposits. Operating expense increased 7% mainly resulting from higher staff and incentive expense driven by increases in new business production and acquisitions. Income before taxes decreased $17 million, or 7%, compared with 2003.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Revenue in this sector increased 1% compared with 2002, reflecting higher net interest revenue, as a result of increased loan and deposit levels, partially offset by lower trust and investment management fee revenue. Investment management revenue was lower mainly because of a decline in the average market level experienced over the course of 2003 compared with the prior year, and due to the decline in fees from separately managed accounts. The market appreciation that occurred in the latter half of 2003, and the resulting increase in the level of managed assets, did not have a full year impact on fees. Client assets were $75 billion at Dec. 31, 2003, an increase of 14% from Dec. 31, 2002, reflecting equity market appreciation and net inflows of assets under administration or custody. Operating expense increased 6% mainly resulting from higher staff and incentive expense and higher occupancy expense as a result of the build-out of wealth offices. Income before taxes decreased $14 million, or 6%, compared with 2002.

 

Corporate & Institutional Services Group

 


Corporate & Institutional Services Group

Selected data

   2004     2003     2002  

Percentage of core sector revenue

     58 %     61 %     62 %

Percentage of core sector income before taxes

     44 %     46 %     53 %

Return on equity

     16 %     14 %     22 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     20 %     18 %     23 %

Assets under administration or custody (in billions)

   $ 3,306     $ 2,802     $ 2,245  


 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

27


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Asset Servicing

 


(income statement dollar amounts in millions, asset dollar amounts in billions)    2004     2003     2002  

Institutional trust and custody revenue

   $ 478     $ 422     $ 434  

Securities lending revenue (a)

     76       69       75  

Transfer revenue

     (2 )     2       (2 )
    


 


 


Total trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 552     $ 493     $ 507  

Other fee revenue (b)

     220       192       162  

Net interest revenue

     69       82       95  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     841       767       764  

Operating expense

     662       612       572  
    


 


 


Income before taxes

   $ 179     $ 155     $ 192  

Return on common equity

     20 %     18 %     26 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     21 %     20 %     25 %

Assets under administration or custody

   $ 3,199     $ 2,688     $ 2,129  


 

(a) Securities lending assets are included in assets under management in the Institutional Asset Management sector. Fees on those assets are recorded above as securities lending revenue.

 

(b) Primarily consists of foreign exchange trading revenue of $183 million, $148 million and $144 million, respectively.

 

The results of the Asset Servicing Sector are driven by a number of factors which include the level of transaction activity and extent of services provided including custody, accounting, administration, daily valuations, performance measurement, securities lending, foreign exchange trading and investment manager backoffice outsourcing, as well as the market value of assets under administration and custody. Market interest rates impact both securities lending revenue and the earnings on client cash balances. Foreign exchange trading revenues are directly influenced by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on such transactions, and indirectly influenced by other factors including market volatility in major currencies, the level of cross-border assets held in custody for clients, and the level and nature of underlying cross-border investment and other transactions undertaken by corporate and institutional clients. Eagle Investment Systems fee revenue is dependent on investment manager discretionary spending for license and development fees and professional services. Sector expenses are principally driven by staffing levels and technology investments necessary to process transaction volumes. Fees paid to subcustodians are driven by market values of global assets and related transaction volumes.

 

Revenue in this sector increased 10% compared with 2003, mainly as a result of higher institutional trust and custody revenue, reflecting net new business, improved markets and the effect of foreign exchange rates. Higher foreign exchange trading and securities lending revenue also contributed to the increase. These increases more than offset lower net interest revenue due, in part, to narrower spreads. Operating expense increased 8%, reflecting higher staff expense and expenses in support of new business growth and development around new products and enhancements to existing products, as well as the effect of foreign exchange rates. Income before taxes increased $24 million, or 15%, compared with 2003. Assets under administration or custody for this sector were $3.199 trillion at Dec. 31, 2004, an increase of $511 billion, or 19%, compared with Dec. 31, 2003, resulting from market appreciation, net new business conversions of approximately $190 billion and the effect of foreign exchange rates.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

The results for this sector in 2003 compared with 2002 were impacted by the December 2002 formation of the ABN AMRO Mellon global custody joint venture which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Excluding the impact of equity accounting for the joint venture, revenue increased 7%, mainly resulting from higher institutional trust and custody fee revenue, reflecting net new business, improved markets and the effect of foreign exchange rates, as well as higher expense reimbursements from joint ventures, higher foreign exchange trading revenue and higher net interest revenue. This more than offset lower revenue from Eagle Investment Systems and lower securities lending revenue. Operating expense, excluding the impact of the newly formed joint venture, increased 15%, mainly in support of new business growth and development around enhancements to new products and existing products and higher severance expense, as well as the effect of foreign exchange rates. Income before taxes decreased 19% compared with 2002. Assets under administration or custody for this sector were $2.688 trillion at Dec. 31, 2003, an increase of $559 billion, or 26%, compared with

 

28

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Dec. 31, 2002, resulting from market appreciation, net new business and the effect of foreign exchange rates.

 

Human Resources & Investor Solutions

 


(income statement dollar amounts in millions, asset dollar amounts in billions)    2004     2003     2002  

Human resources & investor solutions revenue

   $ 916     $ 944     $ 1,020  

Investment management - mutual funds (a)

     35       36       39  

Transfer revenue

     (2 )     —         (1 )
    


 


 


Total trust and investment fee revenue

   $ 949     $ 980     $ 1,058  

Other fee revenue

     4       (1 )     3  

Net interest revenue (expense)

     19       3       (25 )
    


 


 


Total revenue

     972       982       1,036  

Operating expense

     916       1,019       983  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before taxes

   $ 56     $ (37 )   $ 53  

Return on common equity

     10 %     (5 )%     13 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     6 %     (4 )%     5 %

Assets under administration or custody

   $ 107     $ 114     $ 116  

 

(a) Earned from mutual fund investments in employee benefit plans administered in this sector.

 

The Human Resources & Investor Solutions (HR&IS) sector is organized around consolidated lines of business and the Mellon brand for retirement, employee benefits, human resources outsourcing and investor solutions.

 

HR&IS consulting fee revenue is somewhat dependent on discretionary corporate spending on the design and implementation of retirement, health and welfare benefits, compensation programs and other project work. Clients are generally billed on an hourly basis at rates that vary based upon staff level and experience.

 

Outsourcing and benefit plan administration fees are influenced by:

 

    number of employees serviced;

 

    plan participant counts;

 

    volume of transactions processed;

 

    project work; and

 

    market value of benefit plan assets under administration.

 

Shareholder services revenues include earnings related to customer balances maintained in an agency capacity. Client balances held in an agency capacity and not reflected on Mellon’s balance sheet totaled $445 million at Dec. 31, 2004. Earnings on these balances are classified as trust and investment fees. Earnings on client deposit balances reflected on our balance sheet are classified as net interest revenue.

 

Sector expenses are driven by staff, equipment and space required to support the services provided by the sector. In 2003, a charge of $47 million was recorded for severance ($29 million), software and fixed asset write-downs ($15 million) and other expenses ($3 million) resulting from initiatives to streamline the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector. An additional $3 million was recorded in the Other Activity sector.

 

Income before taxes for this sector compared with 2003 increased $93 million, including the $47 million streamlining charge recorded in 2003. Excluding this charge, income before taxes increased $46 million, as a 6% reduction in expense more than offset a 1% decrease in revenue. The lower revenue was primarily the result of lower consulting revenue from retirement and health and welfare services, as well as a $5 million decrease in out-of-pocket expense reimbursements. Outsourcing and benefit plan administration revenue and shareholder services revenue were relatively unchanged in 2004 compared with 2003. Net interest revenue increased due to higher deposit levels. The 6% decrease in operating expense reflects the positive impact of the expense reduction initiatives.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Revenue for this sector compared with 2002 decreased 5%, reflecting the loss of revenues from former Unifi Network customers who had indicated their decision to terminate business prior to the closing of the acquisition in 2002 and lower volumes due to fewer benefit plan participants and transactions. This was partially offset by higher net interest revenue. Operating expenses for 2003 increased $36 million, or 4%, compared with 2002, resulting from the $47 million charge discussed above. Excluding these expenses, operating expense

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   29


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

decreased $11 million, or 1%, reflecting the positive impact of the expense reduction initiatives. The 9 percentage point decrease in the pre-tax operating margin in 2003 compared with 2002 was largely a result of the lower revenue from Unifi and the $47 million charge recorded in 2003. This sector reported a loss before taxes in 2003 of $37 million, a $90 million decrease compared with income of $53 million in 2002.

 

Treasury Services

 


(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Fee revenue:

                        

Cash management revenue

   $ 301     $ 303     $ 266  

Other fee revenue

     64       64       79  

Institutional trust and custody revenue (a)

     2       1       1  

Transfer revenue (a)

     7       8       7  
    


 


 


Total fee revenue

   $ 374     $ 376     $ 353  

Net interest revenue

     302       399       440  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     676       775       793  

Credit quality expense

     —         6       6  

Operating expense

     425       430       429  
    


 


 


Income before taxes

   $ 251     $ 339     $ 358  

Return on common equity

     17 %     20 %     23 %

Pre-tax operating margin

     37 %     44 %     45 %

 

(a) Included in trust and investment fee revenue.

 

The results of the Treasury Services sector’s global cash management results are driven by transaction activity including:

 

    automated clearinghouse, wire transfer and telecash;

 

    remittance processing services, primarily wholesale/custom and retail lockbox; and

 

    ancillary processing services for check clearing, imaging and storage activities.

 

 

The other significant driver is net interest revenue earned from the deposit balances generated by activity across the business operations.

 

The results of the Treasury Services sector’s lending lines of business — large corporate, AFCO, real estate finance, and Mellon 1 st Business Bank — are driven by:

 

    the level of commitments and fees applicable to these commitments; and

 

    the level of outstanding loans and the spreads on these loans.

 

The results are further impacted by the risk profile that Mellon will accept and, in the case of Mellon 1 st Business Bank, its ability to gather significant levels of deposits.

 

Securities underwriting results are driven by the general volatility of the bond and fixed income markets and Mellon’s ability to generate new underwritings.

 

In accordance with our management accounting reporting practices, credit quality expense for the core sectors reflects net credit losses, not the provision for credit losses. When a determination is made that a lending arrangement does not meet our relationship strategy criteria, it is moved to Other Activity and managed under an exit strategy. Any subsequent credit quality expense (revenue) is reported in Other Activity and not in Treasury Services.

 

Revenue for this sector decreased $99 million, or 13%, in 2004 compared with 2003, primarily reflecting lower net interest revenue from the continued reduction of loans and lower levels of deposits. Operating expense decreased $5 million, or 1%, and credit quality expense decreased $6 million in 2004. Income before taxes decreased $88 million, or 26%, compared with 2003.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

Revenue for this sector decreased $18 million, or 2%, in 2003 compared with 2002, due to lower net interest revenue as a result of the reduction in large corporate loans, partially offset by higher cash management fee revenue, reflecting higher volumes of electronic services. Operating expense was relatively unchanged, resulting in a $19 million, or 5%, decrease in income before taxes compared with 2002.

 

30

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

Other Activity

 


Other Activity - income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes (benefits)

(in millions)

   2004    2003     2002  

Business exits activity

   $ 28    $ 53     $ (72 )

Venture capital activity

     18      (49 )     (93 )

Corporate activity/other

     64      64       72  


Total - Other Activity

   $ 110    $ 68     $ (93 )


 

Other Activity includes business exits activity; the results of Mellon Ventures, our venture capital group; and business activities or utilities, including Corporate Treasury, that are not separate lines of business or have not been fully allocated for management reporting purposes to the core business sectors. Business exits consist of the results of large ticket leasing, which is in a runoff mode; several small non-strategic businesses; the merchant card business; and certain lending relationships that are part of Mellon’s business exits strategy.

 

Revenue in the Other Activity sector primarily reflects:

 

    net interest revenue of business exits activity;

 

    earnings on capital above that required for the core business sectors;

 

    gains (losses) from the sale of securities and other assets; and

 

    gains (losses) and funding costs of Mellon Ventures’ portfolio.

 

Operating expense includes:

 

    various direct expenses for items not attributable to the operations of a business sector;

 

    a net credit for the net corporate level (income) expense amounts allocated from Other Activity to the core business sectors; and

 

    the expenses of Mellon Ventures.

 

Assets in Other Activity include assets of the activities discussed below that Mellon intends to exit, the investments of Mellon Ventures and assets of certain areas not identified with the core business sectors. This sector also includes assets and liabilities recorded in Corporate Treasury and not allocated to a particular line of business.

 

Average common equity represents capital in excess of that required for the core business sectors, as well as capital required for the investments of Mellon Ventures and business exits.

 

In accordance with our management accounting reporting practices, credit quality expense (revenue) in Other Activity represents our provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs recorded in the core business sectors. Credit quality expense (revenue) for the core business sectors is presented on a net charge-off (recovery) basis and totaled $1 million in 2004. Our credit strategy is to exit all credit relationships for which a broad fee-based relationship resulting from the cross-sale of our fee-based services does not exist. The loans and leases transferred to business exits include:

 

    Mellon’s large ticket lease portfolio, which was principally transaction-based;

 

    selected types of other transaction-based loans (leveraged loans and project financings); and

 

    loans to companies where a broad fee-based relationship does not exist.

 

We will not renew these credit relationships when the respective contractual commitment periods end. We may consider selling remaining commitments on a case-by-case basis as opportunities arise.

 

The Other Activity sector recorded pre-tax income of $110 million in 2004, compared with pre-tax income of $68 million in 2003 and a pre-tax loss of $93 million in 2002.

 

Other activity in 2004 included:

 

    the $93 million gain from the sale of a portion of Mellon’s indirect non-venture capital investment in Shinsei Bank;

 

    the $19 million charge for the writedown of small non-strategic businesses we are in the process of exiting;

 

    the $24 million charge for the London space consolidation;

 

    the $17 million occupancy expense reduction resulting from the reversal of a sublease loss reserve following the execution of a new lease on the Pittsburgh corporate headquarters;

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

31


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

    $59 million of net gains from venture capital activities;

 

    $8 million of gains from the sale of securities; and

 

    a $12 million negative provision for credit losses.

 

2003 compared with 2002

 

The Other Activity sector recorded pre-tax income of $68 million in 2003, compared with a pre-tax loss of $93 million in 2002. Other activity in 2003 included $62 million of gains from the sale of mortgage-backed securities. Other Activity also included losses from venture capital investments of $7 million. Other Activity in 2002 included: $166 million of credit quality expense; losses of $55 million from venture capital investments; and $59 million of gains from the sale of mortgage-backed securities.

 

Venture capital investments

 

We regard the accounting policies related to venture capital investments to be critical to the presentation of Mellon’s financial condition. These policies require us to make numerous complex and subjective estimates and valuation assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. These policies are discussed on pages 55 and 56.

 

Our venture capital investments include direct investments in both publicly traded and privately held companies and indirect investments in private equity funds in which we hold a limited partnership interest. As shown in the following table, our total venture capital portfolio had a carrying value of $586 million at Dec. 31, 2004, or 90% of the original cost basis of active investments. The $586 million was comprised of $13 million of investments in public companies, $365 million of investments in privately owned companies and $208 million of investments in private equity funds.

 


Venture capital investment portfolio - gain (loss)

(in millions)

   2004     2003     2002  

Private and publicly held direct investments

                        

Realized gains/(losses)

   $ 27     $  —       $ 2  

Unrealized gains/(losses)

     3       3       (57 )


Total

     30       3       (55 )


Third party indirect funds

                        

Realized gains/(losses)

     32       2       10  

Unrealized gains/(losses)

     5       (5 )     (4 )

Management fees

     (8 )     (7 )     (6 )


Total

     29       (10 )     —    


Total venture capital equity investment revenue - gain (loss)

   $ 59     $ (7 )   $ (55 )


 

Venture capital investment portfolio - activity

(in millions)

   2004    2003    Life to
date

Direct investments:

                    

Carrying value at end of period (a)

   $ 378    $ 415    $ 378

Cost at end of period

     425      500      425

Cash disbursements

     48      46      965

Cash receipts

     117      14      335

Unfunded commitments

     4      —        —  

Indirect investments:

                    

Carrying value at end of period

     208      202      208

Cost at end of period

     229      228      229

Cash disbursements

     57      52      485

Cash receipts

     81      38      258

Unfunded commitments

     118      175      —  

Total active investments:

                    

Carrying value at end of period (b)

                 $ 586

Cost at end of period

                   654

 

(a) At Dec. 31, 2004, there were 66 actively managed investments with an average original cost basis of $6 million. Direct investments include $36 million of venture capital direct mezzanine investments in the form of subordinated debt.

 

(b) In 2004, Mellon confirmed that Mellon Ventures will not make new direct investments except in support of the existing portfolio. Mellon Ventures will continue to provide follow-on investments with the objective of maximizing the return on the existing portfolio. Commitments are discussed in Note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

32

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

 

Capital

 

Mellon is committed to maintaining its capital ratios above the regulatory definition of “well capitalized.” In addition, we strive to maintain a minimum tangible shareholders’ equity to assets ratio (as defined below) in a range of 4.25% to 4.75%. Mellon considers internally generated tangible capital to be available for the following:

 

    to support business growth;

 

    acquisitions;

 

    dividends to shareholders; and

 

    share repurchases.

 

Mellon expects the majority of its internal capital generation, net of dividends, to be available for acquisitions or, to the extent such acquisitions are not pending, for the repurchase of common stock, all subject to maintaining its commitment to remain well capitalized, as discussed under “Regulatory capital” below.

 

Our capital ratios increased at Dec. 31, 2004 compared with Dec. 31, 2003, reflecting the impact of earnings retention which more than offset the impact of a larger balance sheet.

 

The improvement in our risk-based capital ratios resulted from a lower level of risk-adjusted assets and earnings retention, partially offset by a higher level of goodwill and other intangibles. The increase in goodwill and other intangibles resulted from acquisitions and the effect of foreign exchange rates. For a list of acquisitions that impacted goodwill, see Note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements. The lower level of risk-adjusted assets resulted in part from a reduction in the impact of the guarantee provided to the ABN AMRO Mellon custody joint venture for principal based securities lending activity. At Dec. 31, 2004, that guarantee decreased our Tier I and Total capital ratios by approximately 25 basis points and 40 basis points, respectively, compared with approximately 135 basis points and 215 basis points, respectively, at Dec. 31, 2003.

 


Capital data at year-end (dollar amounts in millions except per share amounts;
common shares in thousands)
   2004     2003     2002  

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,102     $ 3,702     $ 3,395  

Total shareholders’ equity to assets ratio

     11.05 %     10.89 %     9.37 %

Tangible shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,636     $ 1,408     $ 1,216  

Tangible shareholders’ equity to assets ratio (a)

     4.72 %     4.44 %     3.57 %

Adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity (b)

   $ 2,196     $ 1,913     $ 1,681  

Adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity to assets ratio (c)

     6.24 %     5.94 %     4.87 %

Tier I capital ratio (d)

     10.54 %     8.55 %     7.87 %

Total (Tier I plus Tier II) capital ratio (d)

     16.47 %     13.46 %     12.48 %

Leverage capital ratio (d)

     7.87 %     7.92 %     6.55 %

Book value per common share

   $ 9.69     $ 8.67     $ 7.88  

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 3.86     $ 3.30     $ 2.82  

Adjusted tangible book value per common share

   $ 5.19     $ 4.48     $ 3.90  

Closing common stock price per share

   $ 31.11     $ 32.11     $ 26.11  

Market capitalization

   $ 13,171     $ 13,712     $ 11,248  

Common shares outstanding

     423,354       427,032       430,782  

 

(a) Shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangibles divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets.

 

(b) Shareholders’ equity plus minority interest less goodwill and intangibles plus the expected tax benefits related to tax deductible goodwill and intangible assets, which totaled $550 million, $492 million and $448 million, respectively. Minority interest totaled $10 million, $13 million and $17 million, respectively.

 

(c) Shareholders’ equity plus minority interest less goodwill and intangible assets divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets. The amount of goodwill and intangible assets subtracted from shareholders’ equity and total assets is net of expected tax benefits.

 

(d) Includes discontinued operations.

 

In October 2002, Mellon’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to 25 million shares of common stock. During 2004, 8.4 million common shares were repurchased by Mellon under this publicly announced program. At Dec. 31, 2004, an additional 9.5 million common shares were available for repurchase under this program, which does not have an expiration date. Share reissuances, primarily for employee benefit plan purposes, totaled 4.9 million common shares in 2004.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   33


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Share repurchases during 2004                
(common shares in thousands)    Total
shares
repurchased
    Average
price per
share  (a)
   Total shares
repurchased
as part of a
publicly
announced
plan

First quarter 2004

   4,650     $ 32.63    4,550

Second quarter 2004

   1,578       29.48    1,500

Third quarter 2004

   1,349       28.34    1,300

Fourth quarter 2004:

                 

October 2004

   101       27.50    100

November 2004

   900       29.69    900

December 2004

   —         —      —  

Fourth quarter 2004

   1,001     $ 29.47    1,000

Total 2004

   8,578  (b)   $ 31.01    8,350

(a) Amounts include commissions paid, which were not significant. Total purchase price in the fourth quarter of 2004 was $29 million.

 

(b) Includes 228 thousand shares, at a purchase price of $7 million, purchased from employees in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock.

 

Regulatory capital

 

Mellon and its banking subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Mellon’s financial results. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, Mellon and its banking subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of Mellon’s and its banking subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

For a banking institution to qualify as “well capitalized,” its Tier I, Total (Tier I plus Tier II) and Leverage Capital ratios must be at least 6%, 10% and 5%, respectively. All of Mellon’s banking subsidiaries qualified as well capitalized at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003. Mellon intends to maintain the ratios of its banking subsidiaries above the well-capitalized levels. By maintaining ratios above the regulatory well-capitalized guidelines, Mellon’s banking subsidiaries receive the benefit of lower FDIC deposit insurance assessments.

 

In May 2004, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Board) issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that would apply quantitative limits to the amount of trust-preferred securities included in Tier I capital. The Board is proposing that trust-preferred securities, aggregated with other restricted core capital elements, not exceed 25% of core capital elements, net of goodwill. For internationally active bank holding companies, the Board is further restricting the inclusion of trust-preferred securities to 15% of core capital elements, net of goodwill. The Board proposal also indicated that trust-preferred securities in excess of previously mentioned limits can be included in Tier II capital, subject to additional limitations. These quantitative limits would become effective after a three-year transition period. Mellon currently has $993 million of trust-preferred securities that are included in Tier I capital. For a description of the statutory business trusts that hold Mellon’s trust-preferred securities, see Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements. We are currently reviewing the impact of this proposal and intend to maintain our capital ratios above the well-capitalized guidelines.

 

In June 2004, the BASEL Committee on Banking Supervision released its revised capital framework (BASEL II). BASEL II is more reflective of the underlying risks in banking and provides incentives for improved risk management. BASEL II aligns capital requirements more closely to the risk of credit loss and introduces a proposed new capital charge for operational risk exposure. U.S. regulatory agencies are expected to issue a Notice of Proposed Rule Making, related to BASEL II, by mid-2005 and publish final rules by the second quarter of 2006. The new rules are expected to become effective in January 2007, subject to transitional arrangements, and become fully effective in January 2008. The U.S. regulatory agencies expect that BASEL II will apply to only a small number of large internationally active U.S. banking organizations. Mellon is not required to adopt the new framework, but has formed a working group that is analyzing its potential impact on our risk-based capital.

 

34

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 


Risk-based and leverage capital ratios at year-end (a)  
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003  

Tier I capital:

                

Common shareholders’ equity (b)

   $ 4,123     $ 3,695  

Trust-preferred securities

     993       993  

Minority interest

     10       13  

Goodwill and certain other intangibles

     (2,461 )     (2,274 )

Other

     (47 )     (57 )


Total Tier I capital

     2,618       2,370  

Tier II capital

     1,474       1,362  


Total qualifying capital

   $ 4,092     $ 3,732  


Risk-adjusted assets:

                

On-balance-sheet

   $ 16,773     $ 16,088  

Off-balance-sheet

     8,072       11,637  


Total risk-adjusted assets

   $ 24,845     $ 27,725  


Average assets - leverage capital basis

   $ 33,271     $ 29,911  


Tier I capital ratio (c)

     10.54 %     8.55 %

Total capital ratio (c)

     16.47       13.46  

Leverage capital ratio (c)(d)

     7.87       7.92  

 

(a) Includes discontinued operations.

 

(b) In accordance with regulatory guidelines, the $21 million of net unrealized losses at Dec. 31, 2004, and $7 million of net unrealized gains at Dec. 31, 2003, net of tax, on assets classified as available for sale, and cash flow hedges have been excluded.

 

(c) Minimum Tier I, Total and Leverage capital ratios are 4%, 8% and 3%, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(d) Tier I capital to average total assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the loan loss reserve, goodwill and certain other intangibles.

 


Risk-based and leverage capital ratios for largest banking subsidiaries at year-end (a)  
(dollar amounts in millions)   

Mellon

Bank, N.A.


    Mellon Trust of
New England


 
   2004     2003     2004     2003  

Amount:

                                

Tier I capital

   $ 2,049     $ 2,026     $ 380     $ 349  

Total qualifying capital

     2,801       2,668       384       352  

Risk-adjusted assets

     18,819       21,134       2,140       1,885  

Average assets- leverage capital basis

     24,228       19,767       6,103       5,488  

Ratios:

                                

Tier I capital ratio (b)

     10.89 %     9.59 %     17.74 %     18.50 %

Total capital ratio (b)

     14.88       12.62       17.96       18.67  

Leverage capital ratio (b)

     8.46       10.25       6.22       6.35  

 

(a) Includes discontinued operations.

 

(b) As defined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The required minimum Tier I, Total and Leverage capital ratios are 4%, 8% and 3%, respectively. For a banking institution to qualify as well capitalized, its Tier I, Total and Leverage capital ratios must be at least 6%, 10% and 5%, respectively.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   35


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Risk overview

 

The understanding, identification and mitigation of risk are essential elements for the successful management of Mellon. The primary risk exposures are:

 

Type of risk


  

Description


Credit    Default risk on the balance sheet for loans, commitments, corporate and bank owned life insurance, receivables and other assets where realization of the value of the asset is dependent upon a counterparty’s ability to perform.
Operational    Risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external non-credit or market events.
Market    Risk of potential valuation changes in foreign exchange and other derivative positions and in fixed income instruments, as well as venture capital and other equity investments. Includes interest rate risk.
Liquidity    The possibility that Mellon will be unable to fund present and future financial obligations.
Strategic    Risk arising from adverse business decisions or the improper implementation of such decisions.
Reputation    Risk arising from negative public opinion resulting from failures of process, failures of strategy and failures of corporate governance.

 

We control and monitor these risks with policies, procedures, training and various levels of managerial oversight. Because of the nature of our business, external factors beyond our control may, at times, result in losses to Mellon or our customers.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk exists in financial instruments both on and off the balance sheet. Financial instruments such as loans and leases are on the balance sheet. Off-balance-sheet credit exposures include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees, commercial letters of credit, custodian securities lent with indemnification against broker default of return of securities, and liquidity support provided to Three Rivers Funding Corp. (TRFC).

 

The objective of the credit risk management process is to reduce the risk of loss if a customer fails to perform according to the terms of a transaction. Our management maintains a comprehensive centralized process through which Mellon establishes accountability and exposure limits, extends new loans, monitors credit quality, actively manages problem credits and disposes of nonperforming assets.

 

We manage both on- and off-balance-sheet credit risk by maintaining and adhering to written credit policies, which specify general underwriting criteria as well as underwriting standards for specific industries and control credit exposure by borrower, counterparty, degree of risk, industry, country and aggregate portfolio management. These measures are adopted by Mellon’s Risk Management Department in conjunction with our lending units and are regularly updated to reflect the evaluation of developments in economic, political and operating environments that could affect lending risks. We may adjust credit exposure to individual industries or customers through loan sales, syndications, participations, credit default swaps and the use of master netting agreements. In addition, credit risk to the large corporate market is being managed by generally lending only to investment grade or equivalent customers that have existing relationships with our non-credit fee-based businesses.

 

Most credit extensions are approved independently by senior credit officers of Mellon’s Risk Management Department and officers of our lending departments. Smaller loans are underwritten according to pre-approved credit standards. Required approvals are determined by the dollar amount and risk characteristics of the credit extension. Collateral obtained, if any, for the credit facilities provided is based on industry practice as well as the credit assessment of the customer. The type and amount of collateral vary, but generally includes marketable securities; inventory; property, plant and equipment; other assets; and/or income-producing commercial properties with appraised

 

36

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

values that exceed the contractual amount of the credit facilities by pre-approved ratios.

 

Mellon continually assesses the risk of its credit facilities, and assigns a numerical risk rating to substantially all commercial extensions of credit, excluding insurance premium finance loans. Our lending officers have the primary responsibility for monitoring their portfolios, identifying emerging problem loans and recommending changes in risk ratings. To anticipate or detect problems, lending units and credit management use processes designed both for specific customers and for industries that could be affected by adverse market or economic conditions. When signs of credit deterioration are detected, credit recovery or other specialists become involved to minimize exposure to potential future credit losses. The Credit Review division of Mellon’s Audit and Risk Review Department provides an independent assessment of credit ratings, credit quality and the credit management process. Mellon’s Board of Directors is kept informed of credit activity through a series of periodic reports.

 

For a further discussion of the credit risk associated with off-balance-sheet financial instruments and derivative instruments used for trading and risk management purposes, see Notes 26 and 27 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Composition of loan portfolio

 


Composition of loan portfolio at year-end

(in millions)

   2004     2003    2002    2001    2000

Domestic loans and leases:

                                   

Commercial and financial

   $ 2,190   (a)   $ 2,757    $ 3,807    $ 3,618    $ 4,994

Commercial real estate

     1,916       2,131      2,227      2,536      2,178

Personal (b)

     1,993       1,714      1,290      1,124      1,401

Lease finance assets (c)

     456       505      556      637      644

Total domestic loans and leases

     6,555       7,107      7,880      7,915      9,217

International loans and leases

     199       360      558      625      1,009

Total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

   $ 6,754   (d)   $ 7,467    $ 8,438    $ 8,540    $ 10,226

 

(a) Previously included venture capital direct mezzanine investments in the form of subordinated debt. At Dec. 31, 2004, these investments totaled $36 million and were reclassified to Other assets on the balance sheet. Prior periods are not reclassified.

 

(b) Primarily consists of secured personal credit lines and mortgages for customers in the Private Wealth Management sector.

 

(c) Represents large ticket lease assets that will continue to run-off through repayments, possible sales and no new originations.

 

(d) Includes $3.515 billion of loans to Private Wealth Management customers and $934 million of loans to Mellon 1 st Business Bank, National Association customers.

 

Note: There were no concentrations of loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities, other than those shown in this table, that exceeded 10% of total loans at year-end.

 

Consistent with our credit strategy, the loan portfolio decreased $713 million, or 10%, at Dec. 31, 2004, compared with Dec. 31, 2003, primarily reflecting lower levels of commercial and financial loans, commercial real estate and international loans and leases partially offset by higher levels of personal loans. At Dec. 31, 2004, the composition of the loan portfolio was 70% commercial and 30% personal.

 

Commercial and financial

 

The domestic commercial and financial loan portfolio primarily consists of loans to corporate borrowers in the financial services, communications, transportation and warehousing, manufacturing, service, wholesale and retail trade industries. Numerous risk factors impact this portfolio, including industry-specific risks, such as:

 

    the economy;

 

    new technology;

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

37


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

    competition;

 

    labor rates; and

 

    cyclicality;

 

and customer-specific factors such as:

 

    cash flow;

 

    credit structure;

 

    operating controls; and

 

    asset quality.

 

The decrease at Dec. 31, 2004 compared to Dec. 31, 2003, primarily resulted from the securitization of approximately $800 million of insurance premium finance loans in 2004, partially offset by the maturation of a $300 million revolving securitization program.

 

Commercial real estate

 

The commercial real estate loan portfolio consists of commercial mortgages, which generally are secured by nonresidential and multifamily residential properties, and commercial construction loans generally with maturities of 60 months or less. Commercial real estate loans carry many of the same customer and industry risks as the commercial and financial portfolio, as well as contractor/subcontractor performance risk in the case of commercial construction loans and cash flow risk based on project economics.

 

Large corporate commercial and financial exposure

 

At year-end, approximately 68% of the loans and 97% of the unfunded loan commitments to our large corporate commercial and financial customers had an investment grade credit rating. Investment grade loans and commitments are those where the customer has:

 

    a Moody’s long-term rating of Baa3 or better and/or;

 

    a Standard & Poor’s long-term rating of BBB- or better; or

 

    if unrated, an equivalent rating using our internal risk ratings.

 

Foreign outstandings

 

Foreign outstandings include loans, acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments and related accrued interest. Country distributions are based on the location of the obligor. Short term interest-bearing deposits with banks represent approximately 90% of our foreign outstandings. Foreign assets are subject to the general risks of conducting business in each foreign country, including economic uncertainty and government regulations. In addition, foreign assets may be impacted by changes in demand or pricing resulting from movements in exchange rates or other factors. The following table presents the foreign outstandings in any country where such outstandings exceed .75% of our total assets.

 


Foreign outstandings at year-end

(dollar amounts in millions)

   2004     2003     2002  

Greater than 1% of total assets:

                        

United Kingdom

   $ 1,334     $ 1,431     $ 892  

Between .75% and 1%:

                        

Ireland

   < .75 %   $ 274     < .75 %

Canada

   < .75 %   < .75 %   $ 313  

 

Nonperforming assets

 

Nonperforming assets are assets for which revenue recognition has been suspended or is restricted. Nonperforming assets include both nonperforming loans and acquired property, primarily other real estate owned (OREO) acquired in connection with the collection effort on loans. Nonperforming loans include both nonaccrual and restructured loans. Past-due commercial loans are those that are contractually past due 90 days or more but are not on nonaccrual status because they are well secured and in the process of collection. Past-due personal loans, excluding mortgages, are generally not classified as nonaccrual but are charged off on a formula basis upon reaching various stages of delinquency. Additional information regarding Mellon’s practices for placing assets on nonaccrual status is presented in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

38

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 


Nonperforming assets at year-end

(dollar amounts in millions)

   2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  

Nonaccrual loans:

                                        

Commercial and financial

   $ 10     $ 49     $ 54     $ 42     $ 159  

Personal

     4       2       3       2       5  

Commercial real estate

     —         —         —         1       1  

Lease finance assets

     15       —         —         14       —    


Total nonperforming loans (a)(b)

     29       51       57       59       165  


Acquired property:

                                        

Real estate acquired

     —         1       2       2       7  

Other assets acquired

     —         —         —         1       —    


Total acquired property

     —         1       2       3       7  


Total nonperforming assets

   $ 29     $ 52     $ 59     $ 62     $ 172  


Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

     .43 %     .69 %     .68 %     .69 %     1.61 %

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of Tier I capital plus the reserve for loan losses

     1.08 %     2.09 %     2.66 %     2.30 %     4.97 %


 

(a) Includes $9 million, $13 million, $1 million, $16 million and $56 million, respectively, of loans with both principal and interest less than 90 days past due but placed on nonaccrual status by management discretion.

 

(b) There were no international nonperforming loans at Dec. 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 or 2001.

 

Nonperforming loans decreased $22 million from Dec. 31, 2003 as repayments more than offset additions. Repayments in 2004 included a $36 million loan to a California-based electric and natural gas utility company that emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection and fully repaid all amounts due. Additions resulted primarily from a $15 million lease to a low-fare airline. Most of the other additions during 2004 were repaid during the year. The $29 million balance of total nonperforming loans at Dec. 31, 2004 was comprised of the $15 million lease to the low-fare airline, a loan of $6 million to a cable television operator and $8 million of various smaller loans.

 


Change in nonperforming loans for the year ended Dec. 31,          
     2004

            
     Commercial
and
financial
    Personal    Lease
finance
assets
   Total

 
(in millions)            2004     2003  

Nonperforming loans at beginning of year

   $ 49     $ 2    $  —      $ 51     $ 57  

Additions

     11       2      15      28       31  

Reductions from sales

     —         —        —        —         (23 )

Reductions from payments (a)

     (47 )     —        —        (47 )     (9 )

Credit losses from sales

     —         —        —        —         (2 )

Credit losses - other

     (3 )     —        —        (3 )     (3 )


Nonperforming loans at end of year

   $ 10     $ 4    $ 15    $ 29     $ 51  


 

(a) Includes interest applied to principal.

 

A loan is considered impaired, as defined by SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Additional information regarding impairment is presented in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 


Impaired loans

(in millions)

   2004    2003    2002

Impaired loans at year-end (a)

   $ 7    $ 41    $ 54

Average impaired loans for the year

     18      46      91

Interest revenue recognized on impaired loans (b)

     5      1      5

 

(a) Includes $6 million, $3 million, and $39 million of impaired loans with a related impairment reserve of $1 million, $2 million, and $2 million at Dec. 31, 2004, Dec. 31, 2003, and Dec. 31, 2002, respectively.

 

(b) All income was recognized using the cash basis method of income recognition.

 

Foregone interest on nonperforming loans was $1 million at Dec. 31, 2004, $2 million at Dec. 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and $20 million at Dec. 31, 2000 (including discontinued operations).

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   39


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Past-due loans totaled $5 million at Dec. 31, 2004; $2 million at Dec. 31, 2003; $3 million at Dec. 31, 2002; $1 million at Dec. 31, 2001 and $3 million at Dec. 31, 2000. These are loans that were 90 days or more past due as to principal or interest that are not classified as nonaccrual because the loans were well secured and in the process of collection. At Dec. 31, 2004, loans that were 30-59 days and 60-89 days or more past due as to principal and interest totaled $12 million and $1 million, respectively.

 

Provision and reserve for credit exposure

 

Mellon’s accounting policies regarding the reserve for credit exposure are regarded as critical accounting policies in that they involve significant management valuation judgments. These policies are discussed on pages 56 and 57.

 

The allocation of the reserve for credit exposure is presented below. This allocation is judgmental, and the entire reserve is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the type of loss.

 


Reserve for credit exposure at year-end

(in millions)

   2004    2003

Reserve for loan losses:

             

Base reserves:

             

Commercial and financial

   $ 36    $ 48

Commercial real estate

     9      13

Personal

     5      6

Lease assets

     15      12

Total domestic base reserve

     65      79

International

     2      9

Total base reserve

     67      88

Impairment/judgmental

     6      2

Unallocated

     25      13

Total loan loss reserve

   $ 98    $ 103

Reserve for unfunded commitments:

             

Commitments

   $ 57    $ 61

Letters of credit and bankers acceptances

     10      14

Total unfunded commitments reserve

   $ 67    $ 75

Total reserve for credit exposure

   $ 165    $ 178

 

The decrease in the total base reserve at Dec. 31, 2004 compared with Dec. 31, 2003 is related to a continuing decline in loan volume in the large corporate, real estate and international portfolios. The increase in the impairment/judgmental reserve is related to a judgmental reserve on a nonperforming leasing credit, which has been reviewed for potential loss content. The unallocated reserve at Dec. 31, 2004 reflects uncertainty about customers sensitive to increases in oil prices and decreasing travel such as automotive, airlines and chemicals, as well as certain real estate, cable, telecom and pharmaceutical customers. The decrease in the reserves for unfunded commitments at Dec. 31, 2004 from Dec. 31, 2003 is primarily related to the lower levels of unfunded commitments.

 

Mellon’s management concluded that, at Dec. 31, 2004, the overall reserve level was appropriate to recognize inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviewed and concurred.

 

The net provision for credit losses totaled a negative $11 million in 2004 compared with a positive $7 million in 2003 and $172 million in 2002. Net credit recoveries totaled $1 million in 2004 compared with losses of $8 million in 2003 and $130 million in 2002. The large provision for credit losses and high level of net credit related losses in 2002 primarily related to customers that had been associated with allegations of accounting irregularities, downgrades of shared national credits and higher estimated inherent probable losses on commitments. The level of credit losses and recoveries relative to outstanding loans can vary from period to period as a result of the size and number of individual credits that may require charge-off and the effects of changing economic conditions.

 


Reserve for unfunded commitments

(dollar amounts in millions)

   2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  

Reserve at beginning of year

   $ 75     $ 52     $ 42     $ 18     $ 16  

Loss on sale of commitments

     —         (3 )     (7 )     —         —    

Provision for credit losses

     (8 )     26       28       —         —    

Transfer (to) from loan loss reserve (a)

     —         —         (11 )     24       2  


Reserve at end of year

   $ 67     $ 75     $ 52     $ 42     $ 18  


Reserve for unfunded commitments as a percentage of unfunded commitments at year-end

     .47 %     .44 %     .25 %     .16 %     .06 %

 

(a) Results from funding loans and loan repayments. See Note (a) on loan loss reserve activity table below.

 

40

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 


Loan loss reserve activity                               
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  

Reserve at beginning of year

   $ 103     $ 127     $ 96     $ 254     $ 271  

Credit losses:

                                        

Domestic:

                                        

Commercial and financial

     (1 )     (3 )     (87 )     (25 )     (20 )

Commercial real estate

     —         —         (1 )     —         —    

Personal

     (2 )     (1 )     (2 )     (1 )     (1 )

Lease finance assets

     —         —         (7 )     (14 )     —    


Total domestic

     (3 )     (4 )     (97 )     (40 )     (21 )

International

     (1 )     (2 )     —         (15 )     —    


Total credit losses

     (4 )     (6 )     (97 )     (55 )     (21 )


Recoveries:

                                        

Domestic:

                                        

Commercial and financial

     2       14       9       1       1  

Commercial real estate

     —         1       1       —         —    

Personal

     2       2       1       —         —    

Lease finance assets

     —         —         2       —         —    


Total domestic

     4       17       13       1       1  

International

     1       —         —         1       12  


Total recoveries

     5       17       13       2       13  


Net credit (losses) recoveries:

                                        

Domestic:

                                        

Commercial and financial

     1       11       (78 )     (24 )     (19 )

Commercial real estate

     —         1       —         —         —    

Personal

     —         1       (1 )     (1 )     (1 )

Lease finance assets

     —         —         (5 )     (14 )     —    


Total domestic

     1       13       (84 )     (39 )     (20 )

International

     —         (2 )     —         (14 )     12  


Sub-total - net credit (losses) recoveries

     1       11       (84 )     (53 )     (8 )

Credit losses on loans transferred to held for sale

     —         (16 )     (39 )     (29 )     (15 )


Total net credit (losses) recoveries

     1       (5 )     (123 )     (82 )     (23 )

Provision for credit losses

     (3 )     (19 )     144       (4 )     8  

Securitizations

     (3 )     —         (2 )     (1 )     —    

Dispositions/acquisitions

     —         —         1       (47 )     —    

Transfer (to) from reserve for unfunded commitments (a)

     —         —         11       (24 )     (2 )


Reserve at end of year

   $ 98     $ 103     $ 127     $ 96     $ 254  


Reserve for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (at year-end)

     1.45 %     1.37 %     1.51 %     1.12 %     2.49 %

Net credit losses (recoveries) to average loans

     (.01 )%     .07 %     1.30 %     .84 %     .21 %

 

(a) Transfers to the reserve for unfunded commitments result from loan repayments, which increases the level of unfunded commitments. Transfers from the reserve for unfunded commitments result from funding a loan, which decreases the level of unfunded commitments.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

41


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Market and liquidity risk

 

The Finance Committee of Mellon is responsible for overseeing the management of market risk, which includes interest rate and currency risk for both asset/liability management and trading activities, and liquidity risk pursuant to policies and limits which are established by the Committee and reviewed annually with a committee of our Board of Directors. Our Finance Committee is comprised of senior officers from the following areas:

 

    Executive Management Group;

 

    Finance;

 

    Risk Management;

 

    Foreign Exchange;

 

    Global Exposure Management;

 

    Financial Markets;

 

    Securities Lending; and

 

    Corporate Strategy.

 

Market and liquidity risk includes a consideration of both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet activities, including the use of derivatives. The use of derivatives for asset/liability management purposes is discussed under “Interest rate sensitivity analysis.” The use of derivatives for trading purposes is discussed under Trading Activities. Off-balance-sheet arrangements which may involve credit, market, liquidity or operating risk are discussed under “Off-balance-sheet arrangements” at the end of this discussion of overall corporate risk.

 

Asset/liability management

 

Asset/liability management activities address management of assets and liabilities from an interest rate risk, currency risk and liquidity management perspective, including the use of derivatives.

 


Selected average balances             
(in millions)    2004     2003  

Assets:

                

Money market investments

   $ 3,291     $ 3,056  

Trading account securities

     275       722  

Securities

     11,799       11,198  

Loans

     7,307       7,704  


Total interest-earning assets

     22,672       22,680  

Noninterest-earning assets

     11,429       11,314  

Reserve for loan losses

     (98 )     (117 )


Total assets

   $ 34,003     $ 33,877  


Funds supporting total assets:

                

Core funds

   $ 31,444     $ 29,991  

Purchased funds

     2,559       3,886  


Funds supporting total assets

   $ 34,003     $ 33,877  


 

Average interest-earning assets were virtually unchanged in 2004 compared with 2003 as lower levels of trading account securities and loans were offset by a higher level of securities and money market investments. The decrease in trading account securities resulted from the sale of a fixed income trading business in December 2003. The lower level of loans was due to the continued reduction of commercial loans. The increase in average securities was due to purchases of floating rate and other short duration mortgage-backed securities. The increase in average money market investments was primarily due to higher levels of custody deposits.

 

Core funds, considered to be the most stable sources of funding, are defined principally as:

 

    institutional money market deposits and other deposit sweeps;

 

    individual money market and other savings deposits;

 

    savings certificates;

 

    demand deposits;

 

    shareholders’ equity;

 

    notes and debentures with original maturities over one year;

 

    junior subordinated debentures; and

 

    other liabilities.

 

Core funds primarily support core assets, consisting of loans, net of the reserve, and noninterest-earning assets. Average core assets decreased $263 million in 2004 from the prior year, reflecting the lower level of loans partially offset by a higher level of

 

42

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

noninterest-earning assets. Core funds averaged 169% of core assets in 2004 compared with 159% in 2003. The increase in the proportion of average core funds to average total funds supporting total assets in 2004, compared with 2003, was primarily due to higher levels of custody, cash management and private wealth deposits.

 

Purchased funds are defined as:

 

    funds acquired in the wholesale money markets including deposits in foreign offices (excluding cash management and sub-custodial sweep deposits);

 

    federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements;

 

    negotiable certificates of deposit;

 

    other time deposits;

 

    term federal funds purchased and U.S. Treasury tax and loan demand notes;

 

    commercial paper;

 

    short-term bank notes; and

 

    other funds borrowed.

 

Average purchased funds decreased $1.327 billion in 2004 from 2003, primarily due to a decrease in federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements, other funds borrowed, and funds acquired in wholesale money markets. Average purchased funds as a percentage of total average assets totaled 8% in 2004 compared with 11% in 2003.

 

Liquidity and dividends

 

Mellon uses several key primary and secondary measures to assess the adequacy of our liquidity position. The balance sheet is managed to ensure that these measures are maintained within approved limits. Each of these measures is monitored on a periodic basis, giving consideration to our expected requirements for funds and anticipated market conditions. Quarterly, the Finance Committee reviews a liquidity stress simulation that evaluates how the liquidity position at that time might be impacted under adverse funding conditions. The stress simulation is prepared under a gradual erosion scenario and under a crisis scenario. All deposits and borrowed funds are categorized by their sensitivity to potential credit concerns. In addition, the effect of other factors are considered including: prevailing credit market conditions; current debt ratings and the ratings outlook; and commitments to extend credit. The simulation analysis has shown adequate liquidity under both scenarios. The stress simulation is reviewed and updated to ensure current applicability with changes in our balance sheet and changes in the marketplace.

 

We manage our liquidity position with the objective of maintaining the ability to fund commitments and to repay liabilities in accordance with their terms, even during periods of market or financial stress. Through active liquidity management, we seek to ensure that changes in funding requirements can be accommodated without materially impacting net income. Core demand and time deposits, gathered from our private wealth management and corporate and institutional services businesses, are used in conjunction with long-term debt to provide stable sources of funding. Purchased funds, acquired from a variety of sources and customers in worldwide financial markets, are used to supplement the core sources of funding. Liquid assets, in the form of money market investments and portfolio securities held available for sale, are also utilized to meet short-term requirements for cash. Liquidity is managed on both a consolidated basis and at the Mellon Financial Corporation (Parent Corporation) level.

 

The Parent Corporation has access to the following principal sources of liquidity: dividend and interest payments from its subsidiaries, the commercial paper market, a revolving credit agreement with Mellon Bank, N.A., and access to the capital markets. The ability of national bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Parent Corporation is subject to certain regulatory limitations, as discussed in Note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements. Under the more restrictive limitation, Mellon’s national bank subsidiaries can, without prior regulatory approval, declare dividends subsequent to Dec. 31, 2004, of up to approximately $196 million, less any dividends declared and plus or minus net profits or losses, as defined, earned between Jan. 1, 2005, and the date of any such dividend declaration. To comply with regulatory guidelines, Mellon and its subsidiary banks continually evaluate the level of cash dividends in relation to their respective operating income, capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. See Note 30 of Notes to

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   43


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Financial Statements for the Parent Corporation’s condensed financial statements.

 

The Parent Corporation has a $200 million revolving credit agreement with Mellon Bank, N.A., Mellon’s primary bank subsidiary, that expires in June 2005. The agreement was executed at market terms. Under this agreement any borrowings are to be collateralized with eligible assets of our non-bank subsidiaries. There were no borrowings under this facility during 2004 or at Dec. 31, 2004. The revolving credit facility contains Tier I ratio and double leverage ratio covenants, as discussed in Note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements. The Parent Corporation also has the ability to access the capital markets with $1.45 billion of unused capacity to issue debt, equity and junior subordinated debentures under a shelf registration statement. At Dec. 31, 2004, the Parent Corporation had $555 million of unencumbered liquid assets.

 

Mellon’s ability to access the capital markets was demonstrated in 2004 through the issuance of senior notes by the Parent Corporation and subordinated notes by Mellon Bank, N.A. In March 2004, Mellon issued $300 million of 3.25% senior notes maturing in April 2009. In November 2004, Mellon Bank, N.A. issued $300 million of 4.75% subordinated notes maturing in December 2014. Access to the capital markets is partially dependent on Mellon’s and Mellon Bank, N.A.’s credit ratings, which are shown in the following table.

 


Debt ratings at Dec. 31, 2004    Standard
&
Poor’s
   Moody’s    Fitch

Mellon Financial Corporation:

              

Commercial paper

   A-1    P-1    F1+

Senior debt

   A+    A1    AA-

Subordinated debt

   A    A2    A+

Mellon Bank, N.A.:

              

Long-term deposits

   AA-    Aa3    AA

Subordinated debt

   A+    A1    A+

 

Contractual maturities of Mellon’s long-term debt totaled approximately $205 million in 2004. Contractual maturities will total approximately $650 million in 2005, of which $300 million is for the Parent Corporation obligations and $350 million for obligations of Mellon Bank, N.A. For additional information, including maturity dates, on our notes and debentures, see Note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

In the second quarter of 2004, we increased our annual common stock dividend to $.72 per common share, an increase of 13% from the previous annual rate. We paid $297 million of common stock dividends in 2004, compared with $243 million in 2003. The common dividend payout ratio, on a net income basis, was 37% in 2004 on a dividend of $.70 per share compared with 35% in 2003 on a dividend of $.57 per share. Based upon shares outstanding at Dec. 31, 2004, and the current quarterly common stock dividend rate of $.18 per share, the annual dividend requirement in 2005 is expected to be approximately $305 million.

 

As shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks increased by $173 million during 2004 to $2.775 billion at Dec. 31, 2004. The increase resulted from $2.449 billion of net cash provided by financing activities and $845 million of net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by $3.201 billion of net cash used in investing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities primarily resulted from a higher level of deposits and the net proceeds from issuance of longer-term debt, partially offset by dividends paid on common stock, repurchases of common stock and repayments of longer-term debt. Net cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from a higher level of securities available for sale and a higher level of federal funds sold partially offset by the sales and securitizations of loans.

 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

 

The object of interest rate risk management is to manage the effect of interest rate fluctuations on net interest revenue and the net present value of our assets, liabilities and derivative instruments. We use simulation models as the primary means to estimate the impact of these changes. Interest rate risk is measured using the following simulation models:

 

    net interest revenue simulation; and

 

    portfolio equity simulation

 

44

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Our simulation models use the consolidated balance sheet and derivative positions as of year-end adjusted for committed positions not settled as of that date. The models also incorporate assumptions about the volumes and characteristics of new assets and liabilities and the behavior of existing assets and liabilities. These assumptions include but are not limited to: the composition of the balance sheet, prepayment speeds on mortgage-backed securities, repricing of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and capital and other financing plans.

 

We have established the following guidelines for assuming interest rate risk:

 

    Net interest revenue simulation—Given a +/- 200 basis point change in short term interest rates and a +/- 165 basis point change in long-term rates over a six month period, the estimated one year total net interest revenue may not change by more than 10% from the rates unchanged results.

 

    Portfolio equity simulation—Portfolio equity is the net present value of our existing assets, liabilities and derivative instruments. Given a +/- 200 basis point immediate parallel shift in interest rates, portfolio equity may not change by more than 20% of total shareholders’ equity.

 

The following table illustrates the simulation analysis of the impact of a 50, 100 and 200 basis point shift upward or 50 and 100 basis point shift downward in short-term interest rates on net interest revenue, earnings per share and return on equity. Given the historically low interest rate environment that existed at Dec. 31, 2004, the impact of a 200 basis point downward shift is not shown in the table. This analysis was prepared using the levels of all interest-earning assets, supporting funds and derivative instruments used for interest rate risk management at Dec. 31, 2004. The impact of the rate movements was developed by simulating the effect of rates changing in a gradual fashion over a six-month period from the Dec. 31, 2004, levels and remaining at those levels thereafter. Financial market conditions and management’s response to events may cause actual results to differ from simulated results.

 


Interest rate simulation sensitivity analysis

     Simulated increase (decrease)
in the next 12 months


 
     Net
interest
revenue
    Earnings
per share
    Return
on
equity
 


Movement in interest rates from Dec. 31, 2004 rates:

                    

Up 50 bp

   (1.5 )%   $ (0.01 )   (12 ) bp

Up 100 bp

   (1.4 )     (0.01 )   (11 )

Up 200 bp

   (1.9 )     (0.01 )   (15 )

Down 50 bp

   (2.5 )%   $ (0.02 )   (20 ) bp

Down 100 bp

   (3.4 )     (0.03 )   (27 )

 

The anticipated impact on net interest revenue under the various scenarios did not exceed our guidelines for assuming interest rate risk at both Dec. 31, 2004 and Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Managing interest rate risk with derivative instruments

 

We maintain an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments. These instruments minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings caused by interest rate volatility. Our goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that net interest revenue is not significantly affected by movements in interest rates.

 

Derivatives are used as part of our overall asset/liability management process to augment the management of interest rate exposure. Interest rate swaps—including callable and basis swaps—interest rate caps and floors, financial futures, forwards, and financial options have been approved by the Board of Directors for this purpose. By policy, we will not enter into any new derivative contracts that would cause Mellon to exceed its established interest rate risk limits. For a discussion of these instruments, see Note 27 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   45


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

The following table presents the gross notional amounts and weighted-average maturities of derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk, identified by the underlying interest rate-sensitive instruments. The gross notional amount of interest rate swaps used to manage interest rate risk increased by $364 million at Dec. 31, 2004 compared with Dec. 31, 2003. This increase primarily resulted from entering into instruments in conjunction with the issuance of senior notes by the Parent Corporation and subordinated notes by Mellon Bank, N.A. in 2004. The notional amounts should be viewed in the context of our overall interest rate risk management activities to assess the impact on net interest revenue. The interest received and interest paid are recorded on an accrual basis in the interest revenue and interest expense accounts associated with the underlying liabilities and assets. The net differential resulted in interest revenue of $139 million in 2004, compared with $142 million in 2003 and $94 million in 2002.

 


Interest rate swaps used to manage interest rate risk    Dec. 31,
2004
   Weighted-
Average
Maturity
   Weighted-Average
Interest Rate


    Dec. 31,
2003
(notional amounts in millions)          Received     Paid    

Receive fixed instruments associated with long-term debt and junior subordinated debentures

   $ 3,050    8 yrs., 9 mos.    5.57 %   2.50 %   $ 2,700

Receive fixed instruments associated with deposits

     31    6 yrs., 7 mos.    4.25 %   2.21 %     10

Pay fixed instruments associated with loans

     3    3 mos.    2.59 %   5.15 %     10

Total notional amount

   $ 3,084                     $ 2,720

 

Fair value hedges

 

Mellon enters into interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, to convert portions of its fixed rate junior subordinated debentures to floating rate securities, its fixed rate long-term debt to floating rate debt and, to a small degree, certain fixed rate loans to variable rate loans. The fixed rate liability instruments are changed to variable rate instruments by entering into receive fixed/pay variable swaps, and the fixed rate asset instruments are changed to variable rate instruments by entering into pay fixed/receive variable swaps. No ineffectiveness was recorded for 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Cash flow hedges

 

At Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no outstanding cash flow hedges. Ineffectiveness of less than $1 million was recorded for 2003 and 2002.

 

Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

 

We use five-year yen-denominated debt to hedge our remaining investment in Tokyo-based Shinsei Bank. The purpose of this hedge is to protect against adverse movements in exchange rates.

 

Trading activities

 

Mellon has established trading limits and related monitoring procedures to control trading risk. These limits are approved by the Finance Committee and reviewed by a committee of the Board of Directors. All limits are monitored for adherence by Risk Management Department and departmental compliance staff. Exceptions to limits are reported timely to the Finance Committee.

 

The financial risk associated with trading positions is managed by assigning position limits and stop-loss guidance amounts to individual activities. We use a value-at-risk methodology to estimate the potential gain or loss in a portfolio of trading positions that is associated with a price movement

 

46

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

of given probability over a specified time frame. Position limits are assigned to each family of financial instruments eligible for trading such that the aggregate value-at-risk in these activities at any point in time will not exceed a specified limit given a significant market movement. The extent of market movement deemed to be significant is based upon an analysis of the historical volatility of individual instruments that would cover 95% of likely daily market movements. The loss analysis includes the derivative instruments used for trading activities as well as the financial assets and liabilities that are classified as trading positions on the balance sheet. Using our methodology, which considers such factors as changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates, spreads and related volatility, the aggregate average value-at-risk for trading activities and credit default swaps was approximately $5 million for the 60 business-day period ending Dec. 31, 2004, compared with $4 million for the 60 business-day period ending Dec. 31, 2003. The average daily value-at-risk for trading activities in 2004 was approximately $5 million.

 

Trading activities are generally limited to products and markets in which liquidity is sufficient to allow positions to be closed quickly and without adversely affecting market prices, which limits loss potential below that assumed for a full-day adverse movement. Loss potential is further constrained in that it is highly unusual for all trading areas to be exposed to maximum limits at the same time and extremely rare for significant adverse market movements to occur in all markets simultaneously. Stop-loss guidance is used when a certain threshold of loss is sustained. If stop-loss guidance amounts are approached, open positions may be liquidated to avoid further risk to earnings. The use of stop-loss guidance in tandem with position limits reduces the likelihood that potential trading losses would reach imprudent levels in relation to earnings.

 

Derivative instruments used for trading purposes

 

Mellon enters into various foreign exchange and interest rate derivative contracts for trading purposes. Trading activities primarily involve providing various derivative products to customers to assist them in managing foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk and equity price risk and for managing our risks in certain trading portfolios and as part of our proprietary trading activities. All of these instruments are carried at market value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in foreign exchange trading revenue and other revenue. For a description and table of derivative instruments used for trading activities, see Note 27 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Mellon’s hedging and trading derivative products are subject to credit risk. We enter into netting agreements to reduce credit risk. Netting agreements generally permit us to net gains and losses on derivative contracts with the same counterparty. For a discussion of gross credit risk and the corresponding netting impact of derivative instruments, see Note 27 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Off-balance-sheet arrangements

 

Guarantees and indemnities

 

In the normal course of business, Mellon offers standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees to customers as well as other guarantees in support of certain joint ventures and subsidiaries.

 

Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees totaled $1.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, a decrease of $24 million compared with Dec. 31, 2003. Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees are used by the customer as a credit enhancement and typically expire without being drawn upon. We generated $10 million of fee revenue in both 2004 and 2003 related to the letters of credit and foreign guarantees. There is cash flow only when standby letters of credit are drawn upon. We believe the market risk associated with these instruments is minimal. The decreasing trend in standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees over the past several years is a result of our strategy to reduce credit risk.

 

Mellon Bank, N.A., and ABN AMRO Bank N.V. entered into a joint venture to provide global securities services with operations commencing in January 2003. Each of the two partners signed a statutory declaration under Dutch law as of Dec. 31,

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

47


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

2002 to be jointly and severally liable with the joint venture to parties that have a provable contractual debt or damage claim. The benefit of this declaration is potentially available to all creditors and customers of the joint venture with valid legal claims if the joint venture defaults. The guarantee totaled approximately $19 billion at both Dec. 31, 2004 and Dec. 31, 2003 primarily relating to securities lending activity. This potential exposure assumes that there are no capital or assets of the joint venture to satisfy such claims and that there is no level of contribution by ABN AMRO Bank N.V., which has a S&P long-term credit rating of AA- and a Moody’s senior debt rating of Aa3.

 

A securities lending transaction is a fully collateralized transaction in which the owner of a security agrees to lend the security through an agent (Mellon) to a borrower, usually a broker/dealer or bank, on an open, overnight or term basis, under the terms of a prearranged contract, which generally matures in less than 90 days. We recorded $76 million of fee revenue from securities lending transactions in 2004 compared with $69 million in 2003. Securities are lent with and without indemnification against broker default. Custodian securities lent with indemnification against broker default of return of securities totaled $84 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, a $17 billion increase compared with Dec. 31, 2003, reflecting growth in this line of business. Market risk can also arise in securities lending transactions. These risks are controlled through policies limiting the level of risk that can be undertaken.

 

For additional information regarding these off-balance-sheet contracts, as well as other guarantees and indemnities, see Note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Our primary banking subsidiary, Mellon Bank, N.A. (the Bank) has a referral relationship with Three Rivers Funding Corp. (TRFC), a special purpose entity that issues commercial paper. TRFC is owned by an independent third party and is not a subsidiary of either the Bank or Mellon. Its financial results are not included in the financial statements of the Bank or Mellon. TRFC was formed in 1990 and can issue up to $5 billion of commercial paper to make loans secured by, and to purchase, pools of receivables. The Bank operates as the referral agent and refers transactions to TRFC, as well as providing all administrative services. Loans or other assets are not transferred from the Bank to TRFC. TRFC sold subordinated notes to an unrelated third party in 2003, and as a result of that sale, Mellon is not the “primary beneficiary” of TRFC, as defined by FIN 46 Revised. Fee revenue of $2 million was received from this entity in 2004 compared with $5 million in 2003. At Dec. 31, 2004, TRFC’s receivables and commercial paper outstanding each totaled $623 million compared with $822 million at Dec. 31, 2003. A letter of credit provided by the Bank in support of TRFC’s commercial paper totaled $50 million at Dec. 31, 2004, compared with $67 million at Dec. 31, 2003. Mellon’s maximum loss exposure related to TRFC, which is required to be disclosed under FIN 46, is the full amount of liquidity facility, or $623 million, at Dec. 31, 2004. However, the probability of this loss scenario is remote as it would mean that all of TRFC’s receivables were wholly uncollectible. For additional information about TRFC, see the TRFC discussion in Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Retained interests

 

From time to time, Mellon will securitize certain loans. We retain servicing responsibilities as well as subordinated interests in loan securitizations, specifically insurance premium finance loans, automobile loans and home equity lines of credit loans (HELOC). All securitized loans were removed from the balance sheet upon securitization. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to Mellon for failure of debtors to pay when due. Our retained interests, which totaled $33 million at Dec. 31, 2004, are subordinate to investor’s interests. Their value is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the transferred assets. We generated $30 million of servicing fee revenue and gains on the securitizations in 2004 compared with $31 million in 2003, primarily from insurance premium finance loans. For fair value, weighted-average life, cash flows received from and paid to securitized trusts, and risk exposure, see the Loan securitizations discussion contained in Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

48

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT


 

Contractual obligations

 

Mellon is contractually obligated to make future payments according to various contracts. The following table presents the expected future payments of our significant contractual obligations.

 


Contractual obligations at Dec. 31, 2004         Payments due

(in millions)    Total    < 1 year    1-3 yrs.    3-5 yrs.    5+ yrs.

Long-term debt (a)

   $ 4,495    $ 653    $ 1,258    $ 550    $ 2,034

Junior subordinated debentures (b)

     1,031      —        —        —        1,031

Operating leases (c)

     1,720      185      346      278      911

Purchase obligations (d)

     261      122      97      30      12

Acquisition obligations (e)

     29      13      16      —        —  

Other long-term liabilities (f)

     35      35      —        —        —  

Total

   $ 7,571    $ 1,008    $ 1,717    $ 858    $ 3,988

Contractual obligations at Dec. 31, 2003                         
(in millions)                         

Long-term debt (a)

   $ 4,064    $ 205    $ 948    $ 1,208    $ 1,703

Junior subordinated debentures (b)

     1,031      —        —        —        1,031

Operating leases (c)

     1,301      189      326      281      505

Purchase obligations (d)

     270      135      104      24      7

Acquisition obligations (e)

     42      13      29      —        —  

Other long-term liabilities (f)

     24      24      —        —        —  

Total

   $ 6,732    $ 566    $ 1,407    $ 1,513    $ 3,246

 

(a) See Note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements for more information. Does not include interest.

 

(b) See Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements for more information.

 

(c) See Note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements for more information.

 

(d) Purchase obligations are defined as expenditures for purchases of goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specifies all significant terms.

 

(e) Includes deferred consideration for the purchase of Standish Mellon and the obligation to purchase the 30% minority interest of Mellon Financial Services Asset Management S.A. For purposes of this table, a purchase price of $4 million was used for this payment obligation. See Note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements for more information.

 

(f) Represents contributions to funded defined benefit pension plans. For more information on our pension plans, see Note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   49


RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS


 

SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004)

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.” This statement is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123 and an amendment of FASB Statement No. 95. SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) is effective July 1, 2005 and requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options. Mellon had previously adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, on a prospective basis, for all awards granted, modified or settled after Jan 1, 2003. However, SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) requires that the fair value of all nonvested awards at the effective date of the standard be expensed. Consequently, beginning in the third quarter of 2005, Mellon will begin to recognize stock option expense for all nonvested awards granted prior to Jan. 1, 2003. Based on options granted and not yet vested at Dec. 31, 2004, stock option expense under the current provisions of SFAS 123 would have been approximately $29 million, $27 million and $11 million pre-tax in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. However, under SFAS 123 (Revised 2004), stock option expense for nonvested grants outstanding at Dec. 31, 2004 will be approximately $14 million in the first half of 2005 and approximately $18 million in the second half of 2005, for a total of $32 million. Stock option expense under SFAS 123 (Revised 2004) is expected to total approximately $33 million and $17 million pre-tax in 2006 and 2007, respectively. The increase under SFAS 123 (Revised 2004) is primarily due to expense on nonvested ShareSuccess options which were granted prior to 2003.

 

SFAS No. 153

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” This statement requires nonmonetary exchanges to be accounted for at fair value, recognizing any gain or loss, if the transactions meet a commercial-substance criterion and fair value is determinable. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary transactions occurring in July 2005 and thereafter. Mellon does not expect this Statement to have a material impact on its results of operations or financial condition.

 

FASB Exposure Draft, Fair Value Measurements

 

In June 2004, the FASB issued an Exposure Draft on measuring fair value. This draft would require new disclosures, limit the application of “blockage discounts” for valuing large holdings of stock, and clarify fair-value principles for all assets and liabilities. The proposal creates a framework for measuring and disclosing fair values for use in complying with standards requiring those measurements. The new proposal would be effective for 2006. Mellon does not expect this proposal to have a material impact on its results of operations or financial condition.

 

EITF Issue No. 03-1

 

In November 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached consensus on EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF Issue No. 03-1 requires tabular disclosure of the amount of unrealized losses and the related fair value of investments with unrealized losses aggregated for each category of investment that is disclosed in accordance with SFAS No. 115. In addition, it requires sufficient narrative disclosure to allow financial statement users to understand both the aggregated tabular information and the positive and negative information considered in reaching the conclusion that the impairments are not other-than-temporary. In March 2004, the Task Force reached a consensus regarding the use of more detailed criteria to evaluate whether an investment is impaired and whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. This was to be effective July 1, 2004. In September 2004, the FASB delayed effectiveness of the new criteria. We will continue to monitor developments on this subject and evaluate the impact on Mellon of any new guidance. For required disclosures, see Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Adoption of new accounting standards

 

For a discussion of the adoption of new accounting standards, see Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

50

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


FOURTH QUARTER 2004 REVIEW


 

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2004 was $192 million, or $.46 per share, compared with $184 million, or $.43 per share, in the fourth quarter of 2003. Net income from continuing operations totaled $198 million, or $.47 per share, in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared with $186 million, or $.44 per share, in the fourth quarter of 2003. Continuing operations returned 19.8% on equity in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared with 20.5% in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

Fee revenue totaled 90% of fee and net interest revenue, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, in the fourth quarter of 2004, compared with 89% in the fourth quarter of 2003. Fee revenue increased to $1.060 billion in the fourth quarter of 2004, an increase of 8% from $985 million in the fourth quarter of 2003, primarily due to increases in trust and investment fee revenue and equity investment revenue. Trust and investment fee revenue increased $55 million, or 7%, primarily due to higher investment management fee revenue and higher institutional trust and custody revenue. The increase in investment management fee revenue resulted from improved equity markets, net inflows, acquisitions, the effect of foreign exchange rates and an increase in performance fees. The higher institutional trust and custody revenue resulted from net new business, improved market conditions and the effect of foreign exchange rates. The increase in equity investment revenue reflects higher net gains from venture capital activities. Assets under management increased 8% in 2004 to $707 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, primarily due to net market appreciation of $34 billion, including the effect of foreign exchange rates, and long-term inflows of $16 billion.

 

Net interest revenue on a fully taxable equivalent basis of $118 million decreased $6 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2003. This decrease primarily resulted from lower yields on investment securities combined with moderately higher funding costs, and to a lesser extent, the continued reduction in loans.

 

Operating expense of $897 million increased $51 million, or 6%, compared with the fourth quarter of 2003, principally reflecting higher staff expense, higher professional, legal and other purchased services, and higher other expenses, partially offset by lower occupancy expense. Staff expense in the fourth quarter of 2004 increased $37 million, or 8%, compared with the fourth quarter of 2003, primarily due to: higher compensation expense reflecting the impact of July 1, 2004 merit increases ($12 million); higher incentive expense; higher employee benefits expense due to higher pension expense; higher expense for temporary services; and higher severance expense; partially offset by the impact of a lower headcount. Non-staff expenses increased $14 million, or 4%, compared with the fourth quarter of 2003. The fourth quarter of 2004 included an $11 million loss associated with the trade execution of securities as well as expense increases in support of business growth, the effect of foreign exchange rates and acquisitions. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we executed a new lease on our Corporate headquarters building at One Mellon Center in Pittsburgh, through November 2028. As a result of the favorable terms of the new lease, a reserve for sublease losses was reduced by $17 million and is reflected in net occupancy expense.

 

There was a negative provision for credit losses of $4 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared with no net provision for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2003. Net credit related recoveries totaled $1 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared with net credit related losses of $3 million in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

51


SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (unaudited)


 


     Quarter ended  
     2004

    2003

 
(dollar amounts in millions,
except per share amounts)
   Dec.
31
    Sept.
30
    June
30
    March
31
    Dec.
31
    Sept.
30
    June
30
    March
31
 

Consolidated income statement

                                                                

Total fee and other revenue

   $ 1,060     $ 941     $ 974     $ 1,081     $ 985     $ 913     $ 861     $ 848  

Gains on sales of securities

     —         —         8       —         12       18       21       11  

Net interest revenue

     115       111       118       114       120       134       162       154  

Provision for credit losses

     (4 )     —         —         (7 )     —         —         3       4  

Total operating expense

     897       799       840       840       846       844       783       763  


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

     282       253       260       362       271       221       258       246  

Provision for income taxes

     84       71       84       118       85       68       81       79  


Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

     198       182       176       244       186       153       177       167  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7 )


Income from continuing operations

     198       182       176       244       186       153       177       160  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (6 )     1       —         1       (2 )     28       (2 )     1  


Net income

   $ 192     $ 183     $ 176     $ 245     $ 184     $ 181     $ 175     $ 161  

Basic earnings per share :

                                                                

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ .48     $ .43     $ .42     $ .58     $ .44     $ .36     $ .41     $ .39  

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (.02 )


Continuing operations

     .48       .43       .42       .58       .44       .36       .41       .37  

Discontinued operations

     (.02 )   $ .01       —         —         (.01 )     07       —         —    


Net income

   $ .46     $ .44     $ .42     $ .58     $ .43     $ .43     $ .41     $ .37  

Diluted earnings per share :

                                                                

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ .47     $ .43     $ .42     $ .57     $ .44     $ .36     $ .40     $ .39  

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (.01 )


Continuing operations

     .47       .43       .42       .57       .44       .36       .40       .38  

Discontinued operations

     (.01 )     —         —         —         (.01 )     .06       —         —    


Net income

   $ .46     $ .43     $ .42     $ .57     $ .43     $ .42     $ .41 *   $ .37 *


Average balances

                                                                

Money market investments

   $ 4,157     $ 3,310     $ 2,703     $ 2,986     $ 3,270     $ 3,066     $ 2,765     $ 3,122  

Trading account securities

     248       229       268       356       622       693       761       814  

Securities

     12,743       11,780       11,647       11,013       10,532       10,882       11,655       11,740  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total money market investments and securities

     17,148       15,319       14,618       14,355       14,424       14,641       15,181       15,676  

Loans

     7,205       7,047       7,491       7,489       7,276       7,425       7,915       8,212  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest-earning assets

     24,353       22,366       22,109       21,844       21,700       22,066       23,096       23,888  

Total assets

     35,951       33,447       33,377       33,222       32,504       33,449       34,339       35,250  

Deposits

     22,083       20,295       19,776       19,227       18,378       19,185       19,067       21,376  

Notes and debentures

     4,389       4,254       4,242       4,196       4,243       4,234       4,312       4,428  

Junior subordinated debentures

     1,047       1,010       1,011       1,026       —         —         —         —    

Trust-preferred securities (a)

     —         —         —         —         991       999       1,040       1,009  

Total shareholders’ equity

     3,983       3,822       3,753       3,769       3,603       3,519       3,554       3,412  


Net interest margin (FTE) (b)

     1.94 %     2.03 %     2.23 %     2.17 %     2.30 %     2.52 %     2.96 %     2.75 %

Annualized return on equity (b)

     19.8 %     18.9 %     18.9 %     26.0 %     20.5 %     17.2 %     20.0 %     19.8 %

Annualized return on assets (b)

     2.19 %     2.16 %     2.13 %     2.96 %     2.29 %     1.83 %     2.10 %     1.95 %


 

* Does not foot due to rounding.

 

- continued -

 

52

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (unaudited)


 


     Quarter ended
     2004

   2003

     Dec.
31
   Sept.
30
   June
30
   March
31
   Dec.
31
   Sept.
30
   June
30
   March
31

Common stock data (c)

                                                       

Market price per share range:

                                                       

High

   $ 31.62    $ 29.50    $ 32.75    $ 34.13    $ 33.83    $ 33.65    $ 29.08    $ 28.11

Low

     26.47      26.90      27.06      30.09      27.70      26.81      20.95      19.89

Average

     29.43      28.10      29.84      32.48      30.56      30.63      26.17      23.09

Period end close

     31.11      27.69      29.33      31.29      32.11      30.14      27.75      21.26

Dividends per share

     .18      .18      .18      .16      .16      .14      .14      .13

Market capitalization (d)

     13,171      11,728      12,436      13,282      13,712      12,967      11,950      9,173

 

(a) Trust-preferred securities were deconsolidated at Dec. 31, 2003. See Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements for a further discussion.

 

(b) Presented on a continuing operations basis excluding the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the first quarter of 2003. Net interest margin and return on assets, on a continuing operations basis, were calculated excluding both the results and assets of the fixed income trading business and certain Australian businesses even though the prior period balance sheet was not restated for discontinued operations.

 

(c) At Dec. 31, 2004, there were 21,148 shareholders registered with our stock transfer agent, compared with 22,351 at year-end 2003 and 23,020 at year-end 2002. In addition, there were approximately 20,014 Mellon employees at Dec. 31, 2004, who participated in the Mellon 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, compared with 20,643 at year-end 2003 and 21,525 at year-end 2002. All shares of Mellon Financial Corporation common stock held by the Plan for its participants are registered in the name of Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee.

 

(d) At period end, in millions.

 

Fourth quarter 2004 compared with the fourth quarter of 2003

 

See discussion on page 51 of this report.

 

Third quarter of 2004 compared with the third quarter of 2003

 

Consolidated net income totaled $183 million, or $.43 per share, in the third quarter of 2004, compared with $181 million, or $.42 per share, in the third quarter of 2003. Third quarter 2004 income from continuing operations totaled $182 million, or $.43 per share. This compares with $153 million, or $.36 per share, in the third quarter of 2003. The results of the third quarter of 2003 included a $50 million pre-tax charge, with $47 million related to streamlining the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector and $3 million in the Other Activity sector. Fee revenue increased $28 million in the third quarter of 2004 compared with the third quarter of 2003, primarily due to increases in trust and investment fee revenue and equity investment revenue, including the effect of foreign currency exchange rates. Continuing operations returned 18.9% on equity in the third quarter of 2004, compared with 17.2% in the third quarter of 2003.

 

Second quarter of 2004 compared with the second quarter of 2003

 

Consolidated net income totaled $176 million, or $.42 per share, in the second quarter of 2004, compared with $175 million, or $.41 per share, in the second quarter of 2003. Second quarter 2004 income from continuing operations totaled $176 million, or $.42 per share, compared with $177 million, or $.40 per share, in the second quarter of 2003. The results for the second quarter of 2004 included a $24 million pre-tax charge related to vacating 10 leased locations in London and moving into our new European headquarters. Fee revenue increased $113 million compared with the second quarter of 2003, primarily due to increases in trust and investment fee revenue, equity investment revenue and foreign exchange trading revenue, including the effect of foreign currency exchange rates. Continuing operations returned 18.9% on equity in the second quarter of 2004, compared with 20.0% in the second quarter of 2003.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

53


SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (unaudited)


 

First quarter of 2004 compared with the first quarter of 2003

 

Consolidated net income totaled $245 million, or $.57 per share, in the first quarter of 2004, compared with net income of $161 million, or $.37 per share, in the first quarter of 2003. First quarter 2004 income from continuing operations totaled $244 million, or $.57 per share. This compared with income from continuing operations of $167 million, or $.39 per share, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, in the first quarter of 2003. The results for the first quarter of 2004 included a pre-tax gain of $93 million from the sale of approximately 35% of Mellon’s indirect investment in Tokyo-based Shinsei Bank, as a result of its initial public offering. Partially offsetting the gain was a pre-tax charge of $19 million associated with a writedown of small non-strategic businesses that we are exiting. Excluding the Shinsei gain, fee revenue increased $140 million, compared with the first quarter of 2003 primarily resulting from higher trust and investment revenue, foreign exchange trading revenue and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates. There was a negative provision for credit losses of $7 million in the first quarter of 2004 compared with a positive provision of $4 million in the first quarter of 2003. Continuing operations returned 26.0% on equity in the first quarter of 2004, compared with 19.8% in the first quarter of 2003.

 

54

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES


 

Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements includes Mellon’s significant accounting policies. Certain of these policies are considered to be critical to the presentation of Mellon’s financial statements, since they require us to make numerous complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. These policies, which were reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, include accounting policies related to valuing venture capital investments, establishing the reserve for credit exposure, and accounting for pensions. In addition to the discussions in Note 1, the accounting policies for venture capital investments and the reserve for credit exposure are discussed further below. Also discussed below is the expected net periodic pension expense for 2005 and its sensitivity to changes in assumptions. For a discussion of our accounting policies relating to pensions, see pages 93 and 94 of this report.

 

Venture capital investments

 

The carrying value of all venture capital investments represents their current estimated fair values, with changes in fair value recognized in equity investment revenue in noninterest revenue. Direct investments and indirect investments in private equity funds are included in other assets.

 

Each quarter, a complete review of the fair value of each direct venture capital investment is performed and its risk-rating of “superior,” “meets expectations,” “below expectations,” “declining” or “new investment not yet rateable” is updated. The fair value of direct investments in public companies is estimated using a valuation methodology based on the stocks’ publicly quoted prices. Due to the volatility of equity markets, volume of trading compared to Mellon’s holdings, economic and other factors, the amounts ultimately realized from the liquidation of an investment may vary greatly. The fair value of direct investments in privately owned companies is estimated by management by evaluating several factors and utilizing available information, which includes market comparables, current and subsequent financings, willingness of co-investors or others to provide financial support, sustainable economic performance and growth, product marketability, scalability, actual performance versus business plans and the effectiveness of the portfolio company’s management team in implementing its business plan and its ability to adapt to a changing marketplace. In addition, external factors such as the overall economy, competitors and the industry sector in which the company operates are considered. The analysis of these and any other relevant factors requires significant judgment on the part of management, and certain of the information that would be useful in analysis may be limited.

 

General partners of private equity funds generally use fair value assessment practices that are similar to those used by Mellon as well as judgment in assessing the fair value of equity investments. As part of its quarterly review of the fair values reported by the fund’s general partner, Mellon’s management assesses each fund manager’s ability to provide ongoing support and guidance to the portfolio companies as well as their ability to perform an effective assessment of the fair value of their fund’s portfolio of investments. Since most of Mellon’s indirect investments in private equity funds represent only a small limited partnership percentage ownership in the individual private equity funds, access to detailed information on individual fund portfolio investments is limited. Valuation estimates provided by the fund managers are reviewed and analyzed with available measurement data. Also, investments in private equity funds are regarded as long-term investments that are subject to substantial restrictions on transferability.

 

All direct investment valuations are reviewed by the Mellon Ventures Board of Directors quarterly and indirect investment valuations are reviewed semi-annually. Adjustments of the carrying values and the fair value determination process are also audited by Mellon’s Audit and Risk Review Department and reviewed quarterly with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

In summary, management’s quarterly estimates of fair values are based on several factors including:

 

    available information about companies;

 

    current economic conditions;

 

    willingness of co-investors or others to provide financial support;

 

    available market comparables;

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

55


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES


 

    product marketability;

 

    scalability;

 

    legal restrictions;

 

    effectiveness of the companies’ management teams;

 

    actual performance versus business plans; and

 

    other factors.

 

The fair value estimates could differ significantly among parties using different assumptions or judgments. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not necessarily represent amounts that will ultimately be realized.

 

Provision and reserve for credit exposure

 

Mellon’s banking subsidiaries maintain a reserve for loan losses that is intended to adjust the value of their loans for inherent credit losses. The banking subsidiaries also maintain a reserve for unfunded commitments, namely loan commitments, letters of credit and bankers acceptances, that is reported as a liability on Mellon’s consolidated balance sheet. Provision to expense is recorded for each reserve. Transfers between the reserves can occur in conjunction with funding a loan and thereby decreasing unfunded commitments or conversely repaying a loan and thereby increasing unfunded commitments. The level of the reserve for unfunded commitments is determined following a methodology similar to that used for the reserve for loan losses. Mellon refers to the combined balance of the reserve for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments as the “reserve for credit exposure.”

 

The reserve for credit exposure is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in both the loan portfolio and in unfunded commitments as of the balance sheet date. The reserve is not specifically associated with individual loans or portfolio segments and is therefore available to absorb credit losses arising from any portfolio segment. We review the appropriateness of each reserve at least quarterly and have developed a methodology designed to provide a procedural discipline in assessing the appropriateness of the reserves. Our estimate of each reserve component is based on certain observable data that we believe are the most reflective of the underlying credit losses being estimated.

 

A key element of the methodology for determining the level of the reserve for credit exposure is Mellon’s credit risk evaluation process, which assigns a numerical risk rating to substantially all extensions of credit in our commercial, real estate, and international portfolios. The Customer Risk Rating evaluates a borrower’s expected ability to meet its obligations, through analysis of its financial statements and projections, cash flow, management, and other customer risk factors. The Facility Risk Rating defines the risk of a specific credit facility by overlaying the Customer Risk Rating with an analysis of factors such as loan structure and collateral.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” we provide a base reserve for commercial facilities which are not impaired. Base rates are used to calculate the base reserve requirements for the portfolio utilizing an internal category credit risk rating system to define pools of similar risk, and apply an appropriate estimate of inherent losses to asset totals in each pool. These rates are compared with the results of studies that are conducted to calculate actual historical loss experience and adjusted if appropriate. Base reserve rates increase accompanyingly with credit risk, as measured by the numerical ratings, in order to reflect the higher expected loss experience for each of these similarly risk-rated pools. Separate base rates are applied to certain types of collateralized facilities to reflect lower loss experience. Base rates are applied to all non-impaired commercial loan balances.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” any required impairment reserves are included in the reserve for loan losses. Using Mellon’s credit risk classification criteria, loan impairment on specific loans, for which principal and interest is not expected to be collected when contractually due, is measured based on observable market prices, the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent with consideration being given to Mellon’s collection strategy. There are no base

 

56

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES


 

reserves carried on loans classified as impaired. Leasing credits, which are not subject to the SFAS No. 114, follow the same criteria as impaired loans but the reserves are classified as judgmental.

 

The methodology for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments parallels the reserve for loan losses. We incorporate an estimate of probability of drawdown, correlated to the credit risk rating of the commitment. An estimate of the probability of drawdown is applied to the commitment amount and then the base rates used for outstanding loans of the same credit risk rating are applied.

 

In addition, we maintain an unallocated reserve against losses inherent in the portfolio, which have not yet been specifically identified in Mellon’s credit risk rating process, and thus not yet reflected in the base and impairment reserves. This can be due to delays in obtaining information regarding borrower or industry developments, or difficulty in immediately identifying increases in risk factors. Given ongoing changes in portfolio volume, composition, and concentrations, the historical loss experience used to establish the inherent loss estimates may not be perfectly applicable to the current portfolio. Due to the dynamic nature of these conditions, management continually reviews and revises collectibility assumptions and reserve levels.

 

Mellon’s reserve for credit exposure is solely an estimate based on our judgment. Due to the significance of our judgment used to calculate Mellon’s reserves, actual losses incurred could be higher or lower than the estimated reserves. When losses on specific loans or commitments are identified, we charge off the portion deemed uncollectible. For purposes of illustrating the potential sensitivity to changes in credit risk ratings of loans and unfunded commitments, we modeled the estimated level of the reserve for credit exposure assuming that credit risk ratings both improved by one grade and deteriorated by one grade for 25% of the loan balances in each risk rating category. This modeling resulted in a revised estimated reserve range for credit exposure of approximately $149 million and $206 million, respectively, compared with the actual reserve of $165 million, discussed on page 40 of this report.

 

Net periodic pension cost and its sensitivities to changes in assumptions

 

Mellon follows SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” to calculate and record its net periodic benefit cost (credit) for pensions. The net periodic benefit cost (credit) is based primarily on three assumptions:

 

    discount rate for plan liabilities;

 

    expected return on plan assets; and

 

    rate of compensation increase.

 

Pre-tax net pension cost of $12 million was recorded in 2004, compared with net pension credits of $28 million in 2003 and $97 million in 2002. A net periodic pension benefit cost of approximately $36 million pre-tax is expected to be recorded for the year 2005, assuming current currency exchange rates. The assumptions used to calculate the estimated net periodic benefit cost for 2005 and its estimated sensitivities to a 50 bp change in assumptions are as follows:

 


Net periodic benefit cost         

Estimated sensitivities

to a 50 bp increase

or decrease in

assumed rates


 
(dollar amounts in millions)   

Assumptions

for

2005

    Increase  (a)     Decrease  (a)  

Discount rate

   6.0 %   $ (18 )   $ 18  

Expected return on assets

   8.5 %   $ (10 )   $ 10  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25 %   $ 7     $ (7 )


 

(a) Bracketed amounts indicate a reduction in the pension cost.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

57


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT


 

This Financial Annual Report contains and incorporates by reference statements relating to future results of the Corporation that are considered “forward-looking statements.” These statements, which may be expressed in a variety of ways, including the use of future or present tense language, relate to, among other things: long-term financial goals; the Corporation’s business model and objectives; the impact on investment management fees of changes in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the FTSE; potential future venture capital losses, possible changes in the value of the portfolio and amounts that may be realized; quarterly net interest revenue; changes in occupancy expense; net periodic pension cost in 2005, cash contributions to funded defined benefit pension plans in 2005, benefit payments for funded defined benefit pension plans and estimated sensitivities to changes in assumptions; expected tax rate; intentions as to renewal of credit relationships; intentions as to capital ratios of the Corporation and its banking subsidiaries and maintaining a minimum tangible shareholders’ equity to assets ratio; uses of internal capital generation; credit exposure reserve appropriateness; the Corporation’s liquidity management and interest rate risk management objectives; maturities of debt; simulation of changes in interest rates; the value-at-risk for trading activities; market risk associated with standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees; possible losses related to Three Rivers Funding Corporation (TRFC); the values of retained interests; expected future payments of contractual obligations; expected stock option expense; the effects of recent accounting changes; annual occupancy expense; amounts of contingent and deferred consideration payable for acquisitions; expected divestitures; expected maturities of securities; collection of principal and interest on temporarily impaired securities; the values of retained interests and estimated sensitivities to changes in assumptions; projected losses on securitized HELOC, insurance premium finance and jumbo residential mortgage loans; amounts of rental payments; estimated amortization expense; impact of repatriating earnings; realization of deferred tax assets; the accumulated benefit obligation of defined benefit plans; expected long-term rates of return; expected benefit payments; postretirement benefit costs; litigation results; the estimated fair value of financial instruments; and statements concerning off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

These forward-looking statements, and other forward-looking statements contained in other public disclosures of the Corporation which make reference to the cautionary factors contained in this Report, are based on assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties and that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Corporation’s control). Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of these risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to:

 

Changes in political and economic conditions . Changes in political and economic conditions can affect the Corporation’s opportunities to sell its products and services. If conditions cause customers to become more cautious, the Corporation’s revenues could be adversely affected. Conversely, the Corporation will likely have greater opportunities during periods of economic growth and political optimism. These same factors can similarly affect companies in the Corporation’s venture capital investment portfolio.

 

Relevant benchmarks to estimate future changes in investment management fees . This report presents estimates as to the effect sustained changes in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, and an equivalent movement in the FTSE, would have on the Corporation’s investment management fees, excluding performance fees. The S&P 500 Index and the FTSE were chosen for purposes of such estimates because they are widely recognized measures and the Corporation has been able to establish a degree of correlation between the indices and the Corporation’s investment management fees over prior periods. While the Corporation believes these indices are the best industry benchmarks for purposes of these estimates, the diversity of the Corporation’s equity assets under management is such that the Corporation’s current and future equity asset mix will not be fully reflected in these or any other similar industry measures. Accordingly, the actual impact on investment management fees from a change in the S&P 500 Index and the FTSE may vary from the Corporation’s estimates.

 

 

58

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT


 

Equity and fixed-income market fluctuations . As price levels in the equity and fixed-income markets increase or decrease, the Corporation’s opportunities to sell its products and services, to invest and to manage financial assets may change. Because certain of the Corporation’s fee revenue is based on the value of assets under management or custody, fluctuations in market valuations will affect revenue.

 

Changes in the mix of assets under management . Because management fees can vary by asset class, revenues can be affected by the types of assets that at a given time are most attractive to customers.

 

The effects of the adoption of new accounting standards . The adoption of new accounting standards could affect the Corporation’s income statement, balance sheet, statement of cash flows or statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. New standards could cause reported amounts to increase or decrease or impact the comparability of current and prior period results.

 

Customers’ sensitivity to increases in oil prices and decreasing travel . Higher oil prices and decreasing travel could impact the ability of borrowers whose businesses are sensitive to these factors to repay extensions of credit.

 

Corporate and personal customers’ bankruptcies . An increase in corporate and personal customers’ bankruptcies can require higher credit loss provisions and higher charges against the reserve for credit exposure negatively impacting net income and various capital ratios.

 

Operational risk . Operational risk is the risk of (direct or indirect) loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. It is the potential for loss that arises from problems with operating processes, human error or omission, breaches in internal controls, fraud or unforeseen catastrophes.

 

Inflation . Inflation, disinflation or deflation can impact a variety of economic measures and market values that are important to the Corporation’s financial performance including interest rates, equity and fixed-income market values, the Corporation’s expense levels and prices for the Corporation’s products and services.

 

Levels of tax-free income . The level of the Corporation’s tax-exempt income can affect the Corporation’s effective tax rate.

 

Technological change . Technology is a very important component of many of the Corporation’s products and services as well as being critically important to the Corporation’s internal operating processes. A faster rate of technological change can require the Corporation to invest more in technology to remain competitive and thus lead to higher expenses. On the other hand, technological change creates the opportunity for product differentiation and higher revenues as well as reduced costs. There is a risk to the Corporation if its competitors are able to use technology to develop more marketable products and/or services at lower prices than the Corporation can offer.

 

Success in the timely development of new products and services . The Corporation operates in a highly competitive environment in all of the markets it serves. The timely development of new products and services can represent a competitive advantage leading to increased revenues while the inability to do so can have the opposite effect.

 

Competitive product and pricing pressures within the Corporation’s markets . Competitive product and pricing pressures can affect the Corporation’s ability to sell its products and services and can impact the prices the Corporation is able to charge. Demand for the Corporation’s products and services, price levels and activities of competitors will affect the Corporation’s revenues.

 

Customer spending and saving habits . The Corporation benefits from the savings of customers that are invested in mutual funds, defined contribution plans and other products offered or serviced by the Corporation. Changes in the rate of savings or preferred investment styles may affect the Corporation’s revenues.

 

Interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate fluctuations, the levels of market interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, the direction of interest rate changes and fluctuations in the interest rate spreads between different fixed income investments can affect the Corporation’s cost of funds, its net interest revenue and any other revenue that has a sensitivity to

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

59


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT


 

interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations can also impact the demand for different investment products offered by the Corporation. In general, the Corporation attempts to mitigate the effects of either significant increases or decreases in interest rates on its income statement.

 

Monetary fluctuations . Changes in monetary and credit conditions and their effect on the economy and the financial markets may impact the Corporation in a variety of ways.

 

Currency rate fluctuations. The Corporation sells its products and services in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, is exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The Corporation enters into various derivative transactions in accordance with the Corporation’s policies, to offset to the extent possible the impact of the rate fluctuations.

 

Acquisitions and integrations of acquired businesses . Acquisitions of businesses or lines of business are an active part of the Corporation’s business strategy and use of excess capital. Any acquisition presents execution risk. There can be no assurance that the operational or financial performance of an acquired business will be as expected, that any desired synergies will occur or that an acquired business will be successfully assimilated into the Corporation.

 

Changes in law . The Corporation operates in a highly regulated environment, both within and outside the United States. Many laws and many regulatory agencies, both domestic and foreign, impact its operations. Changes in law could affect the competitive environment in which the Corporation operates, broaden or narrow the scope of permitted activities of it and its competitors, facilitate or retard consolidation, impose higher costs or operating burdens and challenge the Corporation to adapt quickly and effectively to such changes.

 

Changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory, trade and tax polices and laws . Changes in these policies and laws could affect the products and services the Corporation offers and therefore its revenues, as well as impose additional costs and expenses, such as higher taxes. Also, any significant changes will challenge the Corporation to adapt quickly and effectively.

 

Success in gaining regulatory approvals when required . The Corporation operates in a highly regulated environment, both within and outside the United States. If regulatory approval is required for an activity, product, service, acquisition or disposition and approval cannot be obtained on a timely basis, the Corporation could miss the opportunity and the particular benefits it presented.

 

The uncertainties inherent in the litigation process . At any given time, the Corporation is subject to various pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings. The Corporation evaluates the risks of these actions and proceedings within the context of current judicial decisions and legislative and regulatory interpretations. A trier of fact, either a judge or jury, could decide a case contrary to the Corporation’s evaluation of the relevant facts or law, and a court or regulatory agency could act to change existing law on a particular issue.

 

The effects of recent and any further terrorist acts and the results of the war on terrorism . Terrorist acts could have a significant impact on economic activity and could cause the Corporation’s customers not to purchase, or delay purchasing, the Corporation’s products and services. In addition, the Corporation has in place business continuity and disaster recovery plans. Terrorists acts could, however, cause damage to the Corporation’s facilities or could cause delays or disruptions to its operations. The Corporation’s vendors and counterparties could be similarly affected.

 

There are other risks and uncertainties detailed elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this Financial Annual Report and in subsequent reports filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and the Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

 

60

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING


 

Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Corporation, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

The Corporation’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework . Based upon such assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2004, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based upon those criteria.

 

KPMG LLP, the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this Financial Annual Report under “Financial Statements and Notes,” has issued a report with respect to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 62.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

61


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Mellon Financial Corporation:

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Mellon Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Mellon Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Mellon Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Mellon Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Mellon Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004; and our report dated February 18, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 18, 2005

 

62

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT


 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 


          Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)         2004     2003     2002  

Noninterest revenue

  

Trust and investment fee revenue:

                        
    

Investment management

   $ 1,617     $ 1,413     $ 1,414  
    

Human resources & investor solutions

     918       944       1,020  
    

Institutional trust and custody

     503       437       453  
    

Securities lending revenue

     76       69       75  
    

    

Total trust and investment fee revenue

     3,114       2,863       2,962  
    

Cash management revenue

     308       309       273  
    

Foreign exchange trading revenue

     185       147       146  
    

Financing-related revenue

     138       141       147  
    

Equity investment revenue

     160       (6 )     (28 )
    

Other revenue

     151       153       100  
    

    

Total fee and other revenue

     4,056       3,607       3,600  
    

Gains on sales of securities

     8       62       59  
    

    

Total noninterest revenue

     4,064       3,669       3,659  


Net interest revenue

  

Interest revenue

     862       934       1,056  
    

Interest expense

     404       364       445  
    

    

Net interest revenue

     458       570       611  
    

Provision for credit losses

     (11 )     7       172  
    

    

Net interest revenue after provision for credit losses

     469       563       439  


Operating expense

  

Staff expense

     1,977       1,883       1,830  
    

Professional, legal and other purchased services

     449       431       391  
    

Net occupancy expense

     284       265       245  
    

Equipment expense

     209       226       214  
    

Business development

     103       108       131  
    

Communications expense

     106       106       110  
    

Amortization of intangible assets

     21       18       14  
    

Other expense

     227       199       166  
    

    

Total operating expense

     3,376       3,236       3,101  


Income

  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

     1,157       996       997  
    

Provision for income taxes

     357       313       327  
    

    

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

     800       683       670  
    

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         (7 )     —    
    

    

Income from continuing operations

     800       676       670  
    

Discontinued operations:

                        
    

Income (loss) from operations (net of tax expense (credit) of $(5), $(4) and $-)

     (9 )     (7 )     —    
    

Net gain on disposals (net of tax expense (credit) of $3, $(13) and $8)

     5       32       12  
    

    

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (net of tax expense (credit) of $(2), $(17) and $8)

     (4 )     25       12  
    

    

Net income

   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682  


 

-continued-

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   63


CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (continued)

 


 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 


(share amounts in thousands)         Year ended Dec. 31,
      2004     2003     2002

Earnings per share (a)

   Basic:                       
    

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 1.91     $ 1.60     $ 1.54
     Cumulative effect of accounting change      —         (.02 )     —  
    
    

Continuing operations

     1.91       1.58       1.54
     Discontinued operations      (.01 )     .06       .02
    
    

Net income

   $ 1.90     $ 1.64     $ 1.56
    
     Diluted:                       
    

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 1.89     $ 1.59     $ 1.53
     Cumulative effect of accounting change      —         (.01 )     —  
    
    

Continuing operations

     1.89       1.58       1.53
     Discontinued operations      (.01 )     .05       .02
    
    

Net income

   $ 1.88     $ 1.63     $ 1.55

Shares outstanding

   Basic average shares outstanding      419,610       426,182       436,253
     Common stock equivalents (b)      4,677       4,536       2,936
    
     Diluted average shares outstanding      424,287       430,718       439,189

 

(a) Calculated based on unrounded numbers.

 

(b) Options to purchase shares of common stock of 29,514 shares in 2004, 26,972 shares in 2003 and 21,919 shares in 2002 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market prices of the common shares in each year.

 

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

 

64

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET


 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 



     Dec. 31,  
(dollar amounts in millions)         2004     2003  


Assets

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,775     $ 2,602  
    

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     2,709       2,775  
    

Federal funds sold and securities under resale agreements

     1,850       703  
    

Other money market investments

     114       216  
    

Trading account securities

     262       266  
    

Securities available for sale

     13,376       10,690  
    

Investment securities (approximate fair value of $217 and $308)

     211       297  
    

Loans, net of unearned discount of $28 and $30

     6,754       7,467  
    

Reserve for loan losses

     (98 )     (103 )
    

    

Net loans

     6,656       7,364  
    

Premises and equipment

     688       668  
    

Goodwill

     2,321       2,194  
    

Other intangibles

     145       100  
    

Assets of discontinued operations

     40       187  
    

Other assets

     5,968       5,921  
    

    

Total assets

   $ 37,115     $ 33,983  


Liabilities

  

Noninterest-bearing deposits in domestic offices

   $ 7,371     $ 7,310  
    

Interest-bearing deposits in domestic offices

     10,170       8,099  
    

Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices

     6,050       5,434  
    

    

Total deposits

     23,591       20,843  
    

Federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements

     704       754  
    

Term federal funds purchased and U.S. Treasury tax and loan demand notes

     52       152  
    

Commercial paper

     6       10  
    

Other funds borrowed

     153       168  
    

Reserve for unfunded commitments

     67       75  
    

Other liabilities

     2,801       2,861  
    

Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

     4,567       4,209  
    

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities

     1,057       1,057  
    

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     15       152  
    

    

Total liabilities

     33,013       30,281  


Shareholders’ equity

  

Common stock—$.50 par value

                
    

Authorized—800,000,000 shares

                
    

Issued 588,661,920 shares

     294       294  
    

Additional paid-in capital

     1,931       1,901  
    

Retained earnings

     6,397       5,934  
    

Accumulated unrealized gain, net of tax

     49       26  
    

Treasury stock of 165,308,079 and 161,629,563 shares, at cost

     (4,569 )     (4,453 )
    

    

Total shareholders’ equity

     4,102       3,702  
    

    

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 37,115     $ 33,983  


 

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   65


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 



          Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)         2004     2003     2002  


Cash flows from operating activities   

Net income

   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682  
  

Income from discontinued operations

     (4 )     25       12  
    

    

Net income from continuing operations

     800       676       670  
    

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        
    

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         7       —    
    

Depreciation and other amortization

     165       165       150  
    

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     238       155       (43 )
    

Provision for credit losses

     (11 )     7       172  
    

Net gains on sales of securities

     (8 )     (62 )     (59 )
    

Gain on sale of portion of indirect investment in Shinsei Bank

     (93 )     —         —    
    

Pension expense (credit)

     12       (28 )     (97 )
    

Net decrease in trading account securities

     4       14       57  
    

Net change in accruals and other

     (284 )     (52 )     (266 )
    

    

Net cash provided by continuing operations

     823       882       584  
    

Net effect of discontinued operations

     22       (16 )     (567 )
    

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

     845       866       17  


Cash flows from investing activities   

Net (increase) decrease in term deposits and other money market investments

     168       (1,060 )     2,334  
    

Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold and securities under resale agreements

     (1,147 )     1,526       (1,303 )
    

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (9,446 )     (14,309 )     (14,795 )
    

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     2,347       2,200       3,322  
    

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     4,337       12,422       9,341  
    

Purchases of investment securities

     —         (9 )     (4 )
    

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities

     86       236       243  
    

Net principal (advances) repayments of loans to customers

     (107 )     681       (1,195 )
    

Loan portfolio purchases

     (19 )     (116 )     (21 )
    

Proceeds from the sales and securitizations of loans

     828       389       1,182  
    

Proceeds from the sale of portion of indirect investment in Shinsei Bank

     120       —         —    
    

Purchases of premises and equipment/capitalized software

     (185 )     (133 )     (209 )
    

Net cash disbursed in acquisitions

     (228 )     (33 )     (412 )
    

Net increase (decrease) from other investing activities

     45       (203 )     (260 )
    

    

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (3,201 )     1,591       (1,777 )


Cash flows from financing activities   

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     2,748       (1,814 )     1,942  
  

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements

     (50 )     21       (92 )
    

Net increase (decrease) in other funds borrowed

     (114 )     (94 )     24  
    

Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper

     (4 )     1       1  
    

Repayments of longer-term debt

     (205 )     (603 )     (409 )
    

Net proceeds from issuance of longer-term debt

     595       357       693  
    

Dividends paid on common stock

     (297 )     (243 )     (213 )
    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     42       40       51  
    

Repurchase of common stock

     (266 )     (257 )     (698 )
    

    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     2,449       (2,592 )     1,299  
    

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates

     80       9       12  


Change in cash and due from banks   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks

     173       (126 )     (449 )
  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     2,602       2,728       3,177  
    

    

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 2,775     $ 2,602     $ 2,728  
    

                               


Supplemental disclosures   

Interest paid

   $ (398 )   $ (385 )   $ (455 )
    

Income taxes paid (a)

     (282 )     (275 )     (873 )
    

Income taxes refunded (a)

     58       106       14  


(a) Includes discontinued operations.

 

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

 

66

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY


 

Mellon Financial Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

 


(in millions, except per share amounts)    Common
stock
   Additional
paid-in
capital
   Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
unrealized
gain (loss),
net of tax
    Treasury
stock
    Total
share-
holders’
equity
 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2001

   $ 294    $ 1,870    $ 5,087     $ 30     $ (3,799 )   $ 3,482  

Comprehensive results:

                                              

Net income

     —        —        682       —         —         682  

Other comprehensive results, net of tax

     —        —        —         36       —         36  

Reclassification adjustment

     —        —        —         (25 )     —         (25 )


Total comprehensive results

     —        —        682       11       —         693  

Dividends on common stock at $0.49 per share

     —        —        (213 )     —         —         (213 )

Repurchase of common stock

     —        —        —         —         (698 )     (698 )

Stock awards and options exercised

     —        15      (37 )     —         87       65  

Common stock issued under the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

     —        1      (1 )     —         33       33  

Common stock issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     —        —        (4 )     —         27       23  

Common stock issued under Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     —        —        —         —         10       10  


Balance at Dec. 31, 2002

   $ 294    $ 1,886    $ 5,514     $ 41     $ (4,340 )   $ 3,395  


Comprehensive results:

                                              

Net income

     —        —        701       —         —         701  

Other comprehensive results, net of tax

     —        —        —         44       —         44  

Reclassification adjustment

     —        —        —         (59 )     —         (59 )


Total comprehensive results

     —        —        701       (15 )     —         686  

Dividends on common stock at $0.57 per share

     —        —        (243 )     —         —         (243 )

Repurchase of common stock

     —        —        —         —         (257 )     (257 )

Stock awards and options exercised

     —        13      (35 )     —         75       53  

Common stock issued under the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

     —        1      (1 )     —         36       36  

Common stock issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     —        —        (1 )     —         12       11  

Common stock issued under Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     —        —        (1 )     —         11       10  

Common stock issued in connection with The Arden Group, Inc. acquisition

     —        1      —         —         10       11  


Balance at Dec. 31, 2003

   $ 294    $ 1,901    $ 5,934     $ 26     $ (4,453 )   $ 3,702  


Comprehensive results:

                                              

Net income

     —        —        796       —         —         796  

Other comprehensive results, net of tax

     —        —        —         22       —         22  

Reclassification adjustment

     —        —        —         1       —         1  


Total comprehensive results

     —        —        796       23       —         819  

Dividends on common stock at $0.70 per share

     —        —        (297 )     —         —         (297 )

Repurchase of common stock

     —        —        —         —         (266 )     (266 )

Stock awards and options exercised

     —        28      (33 )     —         93       88  

Common stock issued under the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

     —        1      (2 )     —         35       34  

Common stock issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     —        —        —         —         7       7  

Common stock issued under Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     —        1      (1 )     —         13       13  

Common stock issued in connection with The Arden Group, Inc. acquisition

     —        —        —         —         2       2  


Balance at Dec. 31, 2004

   $ 294    $ 1,931    $ 6,397     $ 49     $ (4,569 )   $ 4,102  


 

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   67


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

1. Accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The accounting and financial reporting policies of Mellon Financial Corporation (Mellon), a global financial services company, conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and prevailing industry practices. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of related revenue and expense. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

In addition to reclassifications related to discontinued operations, other reclassifications have been made to prior periods to place them on a basis comparable with current period presentation.

 

The consolidated financial statements of Mellon include the accounts of Mellon and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments, other than venture capital, in companies 20% to 50% owned are carried on the equity basis. Mellon’s share of earnings of nonconsolidated equity investments are reflected in noninterest revenue as equity investment or trust and investment fee revenue, as appropriate, in the period earned. Investments, other than venture capital, in companies less than 20% owned are carried at cost. Intracorporate balances and transactions are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The income statement and balance sheet include results of acquired businesses, accounted for under the purchase method of accounting pursuant to SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations,” and equity investments from the dates of acquisition. We record any contingent purchase payments when the amounts are resolved and become payable.

 

The Parent Corporation financial statements in Note 30 of Notes to Financial Statements include the accounts of the Parent Corporation; those of a wholly owned financing subsidiary that functions as a financing entity for Mellon and its subsidiaries by issuing commercial paper and other debt guaranteed by Mellon; and MIPA, LLC, a single member company, created to hold and administer corporate owned life insurance. Financial data for the Parent Corporation, the financing subsidiary and the single member company are combined for financial reporting purposes because of the limited function of these entities and the unconditional guarantee by Mellon of their obligations.

 

We consider the underlying facts and circumstances of individual transactions when assessing the appropriateness of consolidating a variable interest entity (VIE). Mellon’s assessment focuses on its ability to influence or control a VIE as well as the dispersion of risk and rewards attributable to a VIE. In cases where Mellon transfers financial assets in a securitization to a VIE, the VIE must represent a qualifying special purpose entity (QSPE) or we would continue to consolidate the transferred financial assets. QSPE status is achieved when all conditions specified in SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” are met. Those conditions focus on whether the entity is demonstrably distinct from Mellon, limited to only permitted activities, limited on what assets the QSPE may hold, and limited on sales or other dispositions of assets. We also obtain the required true-sale opinions from outside counsel on all securitizations. We have determined that all of our securitization trusts are QSPEs.

 

Nature of operations

 

Mellon is a global financial services company providing a broad range of financial products and services in domestic and selected international markets. Through our six core business sectors (Institutional Asset Management, Mutual Funds, Private Wealth Management, Asset Servicing, Human Resources & Investor Solutions and Treasury Services), we serve two distinct major classes of customers – corporations and institutions and high net worth individuals. For corporations and institutions, we provide the following services:

 

    investment management;

 

    trust and custody;

 

    foreign exchange;

 

    securities lending;

 

    performance analytics;

 

    fund administration;

 

68

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

    outsourcing solutions for investment managers;

 

    retirement and employee benefits consulting;

 

    outsourcing solutions for benefit plans;

 

    comprehensive end-to-end human resources outsourcing solutions;

 

    shareholder services;

 

    treasury management; and

 

    banking services.

 

For individuals, we provide mutual funds and wealth management. Mellon’s asset management businesses, which include The Dreyfus Corporation, Founders Asset Management LLC and Standish Mellon Asset Management Company LLC in the United States and Newton Investment Management in Europe, as well as a number of additional investment management boutiques, provide investment products in many asset classes and investment styles. Although Mellon’s largest domestic subsidiaries primarily are headquartered in the Northeast and mid-Atlantic regions, most of its products and services are offered globally. Our customer base is well diversified and primarily domestic with a growing international presence.

 

Trading account securities, securities available for sale and investment securities

 

Securities are classified in the trading account securities portfolio, the securities available for sale portfolio or the investment securities portfolio when they are purchased. Securities are classified as trading account securities when the intent is profit maximization through market appreciation and resale. Securities are classified as available for sale when we intend to hold the securities for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be used for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time to effectively manage interest rate exposure, prepayment risk and liquidity needs. Securities are classified as investment securities when we intend to hold them until maturity.

 

Trading account securities are stated at fair value. Trading revenue includes both realized and unrealized gains and losses. The liability incurred on short-sale transactions, representing the obligation to deliver securities, is included in other funds borrowed at fair value.

 

Securities available for sale are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on assets classified as available for sale, net of tax, are recorded as an addition to or deduction from other comprehensive results. Investment securities are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount on a level yield basis. Gains and losses on sales of securities available for sale are reported in the income statement. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis.

 

Venture capital investments

 

Venture capital investments, which include both direct investments in companies and investments in private equity funds, are reported at estimated fair values. Changes in estimated fair values and gains and losses from sales are recognized in equity investment revenue. The fair value estimates of the investments are based upon available information and may not necessarily represent amounts that will ultimately be realized, which depend on future events and circumstances. The valuation procedures applied to direct investments include market prices, if available, consideration of economic and market conditions, current and projected financial performance of the investee company, and the investee company’s management team. The valuation procedures applied to private equity fund investments include consideration of economic and market conditions and an evaluation of the private equity manager’s valuation techniques. Direct venture capital investments include both equity and mezzanine investments. Direct investments and indirect investments in private equity funds are included in other assets. Mellon’s policy regarding venture capital investments has been identified as a “critical accounting policy” as it is regarded to be critical to the presentation of our financial statements since it requires management to make numerous complex and subjective estimates and valuation assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain.

 

Loans

 

Loans are reported net of any unearned discount. Interest revenue on nondiscounted loans is recognized based on the principal amount outstanding. Interest revenue on discounted loans is recognized based on methods that approximate a

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   69


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

level yield. Loan origination and upfront commitment fees, as well as certain direct loan origination and commitment costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the lives of the related loans. Deferred fees and costs are netted against outstanding loan balances. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

 

Unearned revenue on direct financing leases is accreted over the lives of the leases in decreasing amounts to provide a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Revenue on leveraged leases is recognized on a basis to achieve a constant yield on the outstanding investment in the lease, net of the related deferred tax liability, in the years in which the net investment is positive. Gains on sales of lease residuals are recognized in financing-related revenue.

 

Commercial loans, including commercial leases, generally are placed on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is past due 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. We also place commercial loans on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest becomes doubtful. Residential mortgage loans generally are placed on nonaccrual status when, in our judgment, collection is in doubt or the loans are 180 days or more delinquent. Personal loans, other than residential mortgages, and certain secured commercial loans are charged off upon reaching various stages of delinquency depending upon the loan type, or upon the death or bankruptcy of the borrower. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current period interest revenue. Interest receipts on nonaccrual and impaired loans are recognized as interest revenue or are applied to principal when we believe the ultimate collectibility of principal is in doubt. Nonaccrual loans generally are restored to an accrual basis when principal and interest payments become current or when the loan becomes well secured and is in the process of collection.

 

A loan is considered to be impaired, as defined by SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” when it is probable that Mellon will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. We review all loans of $1 million or greater, or in the case of certain banking subsidiaries loans that are greater than $250 thousand, where there is a significant credit concern for potential impairment. An impairment reserve is then measured on the loans which meet the definition of an impaired loan per SFAS No. 114. Personal nonaccrual loans are not tested for impairment because they are included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that, by definition along with leases, are excluded from the scope of SFAS No. 114.

 

Impaired loans are required to be measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s initial effective interest rate, or at fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, an impairment reserve is established for the difference. The impairment reserve is established by either an allocation of the reserve for credit losses or by a provision for credit losses. Impairment reserves are not needed when the recorded investment in an impaired loan is less than the loan valuation.

 

Loan securitizations

 

Insurance premium finance receivables are sold in securitizations. In prior years, automobile loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity installment loans and jumbo residential mortgages were also sold in securitizations. Mellon retains servicing assets, cash reserve accounts and/or interest-only strips, all of which are considered retained interests in securitized receivables. The gain or loss on the sale of the receivables depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer, which is allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. Fair values are obtained by using quoted market prices if available.

 

When quoted market prices are not available for retained interests, Mellon estimates fair values based on the present value of expected cash flows, which are estimated using our best estimates of various key assumptions such as credit losses, prepayment speeds and discount rates commensurate

 

70

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

with the risks involved. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to estimated net servicing fee revenue and are periodically reviewed for impairment. The servicing revenue is recognized in financing-related revenue. Interest-only strips are recorded as securities available for sale with mark-to-market adjustments recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive results. Declines in carrying value which are determined to be other-than-temporary are immediately charged as a loss on securities.

 

Reserve for loan losses and reserve for unfunded commitments

 

The reserve for loan losses, shown as a valuation allowance to loans, and the liability reserve for unfunded commitments are referred to as Mellon’s reserve for credit exposure. The accounting policy for the determination of the adequacy of the reserve has been identified as a “critical accounting policy” as it requires us to make numerous complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain.

 

The reserve for loan losses is maintained to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date based on our judgment. The reserve determination methodology is designed to provide procedural discipline in assessing the appropriateness of the reserve. This methodology is based substantially upon risk-weighted historical experience in the portfolio, but also includes loan-by-loan reviews as well as a review by portfolio. Qualitative factors that influence inherent losses and are considered in the establishment of reserves include:

 

    historical experience;

 

    strategies for management of nonperforming loans;

 

    portfolio volume, quality, maturity and composition;

 

    current economic conditions; and

 

    other current factors.

 

Credit losses are charged against the reserve. Recoveries are added to the reserve.

 

The methodology for determining the liability for unfunded commitments considers the same factors as the reserve for loan losses, as well as an estimate of the probability of drawdown, correlated to the credit risk rating of the commitment.

 

Acquired property

 

Property acquired in connection with loan settlements, including real estate acquired, is stated at the lower of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell or the carrying amount of the loan. Acquired property is reported in other assets.

 

Premises and equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, limited in the case of leasehold improvements to the lease term, using the straight-line method.

 

Mellon capitalizes costs relating to acquired software and internal-use software development projects that provide new or significantly improved functionality. We capitalize projects that are expected to result in longer term operational benefits, such as replacement systems or new applications that result in significantly increased operational efficiencies or incremental revenues.

 

Identified intangible assets and goodwill

 

Identified intangible assets with estimable lives are amortized in a pattern consistent with the assets’ identifiable cash flows or using a straight-line method over their remaining estimated benefit periods if the pattern of cash flows is not estimable. Intangible assets with estimable lives are reviewed for possible impairment when events or changed circumstances may affect the underlying basis of the asset. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are assessed at least annually for impairment, generally based on discounted cash flows.

 

Income taxes

 

Deferred taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of existing differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax laws

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   71


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

and rates. Mellon files a consolidated federal income tax return.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense accounts are translated monthly at month-end rates of exchange. Transaction gains and losses are included in the income statement. Translation gains and losses on investments in foreign entities with functional currencies that are not the U.S. dollar are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments in other comprehensive results.

 

Fee revenue

 

Trust and investment fees are reported net of fees waived and expense reimbursements to certain mutual funds. Investment management performance fees earned under a contractual formula are recognized in the period in which the performance fees are earned and become determinable. Fees on standby letters of credit are recognized over the commitment term in fee revenue, while fees on commercial letters of credit, because of their short-term nature, are recognized when received in fee revenue.

 

Mellon recognizes fee revenue earned under its outsourcing contracts, which generally have a three-to five-year contractual term, as services are provided. We recognize revenue from non-refundable, up-front implementation fees using a straight-line method, commencing in the period the ongoing services are performed through the expected term of the contractual relationship. Incremental direct set-up costs of implementation, up to the related implementation fee or minimum fee revenue amount, are deferred and amortized over the same period that the related implementation fees are recognized. If a client terminates an outsourcing contract prematurely, the unamortized deferred incremental direct set-up costs and the unamortized deferred up-front implementation fees related to that contract are recognized in the period the contract is terminated. Consulting fee revenue is recognized as the services are provided. Fees for other services generally are recognized over the periods in which the related services are provided.

 

Pensions

 

Mellon provides pension benefits to substantially all of its salaried employees through its noncontributory, defined benefit pension plans. Employees are provided benefits that are based upon the employees’ years of service and compensation. The prepaid pension benefit is reported in other assets. The unfunded pension liability is recorded in other liabilities. Net periodic expense or benefit credits are recognized in staff expense. Mellon’s accounting policy regarding pensions has been identified as a “critical accounting policy” as it is regarded to be critical to the presentation of our financial statements since it requires management to make numerous complex and subjective assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. For further discussion of our pension accounting policy, see pages 93 and 94 of this report.

 

Severance

 

Mellon provides displacement benefits through the Mellon Financial Corporation Displacement Program to eligible employees displaced from their jobs for business reasons not related to individual performance. Basic displacement benefits are based on the employee’s years of continuous benefited service. Extended displacement benefits are based on salary grade and are available to eligible displaced employees who have not commenced other employment prior to exhausting their basic displacement benefits pay. Displacement expense is recorded when management commits to an action that will result in displacement and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated.

 

Derivative instruments used for risk management purposes

 

Mellon enters into derivative instruments to manage its sensitivity to interest rate, currency and credit risk. This is accomplished by using these instruments to offset the inherent price, interest rate or currency risk of specific balance sheet assets or liabilities. Qualifying instruments are designated as hedges on the trade date. All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair values. The fair value of contracts in a gain position is reported on the balance sheet in other assets and

 

72

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

the fair value of contracts in a loss position is reported in other liabilities. In cases where counterparty netting agreements exist, only the net gain or loss on all eligible contracts with such counterparty is reported on the balance sheet. Derivatives designated as a hedge of changes in the fair value of an asset or liability or of a firm commitment attributable to a specified risk are considered to be fair value hedges. Derivatives designated as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to an asset or liability are considered to be cash flow hedges. Derivatives can also be designated as foreign currency, fair value and cash flow hedges, and as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive results, and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods as the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are highly effective and qualify as foreign currency hedges are recorded in either current period earnings or other comprehensive results, depending on whether the hedge transaction meets the criteria for a fair value or a cash flow hedge. If, however, a derivative or non-derivative financial instrument that may result in foreign currency transaction gains or losses is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the changes in fair value of the derivative or the foreign currency transaction, to the extent the hedge is effective, are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments within other comprehensive results. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify as hedges are recorded in current period earnings.

 

Mellon formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. A formal assessment, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing quarterly basis, is performed to determine whether the derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether they are expected to continue to be highly effective in future periods.

 

When it is determined that a derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued. Hedge accounting is also discontinued when:

    the derivative instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised;

 

    is no longer designated as a hedge instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur;

 

    a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or

 

    management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.

 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative instrument will be either terminated, continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value or redesignated as the hedging instrument in either a cash flow or fair value hedge, if the relationship meets all applicable hedging criteria. Any asset or liability that was previously recorded as a result of recognizing the value of a firm commitment will be removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss in current period earnings. Any gains or losses that were recorded in other comprehensive results from hedging a forecasted transaction will be recognized immediately in current period earnings, if it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur.

 

For further discussion of hedging activity during 2002 through 2004, see the “Fair value hedges,” “Cash flow hedges” and “Hedges of net investment in foreign operations” sections on page 46 of this report. The information in those sections is

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   73


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Derivative instruments used for trading activities

 

We enter into various derivative instruments to accommodate our customers and for our proprietary trading activities. Derivative instruments that are based on specific market indices are also used to manage risk in other portfolios, such as start-up mutual fund investments. In addition, we enter into credit default swaps, which allow the transfer of credit risk from one party to another for a fee. These swaps, which do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes, are used to hedge credit risk associated with commercial lending activities. Realized and unrealized changes in the fair value of derivative instruments used for trading activities are recognized in the income statement in foreign exchange trading revenue and other revenue in the period in which the changes occur. The fair value of contracts used for proprietary trading activities is reported as other assets or other liabilities. In cases where counterparty netting agreements exist, only the net gain or loss on all eligible contracts with such counterparty is reported on the balance sheet.

 

Statement of cash flows

 

For the purpose of reporting cash flows, Mellon has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash and due from banks. Cash flows from assets and liabilities that have an original maturity date of three months or less generally are reported on a net basis. Cash flows from assets and liabilities that have an original maturity date greater than three months generally are reported on a gross basis. Cash flows from hedging activities are classified in the same category as the items hedged.

 

Pro forma cost of stock options

 

Mellon maintains several stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described in Note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements. Prior to 2003, we accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost for stock options was reflected in net income prior to 2003, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Effective Jan. 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” prospectively for all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after Jan. 1, 2003. During 2004, options totaling 6,438,664 were granted with a weighted-average fair value of $6.43. Stock option expense was determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and totaled $13 million after-tax in 2004 and $2 million after-tax in 2003.

 

As required to be disclosed by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of SFAS No. 123,” the following table illustrates the pro forma effect on income and earnings per share if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards in each period. Awards under our plans generally vest over periods of three or more years. Therefore, the cost related to stock-based employee compensation included in the determination of net income for 2004 is far less than that which would have been recognized if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards granted in prior periods.

 


Pro forma income from continuing operations                   
(in millions, except per share amounts)    2004     2003  (a)     2002  

Income as reported

   $ 800     $ 683     $ 670  

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense, using prospective method, included in reported net income, net of tax (b)

     32       18       16  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense, using retroactive restatement method, determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax (b)

     (55 )     (52 )     (56 )


Pro forma income

   $ 777     $ 649     $ 630  


Earnings per share:

                        

Basic - as reported

   $ 1.91     $ 1.60     $ 1.54  

Basic - pro forma

   $ 1.85     $ 1.52     $ 1.44  

Diluted - as reported

   $ 1.89     $ 1.59     $ 1.53  

Diluted - pro forma

   $ 1.83     $ 1.51     $ 1.44  

 

(a) Before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in the first quarter of 2003.

 

(b) Reported and pro forma results include compensation expense for restricted stock awards, net of tax, of $19 million for 2004, $16 million for 2003 and $16 million for 2002.

 

74

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions which can materially affect fair value estimates. Therefore, this model does not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of Mellon’s stock options or Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) shares. The fair value of each stock option granted in 2004, 2003 and 2002 and ESPP shares in 2002 was estimated on the date of the grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Expected dividend yields

   2.3 %   2.1 %   1.7 %

Risk-free interest rates

   3.8 %   3.4 %   3.4 %

Expected volatility

   22 %   27 %   33 %

Expected lives of options

   5.5 yr.   5.5 yr.   5.7 yr.

 

2. Adoption of new accounting standards

 

FIN 46 and FIN 46 Revised

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” The application of this Interpretation was immediate for variable interest entities (VIEs) created after Jan. 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, revised December 2003 (FIN 46 Revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This Interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of VIEs. A VIE is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other legal structure that is used to conduct activities or hold assets that, by design, cannot support its financial activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties or whose equity investors, if any, do not have:

 

    the ability to make decisions about its activities through voting or similar rights;

 

    the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity; or

 

    the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity.

 

An entity is also considered a VIE if its equity investors have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and the activities of the entity are conducted on behalf of an equity investor with a disproportionately small voting interest. FIN 46 Revised requires a VIE to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the party that holds variable interests that expose it to a majority of the entity’s expected losses and/or residual returns.

 

Our primary banking subsidiary, Mellon Bank, N.A. (the Bank) has a referral relationship with Three Rivers Funding Corporation (TRFC), a special purpose entity that issues commercial paper. TRFC is owned by an independent third party and is not a subsidiary of either the Bank or Mellon. Its financial results are not included in the financial statements of the Bank or Mellon. TRFC sold subordinated notes to an unrelated third party in 2003, and as a result of that sale, Mellon is not the “primary beneficiary” of TRFC, as defined by FIN 46 Revised. For more information on TRFC, see Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

 

On Jan. 1, 2003, Mellon adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” SFAS No. 143 requires an entity to record a liability for an obligation associated with the retirement of an asset and for certain lease transaction obligations at the time the liability is incurred by capitalizing the cost and depreciating it over the remaining useful life of that asset. The initial application of SFAS No. 143 was reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the income statement. Mellon recognized a one-time after-tax charge of $7 million, or $.01 per share (pre-tax cost of $11 million), in the first quarter of 2003, for the establishment of a liability for obligations to restore leased facilities, principally outside the U.S., to their original condition at the end of the leases. The annual ongoing impact of this accounting standard, based on leases presently in effect, is an increase in occupancy expense of approximately $2 million pre-tax. The pro forma effect on prior periods of the adoption of this statement would not have been material to either the income statement or balance sheet.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   75


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

3. Contingent and deferred consideration related to acquisitions

 

Mellon completed the following acquisitions during 2004, for a total cost of $208 million, paid in cash. Goodwill and intangibles related to these acquisitions total $183 million:

 

Institutional Asset Management

 

    70% of Pareto Partners that we did not previously own

 

    Evaluation Associates Capital Markets

 

Mutual Funds

 

    Bear Stearns funds

 

Private Wealth Management

 

    Safeco Trust Company

 

    Paragon Asset Management Company

 

    The Providence Group

 

Human Resources & Investor Solutions

 

    Talking People Limited

 

Treasury Services

 

    SourceNet Solutions, Inc.

 

Additional consideration for prior acquisitions of $27 million was paid in 2004 including a deferred consideration cash payment of $12.5 million for Standish Mellon, discussed below, and approximately $2 million paid with Mellon’s common stock.

 

We record contingent purchase payments when amounts are determinable and become issuable. Amounts generally become determinable, and issuable when an acquisition reaches a certain level of performance. At Dec. 31, 2004, we are potentially obligated to pay contingent additional consideration of a maximum expected amount of approximately $123 million for all acquisitions, over the next 6 years. None of the potential contingent additional consideration was recorded as goodwill at Dec. 31, 2004. In addition, we are obligated to pay deferred consideration in equal annual installments of $12.5 million for a total of $50 million, for the Standish Mellon acquisition. The second installment was paid in 2004 with a remaining obligation of $25 million. The $47 million net present value of this obligation was recorded as additional goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2002.

 

Mellon owns 70% of Mellon Financial Services Asset Management S.A., a Brazilian institutional asset management and asset servicing company. The minority interest owners have attempted to exercise certain “put” rights, which obligate our subsidiary to purchase the remaining 30% of the company. The purchase price, as defined, is based on the levels of assets under management and administration, among other things. The minority interest owners and Mellon disagree on the computation of the purchase price. This dispute is in binding arbitration. We offered $4 million for the remaining 30% of the company and the minority interest owners made an initial request of $42 million.

 

4. Discontinued operations

 

In the fourth quarter of 2004, we adopted discontinued operations accounting for certain businesses in Australia. Mellon sold its business providing comprehensive multi-manager defined contribution services to the intermediary market, as it was deemed that this business had insufficient scale to compete in the marketplace. In addition, Mellon’s Australian consulting and administration business is expected to be sold in 2005. The nature of significant changes to the superannuation industry in Australia has led us to reconsider the appropriateness of continuing this business. In 2004, these businesses generated $34 million of revenue, primarily trust and investment fee revenue, and $33 million of operating expenses for $1 million of pre-tax income. In addition, a pre-tax net loss of $18 million was recorded resulting from the sale of the defined contribution services business and from recording a goodwill and intangible impairment loss and other expenses for the consulting and administration business not yet sold at year-end. These businesses had been primarily included in the Institutional Asset Management sector.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2003, Mellon adopted discontinued operations accounting for the fixed income trading business of Mellon Investor Services, which was sold to Bonds Direct Securities LLC, a majority owned subsidiary of Jefferies Group, Inc., in December 2003. As part of Mellon’s

 

76

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

streamlining of the organizational structure of the HR&IS sector, it was decided that this business was no longer consistent with the sector’s strategic objectives. Securities and other assets not purchased by Bonds Direct Securities totaled $187 million at Dec. 31, 2003 and were sold in 2004. In 2003 this business generated $4 million of net interest revenue, $12 million of securities trading gains and $18 million of operating expenses, for a $2 million pre-tax loss. A gain of less than $1 million was recorded on this transaction.

 

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, reflected as discontinued operations in all income statements presented are:

 

    the results of the Australian defined contribution services business and consulting and administration businesses;

 

    the results of the fixed income trading business; and

 

    residual activity from the lines of business servicing retail consumer and small business/middle market customers that were exited in 2001 and 2002.

 

Because the lines of business included in discontinued operations were discrete lines of business serving classes of customers no longer served by Mellon’s continuing lines of business, the disposition of these businesses has no material impact on continuing operations going forward.

 

The after-tax losses from operations of $9 million in 2004 and $7 million in 2003 primarily resulted from the Australian businesses. The after-tax gain on disposals of $5 million in 2004 resulted from the favorable resolution of liability estimates made at the time of the sale of the discontinued businesses other than the Australian businesses discussed above, partially offset by a $2 million after-tax loss on the sale of the Australian defined contribution services business in the fourth quarter of 2004. The after-tax gain of $32 million in 2003 primarily related to an income tax benefit of $20 million based on the determination of the tax deductibility of a consolidated loss, relating to the sale of Dreyfus Brokerage Services, as well as the favorable resolution of estimates made at the time of the sale of other discontinued businesses. The after-tax gain of $12 million in 2002 primarily resulted from the resolution of sale-related issues that were uncertain at the time of the dispositions, and favorable customer retention.

 

All information in these Financial Statements and Notes reflects continuing operations, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in the first quarter of 2003, unless otherwise noted.

 


Discontinued operations assets and liabilities (a)           
(in millions)    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003

Trading account assets

   $ —       $ 155

Other assets

     40  (b)     32

Total assets

   $ 40     $ 187

Other borrowed funds

   $ 1     $ 151

Other liabilities

     14       1

Total liabilities

   $ 15     $ 152

 

(a) Revenue from discontinued operations totaled $35 million in 2004, $49 million in 2003 and $117 million in 2002.

 

(b) Includes $13 million of goodwill.

 

5. Cash and due from banks

 

Cash and due from banks includes reserve balances that Mellon’s subsidiary banks are required to maintain with a Federal Reserve bank. These required reserves are based primarily on deposits outstanding and were $270 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $233 million at Dec. 31, 2003. These balances averaged $211 million in 2004 and $193 million in 2003.

 

6. Securities

 

Gross realized gains were $9 million, $62 million and $59 million on sales of securities available for sale in 2004, 2003 and 2002. Gross realized losses on sales were $1 million in 2004 and less than $1 million in 2003 and 2002. After-tax net gains on the sales of securities were $6 million, $40 million and $38 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002. At Dec. 31, 2004, and Dec. 31, 2003, securities issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies and U.S. Government sponsored agencies (shown in the tables below) exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity. Also, at Dec. 31, 2004 securities issued by MASTR Adjustment Rate Mortgages Trust (included in other mortgage-backed securities in the table below) exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity, with a book

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   77


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

value of $501 million and a fair value of $496 million at Dec. 31, 2004.

 


Securities available for sale    Dec. 31, 2004

   Dec. 31, 2003

(in millions)    Amortized
cost
   Gross unrealized

   Fair
value
   Amortized
cost
   Gross unrealized

   Fair
value
      Gains    Losses          Gains    Losses   

Securities available for sale:

                                                       

U.S. Treasury

   $ 371    $ —      $ —      $ 371    $ 471    $ —      $ —      $ 471

Other U.S. agency

     1,335      1      15      1,321      5      1      —        6

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     743      16      2      757      547      13      3      557

Mortgage-backed securities:

                                                       

Federal agencies

     8,437      41      61      8,417      8,772      62      63      8,771

Other

     2,486      1      14      2,473      743      2      3      742

Total mortgage-backed securities

     10,923      42      75      10,890      9,515      64      66      9,513

Other

     37      —        —        37      145      —        2      143

Total securities available for sale

   $ 13,409    $ 59    $ 92    $ 13,376    $ 10,683    $ 78    $ 71    $ 10,690

 


Contractual maturity distribution of securities available for sale at Dec. 31, 2004  
(dollar amounts in millions)    U.S.
Treasury
    Other
U.S. agency
    Obligations
of states
and political
subdivisions
    Mortgage-backed

    Other
securities
    Total
securities
available
for sale
 
         Federal
agencies
    Other      

Within one year

                                                        

Amortized cost

   $ 369     $ 1       —         —         —       $ 6     $ 376  

Fair value

   $ 369     $ 1       —         —         —       $ 6     $ 376  

Yield

     2.14 %     1.63 %     —         —         —         10.02 %     2.26 %

1 to 5 years

                                                        

Amortized cost

   $ 2     $ 884     $ 4       —         —       $ 26     $ 916  

Fair value

   $ 2     $ 873     $ 4       —         —       $ 26     $ 905  

Yield

     2.30 %     3.18 %     3.51 %     —         —         3.69 %     3.18 %

5 to 10 years

                                                        

Amortized cost

     —       $ 450     $ 39       —         —       $ 4     $ 493  

Fair value

     —       $ 447     $ 40       —         —       $ 4     $ 491  

Yield

     —         3.88 %     7.09 %     —         —         4.86 %     4.14 %

Over 10 years

                                                        

Amortized cost

     —         —       $ 700       —         —       $ 1     $ 701  

Fair value

     —         —       $ 713       —         —       $ 1     $ 714  

Yield

     —         —         7.16 %     —         —         5.69 %     7.16 %

Mortgage-backed securities

                                                        

Amortized cost

     —         —         —       $ 8,437     $ 2,486       —       $ 10,923  

Fair value

     —         —         —       $ 8,417     $ 2,473       —       $ 10,890  

Yield

     —         —         —         3.81 %     3.36 %     —         3.70 %


Total amortized cost

   $ 371     $ 1,335     $ 743     $ 8,437     $ 2,486     $ 37     $ 13,409  

Total fair value

   $ 371     $ 1,321     $ 757     $ 8,417     $ 2,473     $ 37       13,376  

Total yield

     2.14 %     3.42 %     7.14 %     3.81 %     3.36 %     6.13 %     3.83 %

Weighted average contractual years to maturity

     .61       4.96       15.71       —   (a)     —   (a)     4.65          

 

(a) The average expected lives of “Federal agencies mortgage-backed” and “Other mortgage-backed” securities were approximately 3.3 years and 2.0 years, respectively, at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

Note: Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Rates are calculated on a taxable equivalent basis using a 35% federal income tax rate.

 

78

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 


Investment securities (held to maturity)    Dec. 31, 2004

   Dec. 31, 2003

(in millions)    Amortized
cost
   Gross unrealized

   Fair
value
   Amortized
cost
   Gross unrealized

  

Fair

Value

      Gains    Losses          Gains    Losses   

Mortgage-backed securities:

                                                       

Federal agencies

   $ 162    $ 6    $ —      $ 168    $ 243    $ 11    $ —      $ 254

Other

     1      —        —        1      1      —        —        1

Total mortgage-backed securities

     163      6      —        169      244      11      —        255

Stock of Federal Reserve Bank

     47      —        —        47      53      —        —        53

Other securities

     1      —        —        1      —        —        —        —  

Total investment securities

   $ 211    $ 6    $ —      $ 217    $ 297    $ 11    $ —      $ 308

 


Contractual maturity distribution of investment securities (held to maturity) at Dec. 31, 2004

 

 
(dollar amounts in millions)    Mortgage-backed

    Stock of
Federal
Reserve
Bank  (a)
    Other
securities
   Total
investment
securities
 
   Federal
agencies
    Other         

5 to 10 years

                                       

Amortized cost

     —         —         —       $ 1    $ 1  

Fair value

     —         —         —       $ 1    $ 1  

Yield

     —         —         —         N/M      N/M  

Over 10 years

                                       

Amortized cost

     —         —       $ 47       —      $ 47  

Fair value

     —         —       $ 47       —      $ 47  

Yield

     —         —         6.00 %     —        6.00 %

Mortgage-backed securities

                                       

Amortized cost

   $ 162     $ 1       —         —      $ 163  

Fair value

   $ 168     $ 1       —         —      $ 169  

Yield

     5.69 %     3.60 %     —         —        5.67 %


Total amortized cost

   $ 162     $ 1     $ 47     $ 1    $ 211  

Total fair value

   $ 168     $ 1     $ 47     $ 1    $ 217  

Total yield

     5.69 %     3.60 %     6.00 %     N/M      5.75 %

Weighted average contractual years to maturity

     —   (b)     —   (b)     —         8.96         


 

(a) No stated maturity.

 

(b) The average expected lives of “Federal agencies mortgage-backed” and “Other mortgage-backed” securities were approximately 2.9 years and 4.1 years, respectively, at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

Note: Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Rates are calculated on a taxable equivalent basis using a 35% federal income tax rate.

 

N/M - Not meaningful

 

Pledged assets

 

Securities available for sale, investment securities, trading account securities and loans with book values of $13.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2004 and $8.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2003 were pledged to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. The collateral received from or provided to third parties under resale or repurchase agreements can be sold or repledged by the holder of the collateral. The fair value of collateral received totaled $277 million and the fair value of collateral provided totaled $271 million, under these agreements at Dec. 31, 2004. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained from, or requested to be returned to, Mellon as deemed appropriate.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

79


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Temporarily impaired securities

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair values of Mellon’s investments, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.

 


Temporarily impaired securities at Dec. 31, 2004    Less than 12
months


   12 months or more

   Total

(in millions)    Fair
value
   Unrealized
losses
   Fair
value
   Unrealized
losses
   Fair
value
   Unrealized
losses

Other U.S. agency

   $ 1,115    $ 15    $  —      $ —      $ 1,115    $ 15

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     48      1      51      1      99      2

Mortgage-backed securities:

                                         

Federal agencies

     3,756      57      118      4      3,874      61

Other

     1,570      13      89      1      1,659      14

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 6,489    $ 86    $ 258    $ 6    $ 6,747    $ 92

 

The unrealized loss of $92 million was entirely related to interest rates. Nearly all of the securities with unrealized losses are AAA rated or carry government agency guarantees. Approximately 93% of these 653 investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. Management believes the collection of the contractual principal and interest is probable and therefore all unrealized losses are considered to be temporary. As shown on pages 78 and 79, unrealized gains totaled $65 million in the available-for-sale and investment portfolios at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, Mellon had approximately $132 million of investments that were accounted for under the cost method of accounting. These investments are reflected in other assets on the balance sheet and include our indirect interest in Shinsei Bank, Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and housing partnerships as well as a number of investments in trade or clearing associations. They are tested for impairment at least semi-annually.

 

7. Loans

 

For details of loans outstanding at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, see the 2004 and 2003 columns of the “Composition of loan portfolio at year-end” table on page 37. The information in those columns is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

For details of nonperforming and past-due loans at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, see the amounts in the 2004 and 2003 columns of the “Nonperforming assets at year-end” table on page 39 and the first sentence on page 40. The information in those columns is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements. For details on impaired loans at Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, see the amounts in the “Impaired loans” table on page 39. The information in that table is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements. There was no foregone interest on restructured loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Loan securitizations

 

In 2004, Mellon securitized insurance premium finance loans which totaled $800 million, recognizing a net pre-tax gain of $3 million that was recorded in financing-related revenue.

 

In 2003, we securitized insurance premium finance loans, which at Dec. 31, 2003 exchange rates, totaled $154 million (or Canadian dollar 200 million), recognizing a net pre-tax gain of $2 million that was recorded in financing-related revenue.

 

In 2002, we securitized $440 million of insurance premium finance loans in a three year revolver and $512 million of jumbo residential mortgage loans.

 

80

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

In 2002, we recognized a net pre-tax gain of $1 million on the securitization of the insurance premium finance loans and a net pre-tax gain of $2 million on the securitization of jumbo residential mortgage loans. These gains were recorded in financing-related revenue.

 

Mellon has retained servicing responsibilities and retained subordinated interests in home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and insurance premium financing securitizations as well as servicing responsibilities for home equity installment loans (HEIL) and jumbo residential mortgages securitizations. We receive annual servicing fees of 0.25% or 0.375% for mortgage loans, 0.5% for HELOC and insurance premium finance loans, and 0.41% for the HEIL loans, of the outstanding balance. We receive excess servicing fees after the investors in the securitization trust have received the return for which they contracted. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to Mellon’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. Our retained interests are subordinate to investor’s interests. Their value is subject to credit, prepayment, and interest rate risks on the transferred financial assets.

 

Key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests on the date of securitization in 2004 for the insurance premium finance loans were as follows: a monthly prepayment rate of 2%; a weighed average life of .3 years; expected annual credit losses of .4%; and residual cash flows discounted at 12%.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests in securitizations are reflected in the following table and paragraph:

 


Assumptions    HELOC loans
Dec. 31,
    Automobile loans
Dec. 31,
    Jumbo residential
mortgage loans  (a)
Dec. 31,
   

Insurance premium
finance loans

Dec. 31,

 
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  

Carrying amount/fair value of retained interests

   $ 3     $ 14     $ —       $ 2     $ 6     $ 9     $ 30     $ 30  

Weighted-average life (in years)

     1.0       1.5       —         .6       2.6       4.4       .3       .3  

Prepayment speed assumption (annual rate)

     40 %     46 %     —   %     62 %     24 %     24 %     2 %     2 %

Expected credit losses (annual rate)

     .1 %     .1 %     —   %     3.65 %     —         —         .4 %     .4 %

Residual cash flows discount rate (annual)

     9 %     9 %     —   %     10 %     N/A       N/A       12 %     12 %

 

(a) The fair value of the servicing assets related to the jumbo residential mortgage securitizations was $14 million at both Dec. 31, 2004 and Dec. 31, 2003.

 

N/A - Not applicable

 

The current fair values of the retained interests are sensitive to changes in the assumptions shown in the table above. The sensitivity to an immediate adverse change of 10% to 20% in those assumptions would result in a less than $3 million decrease in each of the fair values.

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on different variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, as with jumbo residential mortgages, increases in the market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

81


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Actual and projected static pool credit losses at Dec. 31, 2004, for the securitized HELOC loans are .28%. Credit losses on the insurance premium finance and jumbo residential mortgage loans have been and are expected to be minimal. Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets.

 


Cash flows received from and paid to securitized trusts               
     Year ended Dec. 31,
(in millions)    2004    2003    2002

Proceeds from new securitizations

   $ 800    $ 136    $ 952

Proceeds from collections reinvested in prior securitizations

     3,111      3,614      3,276

Servicing fees received

     16      31      50

Other cash flows received on retained interests (a)

     37      37      34

Servicing advances

     —        —        2

Repayment of servicing advances

     —        —        2

 

(a) Represents total cash flows received from retained interests by Mellon other than servicing fees. Other cash flows include, for example, all cash flows from interest-only strips and cash above the minimum required level in cash collateral accounts.

 


Asset quality data    Total principal
amounts of
loans Dec. 31,
  

Principal amount of
loans 90 days or
more past due

Dec. 31,

  

Net credit losses

Dec. 31,

(in millions)    2004    2003    2004    2003    2004    2003    2002

Loans held in portfolio

   $ 575    $ 1,009    $ 5    $ 1    $ —      $ 1    $ 1

Loans securitized (a)

     3,196      3,580      10      26      2      5      7

Total loans managed or securitized (a)

   $ 3,771    $ 4,589    $ 15    $ 27    $ 2    $ 6    $ 8

 

(a) Excludes interest-only strips and servicing rights (or other retained interests) held for securitized assets.

 

Referral arrangements with Three Rivers Funding Corp. (TRFC), an asset-backed commercial paper entity

 

Mellon’s primary banking subsidiary, Mellon Bank, N.A. (the Bank) has a referral relationship with TRFC, a special purpose entity that issues commercial paper. TRFC is owned by an independent third party and is not a subsidiary of either the Bank or Mellon. Its financial results are not included in the financial statements of the Bank or Mellon. TRFC sold subordinated notes to an unrelated third party in 2003, and as a result of that sale, Mellon is not the “primary beneficiary” of TRFC, as defined by FIN 46 Revised. TRFC was formed in 1990 and can issue up to $5 billion of commercial paper to make loans secured by, and to purchase, pools of receivables. The Bank operates as a referral agent and refers transactions to TRFC as well as providing all administrative services.

 

Every transaction in TRFC is structured to provide substantial loss protection and minimize credit risk. Transactions are overcollateralized with customer receivables and structured to the equivalent of an investment grade credit rating before consideration of any liquidity or credit support by the Bank. By agreement, liquidity support is provided by the Bank up to the full amount of commercial paper outstanding. Such liquidity is provided through transaction specific funding agreements for individual sales of receivables from third parties. The Bank is obligated to provide liquidity support if collections on receivable pools are not sufficient to cover associated commercial paper that has matured and the receivables related to maturing commercial paper or proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper are insufficient to pay maturing commercial paper related to a specific third party seller (not the Bank). An obligation to make purchases under the funding agreements continues as long as TRFC is not bankrupt and the amount of the purchase does

 

82

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

not exceed the available liquidity commitment. Liquidity support is also provided in the event of noncredit-related operational reasons, or if there were to be a systemic issue with the commercial paper market that would prevent the rollover of commercial paper. Finally, the Bank has also provided a letter of credit for TRFC in support of the commercial paper issued. The maximum exposure for the letter of credit is the lesser of $400 million or 8% of the outstanding commercial paper. A drawing under the letter of credit would occur only after the first loss credit enhancement, provided by a third party seller (not the Bank), built into each transaction is completely exhausted and there are not sufficient funds available from the liquidity providers to repay maturing commercial paper. The facilities that provide liquidity and credit support to TRFC are included in the Off-balance-sheet financial instruments with contract amounts that represent credit risk table in Note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements. The estimated liability for losses related to these arrangements, if any, is included in the reserve for unfunded commitments.

 

Fee revenue of $2 million was received from this entity in 2004 compared with $5 million in 2003, for the services and the liquidity and credit support facilities. Liquidity facility fees are determined by the structure of the transaction and the underlying credit risk. The calculation of the liquidity fee under each funding agreement is based on the outstanding amount of the commercial paper associated with each transaction in TRFC. Pricing on the TRFC letter of credit is based on the same criteria used by the Bank for standby letters of credit of similar risk characteristics. The calculation of the letter of credit fee is based on the aggregate amount of TRFC commercial paper outstanding reduced by the amount of commercial paper outstanding in connection with those transactions structured to the equivalent of a “AA” rating or higher. Fee revenue is recognized in the month the fees are earned.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, TRFC’s receivables and commercial paper outstanding each totaled $623 million, compared with $822 million at Dec 31, 2003. A letter of credit provided by the Bank in support of TRFC’s commercial paper totaled $50 million at Dec. 31, 2004, compared with $67 million at Dec. 31, 2003. Mellon’s maximum loss exposure related to TRFC, which is required to be disclosed under FIN 46, is the full amount of the liquidity facility, or $623 million, at Dec. 31, 2004. However, the probability of this loss scenario is remote as it would mean that all of TRFC’s receivables were wholly uncollectible. Since TRFC’s formation in 1990, the Bank has not been required to fund under any liquidity support or under the letter of credit. In addition, the Bank has never purchased a receivable from TRFC or recorded a credit loss related to its relationship with TRFC.

 

8. Reserve for credit exposure

 

For details of the reserve for credit exposure, see the 2004, 2003 and 2002 columns of the “Reserve for unfunded commitments” table on page 40 and the “Loan loss reserve activity” table on page 41. The information in those columns is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

9. Premises and equipment

 


Premises and equipment    Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003  

Land

   $ 24     $ 24  

Buildings

     256       261  

Equipment

     906       855  

Leasehold improvements (a)

     319       263  


Subtotal

     1,505       1,403  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (817 )     (735 )


Total premises and equipment (b)

   $ 688     $ 668   (c)


 

(a) Includes $8 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, related to the adoption of SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.”

 

(b) Includes $175 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $177 million at Dec. 31, 2003 net book values for purchased and internally developed capitalized software, which is recorded as equipment. Amortization expense of this software totaled $52 million, $47 million and $39 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

(c) Includes capital leases for premises and equipment at a net book value of less than $1 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Rental expense was $153 million, $173 million and $163 million, net of related sublease revenue of $24 million, $22 million and $24 million, in 2004, 2003 and 2002. Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $144 million, $146 million and $136 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002. Maintenance,

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

83


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

repairs and utilities expenses totaled $120 million, $116 million and $108 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2004, Mellon executed a new lease on its Corporate headquarters building at One Mellon Center in Pittsburgh, through 2028. As of Dec. 31, 2004, Mellon and its subsidiaries are obligated under noncancelable leases with expiration dates through 2028. A summary of the future minimum rental payments under noncancelable leases, net of related sublease revenue totaling $120 million, is as follows: 2005—$185 million; 2006—$178 million; 2007—$168 million; 2008—$171 million; 2009—$107 million; and 2010 through 2028—$911 million.

 

10. Goodwill and intangible assets

 

The increase in goodwill was primarily due to acquisitions and the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar-denominated goodwill in Newton Management Limited. Goodwill was impacted by the completion of the following acquisitions this year, by sector:

 

    Institutional Asset Management

 

    Remaining 70% interest in Pareto Partners ($45 million)

 

    Evaluation Associates Capital Markets ($36 million);

 

    Private Wealth Management

 

    The Providence Group ($10 million)

 

    Safeco Trust Company ($4 million)

 

    Paragon Asset Management Company ($2 million);

 

    HR&IS

 

    Talking People Limited ($1 million); and

 

    Treasury Services

 

    SourceNet Solutions, Inc. ($24 million).

 

In addition, a goodwill impairment loss of $8 million was recorded in other expense on a small non-strategic business that we exited. No charges for goodwill impairment were recognized in 2003 or 2002.

 


Goodwill    Institutional
Asset
Management
    Mutual
Funds
   Private
Wealth
Management
   Asset
Servicing
   HR&IS     Treasury
Services
   Other
Activity
    Total  
(in millions)                     


Balance at Dec. 31, 2003

   $ 737     $ 242    $ 335    $ 275    $ 413     $ 192    $ —       $ 2,194  

Goodwill from acquisitions

     81       —        16      —        1       24      —         122  

Impairment losses

     —         —        —        —        —         —        (8 )     (8 )

Other (a)

     30       —        14      —        (6 )     —        8       46  

Discontinued operations (b)

     (33 )     —        —        —        —         —        —         (33 )


Balance at Dec. 31, 2004

   $ 815     $ 242    $ 365    $ 275    $ 408     $ 216    $ —       $ 2,321  


 

(a) Other changes in goodwill include the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated goodwill, purchase price adjustments and certain other reclassifications, as well as the reclassification of the goodwill of a small non-strategic business from the HR&IS sector to the Other Activity sector.

 

(b) Reflects the goodwill of the discontinued businesses in Australia, which includes an impairment writedown of $11 million and a reduction due to sales of $9 million.

 

84

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Acquired intangible assets

 


Acquired intangible assets    Dec. 31, 2004

   Dec. 31, 2003

 
(dollar amounts in millions)    Gross
carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
    Remaining
weighted-
average
amortization
period
   Gross
carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
 

Subject to amortization:

                                   

Customer base

   $ 104    $ (22 )   7 yrs.    $ 49    $ (12 )

Technology based

     45      (14 )   7 yrs.      45      (10 )

Premium on deposits

     35      (27 )   3 yrs.      35      (24 )

Other

     12      (8 )   6 yrs.      12      (5 )


Total subject to amortization (a)

   $ 196    $ (71 )   7 yrs.    $ 141    $ (51 )


Not subject to amortization:

                                   

Investment management contractual relationships

     20      N/A     N/A      10      N/A  


Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 216    $ (71 )   N/A    $ 151    $ (51 )


 

(a) Includes the foreign exchange effects on non-U.S. dollar-denominated intangible assets.

 

N/A - Not applicable.

 

During 2004, the gross carrying amount of intangible assets subject to amortization increased by $55 million due primarily to the acquisitions of the remaining 70% of Pareto Partners and Evaluation Associates Capital Markets and the effect of foreign exchange rates on a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by a less than $1 million impairment writedown related to discontinued operations for the businesses in Australia. Approximately $55 million, with a weighted-average amortization of 9 years, was assigned to the customer base intangibles. We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense totaled $21 million in 2004, $18 million in 2003 and $14 million in 2002.

 

Based upon the current level of intangible assets, the estimated annual amortization expense for 2005 through 2010 is as follows:

 

Year


   Estimated
amortization
expense
(in millions)


2005

   $ 24

2006

     22

2007

     21

2008

     18

2009

     13

2010

     10

 

During 2004, intangible assets not subject to amortization increased $10 million due to the Bear Stearns funds acquisition.

 

Mellon adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” as of Jan. 1, 2002. SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives acquired in business combinations completed before July 1, 2001, were amortized through the end of 2001.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, $1.458 billion of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is tax deductible and $1.008 billion is non-tax deductible.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

85


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

11. Other assets

 


Other assets    Dec. 31,
(in millions)    2004     2003

Corporate/bank-owned life insurance

   $ 1,831     $ 1,699

Receivables related to foreign exchange and derivative instruments (a)

     1,006       1,117

Prepaid pension assets

     1,050       1,010

Equity investments and mezzanine financings

     654  (b)     663

Equity in joint ventures and other investments (c)

     313       337

Other prepaid expenses

     142       144

Receivables and other assets

     972       951

Total other assets

   $ 5,968     $ 5,921

 

(a) Reflects credit risk associated with interest rate swaps used to manage interest rate risk and derivatives used for trading activities. Credit risk associated with these instruments results from mark-to-market gains and interest receivables and is calculated after considering master netting agreements, which are generally applicable to derivative instruments used for both trading activities and risk management purposes.

 

(b) Beginning in 2004, includes $36 million of venture capital direct mezzanine investments in the form of subordinated debt that had previously been included in commercial and financial loans. Prior periods were not reclassified.

 

(c) Relates to operating joint ventures and other investments including CIBC Mellon Global Securities Services Company, ABN AMRO Mellon Global Securities Services B.V., CIBC Mellon Trust Company, Russell/Mellon, Banco Brascan, various HR&IS joint ventures, and Pareto Partners (at Dec. 31, 2003).

 

12. Deposits

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater was approximately $2.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, and $1.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, the scheduled maturities of time deposits for the years 2005 through 2009, and 2010 and thereafter are as follows: $1.963 billion, $45 million, $57 million, $21 million, $17 million and $21 million, respectively.

 

13. Revolving credit agreement

 

In 2004, the Parent Corporation signed a one-year $200 million revolving credit agreement with Mellon Bank, N.A., Mellon’s primary bank subsidiary. It serves as a support facility for commercial paper and for general corporate purposes and expires in June 2005. The credit facility has several restrictions, including a minimum 6% consolidated Tier I ratio and a 1.30 maximum double leverage limitation. At Dec. 31, 2004, Mellon was in compliance with all of the restrictions. In addition, any borrowings are to be collateralized with eligible assets of non-bank subsidiaries of the Corporation. No borrowings were made under this facility in 2004 or any facility in 2003. In addition, a foreign subsidiary of Mellon signed a $1 million credit agreement with a foreign financial institution in 2004. There were no outstanding borrowings under this facility at Dec. 31, 2004. Commitment fees totaled less than $1 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002. There were no other credit facilities issued to subsidiaries of Mellon at Dec. 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

86

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

14. Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

 


Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year) at year-end (a)              
(in millions)    2004    2003

Parent Corporation:

             

3.25% Senior Notes due 2009

   $ 294    $ —  

4.875% Senior Notes due 2007

     410      422

5.00% Subordinated Notes due 2014

     400      396

5.50% Subordinated Notes due 2018

     256      251

6.00% Senior Notes due 2004

     —        201

6.375% Subordinated Debentures due 2010

     344      343

6.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (b)

     433      401

6.40% Subordinated Notes due 2011

     327      331

6.70% Subordinated Debentures due 2008

     248      248

7.50% Senior Notes due 2005

     307      323

Mellon Bank, N.A.:

             

Medium-Term Senior Bank Notes due 2005-2007 (1.40% to 8.55% at Dec. 31, 2004 and at Dec. 31, 2003)

     111      111

4.75% Subordinated Notes due 2014

     295      —  

6.50% Subordinated Notes due 2005

     257      267

7.00% Subordinated Notes due 2006

     311      325

7.375% Subordinated Notes due 2007

     323      339

7.625% Subordinated Notes due 2007

     251      251

Total notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

   $ 4,567    $ 4,209

 

(a) Amounts include the effect of fair value hedge adjustments.

 

(b) Amount was translated from Sterling into U.S. dollars on a basis of U.S. $1.93 to £1, the rate of exchange on Dec. 31, 2004, and on a basis of U.S. $1.79 to £1, the rate of exchange on Dec. 31, 2003.

 

At Dec. 31, 2004, the Parent Corporation had $1.45 billion of capacity to issue debt, equity and junior subordinated debentures on an existing shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In March 2004, Mellon issued $300 million of 3.25% senior notes maturing in 2009. In November 2004, Mellon Bank, N.A., issued $300 million of 4.75% subordinated notes maturing in December 2014.

 

The Mellon Bank, N.A., notes are subordinated to obligations to depositors and other creditors. The medium-term senior bank notes are subordinated to domestic depositors and are on par with other unsubordinated and unsecured creditors of Mellon Bank, N.A.

 

The aggregate amounts of notes and debentures (including the effect of fair value hedge adjustments) that mature during the five years 2005 through 2009 for Mellon are as follows: $666 million, $311 million, $993 million, $248 million and $294 million. The aggregate amounts of notes and debentures that mature during the five years 2005 through 2009 for Mellon Financial Corporation (Parent Corporation) are as follows: $307 million, $0 million, $410 million, $248 million and $294 million.

 

15. Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities (junior subordinated debentures)

 

Mellon established two statutory business trusts, Mellon Capital I and Mellon Capital II, of which Mellon owns all of the common capital securities. These trusts exist solely to issue guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Mellon’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. Prior to the adoption of FIN 46 Revised, at year-end 2003, for financial reporting purposes, the trusts were treated as subsidiaries and were consolidated into Mellon’s financial statements. The capital securities were presented as a separate line item on the consolidated balance sheet as “Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Mellon’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (trust-preferred securities),” and the retained common capital securities of the trusts were eliminated against our investment in the trusts. Distributions on the trust-preferred securities were reported as interest expense. The trusts have issued the trust-preferred securities and invested the net proceeds in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (junior subordinated debentures) issued to the trusts by Mellon.

 

At year-end 2003, upon the adoption of FIN 46 Revised, the trusts were deconsolidated. As a result, the junior subordinated debentures are reported on the consolidated balance sheet as “Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities.” We record interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures. We also recorded in Other assets the $31 million of common capital securities issued by the trusts. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the trusts.

 

Mellon has the right to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   87


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

years. If interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures are deferred, the distributions on the trust-preferred securities also are deferred. Interest on the junior subordinated debentures and distributions on the trust-preferred securities is cumulative. Mellon, through guarantees and agreements, has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the trusts’ obligations under the trust-preferred securities. The trust-preferred securities, less the common capital securities issued by the trusts, continue to qualify as Tier I capital.

 


Junior subordinated debentures

     Stated
maturity
   Dec. 31,
(in millions)       2004    2003

7.72% Series A (a)

   12/01/26    $ 544    $ 545

7.995% Series B

   1/15/27      513      512
         

  

Total

        $ 1,057    $ 1,057

 

(a) Amounts include the effect of fair value hedge adjustments.

 

The junior subordinated debentures were each issued for a face value of $515 million, pay interest semiannually, have a liquidation preference of $1,000.00 per security, and are reported net of issuance costs in the table above. The debentures are unsecured and subordinate to all of Mellon’s senior debt (as defined). The Series A and Series B securities are redeemable, in whole or in part, at Mellon’s option on or after Dec. 1, 2006 for the Series A and Jan. 15, 2007 for the Series B. They are also redeemable prior to those dates, in whole, within 90 days following receipt of a legal opinion that, due to a change in the tax laws or an administrative or judicial decision, there is a substantial risk that the tax deductibility of the interest could be disallowed (“tax event”) or Mellon’s reasonable determination that, due to a change in law or administrative or judicial decision, there is a substantial risk that Tier I capital treatment could be disallowed (“capital treatment event”). The Series A and Series B securities are redeemable at 103.86% and 103.9975% of the liquidation amounts, plus accrued distributions, during the 12-month periods beginning Dec. 1, 2006 and Jan. 15, 2007 (the call dates). The redemption prices decline for the Series A and Series B securities by approximately 39 basis points and approximately 40 basis points, during each of the following 12-month periods, until a final redemption price of 100% of the liquidation amount is set for Dec. 1, 2016 and Jan. 15, 2017, and thereafter. If the securities are redeemed following a tax event or capital treatment event, the greater of 100% of the principal amount or the sum of the present value of the first redemption price plus the present value of interest payments from the redemption date to the call date will be paid.

 

16. Preferred stock

 

Mellon has authorized 50 million shares of preferred stock, none of which was issued at Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 or 2002.

 

17. Regulatory capital requirements

 

A discussion about Mellon’s regulatory capital requirements for 2004 and 2003 is presented in the “Regulatory capital” section in the first two paragraphs on page 34 and the two tables on page 35 and is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

18. Noninterest revenue

 

The components of noninterest revenue for 2004, 2003 and 2002 are presented in the “Noninterest revenue” table on page 8. That table, including through the “Total noninterest revenue” line, is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

88

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

19. Net interest revenue

 


Net interest revenue         Year ended Dec. 31,
(in millions)         2004    2003    2002

Interest revenue

   Interest and fees on loans (loan fees of $25, $31, and $40)    $ 312    $ 308    $ 429
     Interest-bearing deposits with banks      73      59      62
     Federal funds sold and securities under resale agreements      11      8      8
     Other money market investments      3      3      3
     Trading account securities      6      13      8
     Securities - taxable      425      489      502
     Securities - nontaxable      32      31      25
     Other (a)      —        23      19
    
    

Total interest revenue

     862      934      1,056

Interest expense

   Deposits in domestic offices      86      73      108
     Deposits in foreign offices      87      58      63
     Federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements      13      16      30
     Other short-term borrowings      20      30      30
     Notes and debentures      143      129      135
     Junior subordinated debentures (b)      55      —        —  
     Trust-preferred securities (b)      —        58      79
    
    

Total interest expense

     404      364      445
    
    

Net interest revenue

   $ 458    $ 570    $ 611

 

(a) Interest revenue earned for services provided to the Department of the Treasury in excess of the value of compensating balances during the period.

 

(b) Trust-preferred securities were deconsolidated at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

20. Business sectors

 

For details of business sectors, see pages 20, 21 and 22, the tables, through “Average Tier I preferred equity” on pages 23 and 24, as well as the first ten paragraphs in the Other Activity section beginning on page 31 through “2003 compared with 2002”. The tables and information in those paragraphs are incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   89


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

21. Income taxes

 

Income tax expense applicable to income from continuing operations before income taxes consists of:

 


Provision for income taxes    Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Current taxes:

                        

Federal

   $ 69     $ 138     $ 319  

State and local

     39       12       30  

Foreign

     11       8       21  


Total current tax expense

     119       158       370  


Deferred taxes:

                        

Federal

     235       167       (38 )

State and local

     11       (11 )     (2 )

Foreign

     (8 )     (1 )     (3 )


Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     238       155       (43 )


Provision for income taxes

   $ 357     $ 313     $ 327  


 

In addition to amounts applicable to income before taxes, the following income tax (benefit) amounts were recorded in shareholders’ equity:

 


Total tax (benefit) in shareholders’ equity    Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial statement purposes

   $ (11 )   $ (11 )   $ (14 )

Other comprehensive results

     13       (22 )     8  


Total tax (benefit)

   $ 2     $ (33 )   $ (6 )


 

The provision for income taxes was different from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income from continuing operations before income taxes due to the items listed in the following table.

 


Effective income tax rate    Year ended Dec. 31,  
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Federal statutory tax rate

     35 %     35 %     35 %

Tax expense computed at statutory rate

   $ 405     $ 348     $ 349  

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                        

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     33       1       18  

Tax exempt income

     (50 )     (36 )     (34 )

Other, net

     (31 )     —         (6 )


Provision for income taxes

   $ 357     $ 313     $ 327  


Effective income tax rate

     30.9 %     31.4 %     32.8 %


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 


Deferred tax assets and liabilities    Dec. 31,
(in millions)    2004    2003    2002

Deferred tax assets:

                    

Accrued expense not deductible until paid

   $ 109    $ 243    $ 337

Provision for credit losses and write-downs on real estate acquired

     67      69      76

Occupancy expense

     71      71      69

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     12      —        —  

Other

     60      80      145

Total deferred tax assets

     319      463      627

Deferred tax liabilities:

                    

Lease financing revenue

     438      466      481

Depreciation and amortization

     160      127      98

Salaries and benefits

     103      59      54

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     —        1      68

Other

     71      13      1

Total deferred tax liabilities

     772      666      702

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 453    $ 203    $ 75

 

Mellon determined that it was not required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets because it is management’s assertion that the deferred tax assets are likely to be realized through a carryback to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and, to a lesser extent, future taxable income.

 

We are currently evaluating whether to repatriate earnings of certain subsidiaries under Section 965 of the Internal Revenue Code. The impact of repatriating those earnings is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

Locations domiciled outside of the United States generated foreign pre-tax earnings of approximately $22 million in 2004, $17 million in 2003 and $54 million in 2002.

 

90

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

22. Comprehensive results

 


Accumulated unrealized gain (loss), net of tax    Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                        

Beginning balance

   $ 44     $ (52 )   $ (44 )

Period change

     45       96       (8 )


Ending balance

   $ 89     $ 44     $ (52 )


Minimum pension liability, net of tax

                        

Beginning balance

   $ (25 )   $ (21 )   $  —    

Period change

     6       (4 )     (21 )


Ending balance

   $ (19 )   $ (25 )   $ (21 )


Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available for sale, net of tax

                        

Beginning balance

   $ 7     $ 121     $ 86  

Period change

     (28 )     (114 )     35  


Ending balance

   $ (21 )   $ 7     $ 121  


Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax

                        

Beginning balance

   $  —       $ (7 )   $ (12 )

Period change

     —         7       5  


Ending balance

   $ —       $ —       $ (7 )


Total accumulated unrealized gain (loss), net of tax

                        

Beginning balance

   $ 26     $ 41     $ 30  

Period change

     23       (15 )     11  


Ending balance

   $ 49     $ 26     $ 41  


 


Tax effects allocated to each component of comprehensive results                   
(in millions)    Before
tax
amount
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    After-tax
amount
 

Year ended Dec. 31, 2002:

                        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (14 )   $ 6     $ (8 )

Minimum pension liability

     (32 )     11       (21 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available for sale:

                        

Unrealized gain (loss) during the year

     95       (35 )     60  

Less: Reclassification adjustments

     (38 )     13       (25 )


Unrealized gain (loss)

     57       (22 )     35  

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

     8       (3 )     5  


Other comprehensive results

   $ 19     $ (8 )   $ 11  


Year ended Dec. 31, 2003:

                        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ 141     $ (45 )   $ 96  

Minimum pension liability

     (7 )     3       (4 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available for sale:

                        

Unrealized gain (loss) during the year

     (92 )     37       (55 )

Less: Reclassification adjustments

     (90 )     31       (59 )


Unrealized gain (loss)

     (182 )     68       (114 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

     11       (4 )     7  


Other comprehensive results

   $ (37 )   $ 22     $ (15 )


Year ended Dec. 31, 2004:

                        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ 66     $ (21 )   $ 45  

Minimum pension liability

     10       (4 )     6  

Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available for sale:

                        

Unrealized gain (loss) during the year

     (41 )     12       (29 )

Less: Reclassification adjustments

     1       —         1  


Unrealized gain (loss)

     (40 )     12       (28 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

     —         —         —    


Other comprehensive results

   $ 36     $ (13 )   $ 23  


 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   91


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

23. Employee benefits

 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plans

 

Mellon’s largest subsidiary and some of its smaller subsidiaries sponsor trusteed, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plans. Together, these plans cover substantially all salaried employees of Mellon.

 

The plans provide benefits that are based on the employees’ years of service and compensation. In addition, several unfunded plans exist for certain employees or for purposes that are not addressed by the funded plans.

 

The following tables report the combined data of the funded and unfunded plans.

 


Defined benefit retirement plans    2004     2003  
(in millions)    Funded     Unfunded     Funded     Unfunded  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at Dec. 31

                                

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.25 %     6.25 %

Rate of compensation increase

     3.25       3.25       3.25       3.25  


Change in projected benefit obligation

                                

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 1,167     $ 150     $ 996     $ 139  

Service cost

     52       2       45       2  

Interest cost

     73       9       67       9  

Actuarial loss

     84       9       85       10  

Benefits paid

     (41 )     (12 )     (36 )     (11 )

Foreign currency exchange rate change

     10       1       10       1  


Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,345     $ 159     $ 1,167     $ 150  


Change in plan assets

                                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 1,742     $ —       $ 1,430     $ —    

Return on plan assets

     201       —         327       —    

Employer contributions

     33       —         13       —    

Benefits paid

     (41 )     —         (36 )     —    

Foreign currency exchange rate change

     8       —         8       —    


Fair value of plan assets at end of year (a)

   $ 1,943     $ —       $ 1,742     $ —    


Reconciliation of funded status with financial statements

                                

Funded status at Dec. 31

   $ 598     $ (159 )   $ 575     $ (150 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     20       4       24       6  

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     432       35       411       30  


Net amount recognized at Dec. 31

   $ 1,050     $ (120 )   $ 1,010     $ (114 )

 

(a) Includes 3 million shares of Mellon Financial Corporation common stock, with market values of $93 million (5% of total plan assets) at Dec. 31, 2004 and $96 million (6% of total plan assets) at Dec. 31, 2003. The Mellon Bank, N.A. retirement plan received approximately $2 million of dividends from Mellon Financial Corporation’s common stock in both 2004 and 2003.

 

92

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 


Defined benefit retirement plans    2004     2003     2002  
(dollar amounts in millions)    Funded     Unfunded     Funded     Unfunded     Funded     Unfunded  

Weighted-average assumptions as of Jan. 1

                                                

Discount rate

     6.25 %     6.25 %     6.75 %     6.75 %     7.5 %     7.5 %

Expected return on assets

     8.50       —         8.50       —         10.0       —    

Rate of compensation increase

     3.25       3.25       3.50       3.50       4.0       4.0  


Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit)

                                                

Service cost

   $ 52     $ 2     $ 45     $ 2     $ 38     $ 3  

Interest cost

     73       9       67       9       62       9  

Expected return on plan assets

     (159 )     —         (159 )     —         (188 )     —    

Amortization of transition asset

     —         —         (2 )     —         (2 )     —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     3       2       4       2       4       2  

Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss

     26       4       1       3       (27 )     2  


Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

   $ (5 )   $ 17     $ (44 )   $ 16     $ (113 )   $ 16  

 


Defined benefit retirement plans    2004     2003  
(in millions)    Funded     Unfunded     Funded     Unfunded  

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

                                

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 1,050     $ —       $ 1,010     $ —    

Accrued benefit cost

     (3 )     (150 )     (20 )     (138 )

Intangible asset

     —         4       —         6  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     3       26       20       18  


Net amount recognized at Dec. 31

   $ 1,050     $ (120 )   $ 1,010     $ (114 )


Additional information

                                

Increase (decrease) in minimum liability included in other comprehensive results

   $ (17 )   $ 8     $ 2     $ 4  


 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all funded defined benefit pension plans was $1.201 billion at Dec. 31, 2004 and $1.058 billion at Dec. 31, 2003. The accumulated benefit obligation for all unfunded defined benefit plans was $150 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $138 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

The aggregate benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the funded pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $55 million and $45 million as of Dec. 31, 2004 and $140 million and $121 million as of Dec. 31, 2003. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the funded pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $13 million and $11 million as of Dec. 31, 2004 and $67 million and $58 million as of Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Mellon considers its accounting policy regarding pensions to be critical to the presentation of our financial statements since it requires us to make complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. This policy is discussed below.

 

The data above are prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.” Three primary economic assumptions influence the reported values of plan liabilities and pension costs. SFAS No. 87 directs that each significant assumption used in the measurement of net periodic benefit cost (credit) shall reflect Mellon’s best estimate solely with respect to that individual assumption. We take the following factors into consideration when establishing each assumption.

 

The discount rate represents an estimate of the rate at which retirement plan benefits could be effectively settled. Mellon obtains data on several reference points when setting the discount rate including current rates of return available on longer term high grade bonds and changes in rates that have occurred over the past year. This assumption is sensitive to movements in market rates that have

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   93


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

occurred since the preceding valuation date and, therefore, is likely to change from year to year.

 

When setting the rate of compensation increase assumption, we take into consideration our recent experience with respect to average rates of compensation increase, compensation survey data relative to average compensation increases that other large corporations have awarded, and compensation increases that other large corporations expect to award over the upcoming year. This assumption is somewhat sensitive to inflation and, therefore, may change from year to year. The assumed rate of compensation increase was 3.25% at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

The assumed rate of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns available to investors who hold a mixture of stocks, bonds and cash equivalent securities. When setting our expected return on plan assets assumption, we consider long-term rates of return on various asset classes (both historical and forecasted, using data collected from various sources generally regarded as authoritative) in the context of expected long-term average asset allocations for its defined benefit pension plans. Certain asset mix benchmarks employed by institutional investors also serve as reference points. To develop assumed rates of return, for example, we applied a benchmark asset allocation of 65% stocks, 30% bonds and 5% cash equivalent securities, to the following long-term rates of return on each asset class.

 


Expected long-term rates of return    2003 and after     Prior to 2003  

Stocks

   10 %   12 %

Bonds

   6 %   7 %

Cash equivalent securities

   4 %   4 %

Composite rate

   8.5 %   10 %

 

As the previous table indicates, Mellon reduced its expected returns for equities and fixed-income securities for 2003 and the future. We believe that these individual rates of return are reasonable estimates, based on long-term historical data, of the long-term returns that may be expected from each asset class, and that a 65/30/5 assumed asset mix is a reasonable long-term benchmark for Mellon’s pension plans. Asset classes actually employed in the retirement plans, as well as asset allocation, vary from time to time. This assumption is set with a long-term horizon and, therefore is not necessarily expected to change on an annual basis.

 

Mellon’s funded pension plans weighted-average asset allocations at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, by asset category are as follows:

 


Weighted-average asset allocations    Dec. 31,  
     2004     2003  

Asset category

            

Equity securities

   69 %   69 %

Debt securities

   29     29  

Cash and other

   2     2  


Total

   100 %   100 %

 

Each retirement plan is governed by fiduciaries who establish investment policy for that plan. Plan assets are invested with the primary objective of satisfying obligations for future benefit payments. The investment policies seek to preserve plan assets and to maximize long-term total return on them, subject to maintaining reasonable constraints on overall portfolio volatility. The investment policies are also designed to comply with applicable regulations (e.g., ERISA in the United States). In general, equity securities within any plan’s portfolio are maintained in the range of 45% to 75% of total plan assets, fixed-income securities range from 20% to 50% of plan assets and other assets (including cash equivalents) are held in amounts ranging from 0% to 10% of plan assets. Asset allocation within the approved ranges varies from time to time based on economic conditions (both current and forecast) and the advice of professional investment advisors retained by the fiduciaries.

 

Mellon expects to make cash contributions to its funded defined benefit pension plans, principally outside the U.S., in the range of $28 million to $35 million in 2005.

 

94

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

The following benefit payments for Mellon’s funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 


Expected benefit payments

(in millions)

   Funded
Plans
   Unfunded
Plans

2005

   $ 41    $ 11

2006

     44      11

2007

     48      12

2008

     51      13

2009

     56      12

2010-2014

     357      65

 

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

 

Mellon 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

 

The Mellon 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan covers most of our U.S. employees. Employees’ payroll deductions contributed into retirement savings accounts are matched by Mellon’s contribution of common stock, at the rate of $.65 on the dollar, up to 6% of the employee’s base salary. The contribution rate will remain at $.65 on the dollar in 2005. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we recognized $30 million, $31 million and $31 million of expense related to this plan and contributed 1,001,069; 1,142,283; and 931,650 shares. All shares contributed in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were issued from treasury stock. The plan held 13,562,670; 13,369,211 and 12,824,293 shares of Mellon’s common stock at Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Other Defined Contribution Plans

 

Mellon maintains a defined contribution retirement plan in the United Kingdom, which covers Newton Investment Management employees along with certain other non-U.S. employees. In 2004, 2003, and 2002, Mellon recognized $8 million, $7 million and $7 million of expense related to this plan.

 

Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan

 

Mellon’s Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan (2004) provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance units, deferred cash incentive awards, shares of restricted stock, deferred share awards and other stock-based awards to employees of Mellon and its subsidiaries, as approved by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. Stock options may be granted at prices not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options may be exercised during fixed periods of time from one year to 10 years from the date of grant. In the event of a change in control of Mellon, as defined in the plan, these options will become immediately exercisable, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement. Total outstanding grants as of Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were 32,251,012; 29,832,514; and 25,271,345 shares. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, options for 6,385,015; 6,836,075; and 6,310,053 shares were granted and options for 1,857,950; 1,249,080; and 1,029,364 shares were exercised. The expense recorded in 2004 for these options was $18 million pre-tax. The expense recorded in 2003 was $2 million pre-tax and there was no expense recorded in 2002. At Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, shares available for grant were 19,398,321 and 6,760,115.

 

Included in the Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 outstanding grants were options for 123,026; 199,560; and 235,306 shares, that become exercisable in full near the end of their 10-year terms, but the exercise dates may be accelerated to an earlier date by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors, based on the optionee’s and Mellon’s performance. There was no expense recorded for these options in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Restricted stock and deferred share awards have also been issued and are outstanding under the Plan. These awards are discussed in the “Profit Bonus Plan, Mellon Incentive Compensation Plan and Restricted Stock Awards” section on page 98 of this report.

 

Stock Option Plans for Outside Directors

 

Mellon has two stock option plans that currently provide for the granting of options to non-employee members of its Boards of Directors. The Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (2001) provides for grants of stock options to the non-employee directors of Mellon and members of our Advisory Board of Directors. The Stock Option Plan for Affiliate Boards of Directors (1999) provides for grants of stock options to the non-employee members of those boards who are not also members of Mellon’s Board of Directors. No grants can be

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   95


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

made to employees of Mellon under these plans. The timing, amounts, recipients and other terms of the option grants are determined by the terms of the directors’ option plans and no person or committee has discretion over these grants. The exercise price of the options is equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. All options have a term of 10 years from the regular date of grant and become exercisable one year from the regular grant date. Directors elected during the service year are granted options on a pro rata basis to those granted to the directors at the start of the service year. In the event of a change in control of Mellon, as defined in the directors stock option plans, all outstanding options granted under the directors stock option plans will become immediately exercisable. Options are also currently outstanding under the Stock Option Plan for the Mellon Financial Group West Coast Board of Directors (1998). This plan was terminated in 2003. No grants were made under this plan in 2003 and no further grants will be made under it.

 

Total outstanding grants as of Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, were 804,506; 916,757; and 971,235 shares. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, options for 53,649; 59,482; and 56,900 shares were granted and options for 163,900; 113,960; and 224,760 shares were exercised. The expense recorded in 2004 and 2003 for these options was less than $1 million pre-tax. There was no expense recorded in 2002. At Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, shares available for grant were 431,320 and 486,739.

 

Dreyfus Stock Option Plan

 

Dreyfus had a stock option plan prior to the August 1994 merger with Mellon. Options granted under this plan were not exercisable within two years nor more than 10 years from the date of grant. Options for Dreyfus stock were automatically converted into options for Mellon’s common stock on the merger date. There were no outstanding grants as of Dec. 31, 2004 and Dec. 31, 2003 and outstanding grants as of Dec. 31, 2002 were 50,000 shares. No options were granted in 2004, 2003 and 2002 and no further options will be granted under this plan. Options for 29,000 shares were exercised in 2002.

 

Summary

 

The following tables summarize stock option activity for the last three years for the Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan, the Stock Option Plans for Outside Directors and the Dreyfus Plan and the characteristics of outstanding stock options at Dec. 31, 2004. Requirements for stock option shares can be met from either unissued or treasury shares. All shares issued in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were from treasury shares.

 


Stock option activity    Shares
subject
to option
    Average
exercise
price

Balance at Dec. 31, 2001

   22,567,189     $ 29.07

Granted

   6,366,953  (a)     28.74

Exercised

   (1,283,124 )     13.53

Forfeited

   (1,358,438 )     35.43

Balance at Dec. 31, 2002

   26,292,580       29.42

Granted

   6,895,557  (a)     29.52

Exercised

   (1,413,040 )     12.86

Forfeited

   (1,025,826 )     33.73

Balance at Dec. 31, 2003

   30,749,271       30.06

Granted

   6,438,664  (a)     30.58

Exercised

   (2,021,850 )     14.19

Forfeited

   (2,110,567 )     33.69

Balance at Dec. 31, 2004

   33,055,518     $ 30.90

 

(a) Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted-average fair value of options granted was estimated at $6.43 per share in 2004, $7.13 per share in 2003 and $8.82 per share in 2002. For a discussion of the pricing assumptions, see Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

96

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 


Stock options outstanding at Dec. 31, 2004                         
     Outstanding

   Exercisable (b)

Exercise price range    Shares    Average
remaining
life (a)
   Average
exercise
price
   Shares    Average
exercise
price

$9.69 - $23.88

   3,944,716    2.4    $ 16.70    3,638,130    $ 16.16

$24.46 - $24.65

   3,514,942    7.6      24.46    2,342,601      24.46

$24.83 - $30.50

   2,126,399    7.2      27.53    955,738      28.12

$30.57 - $30.59

   5,250,407    9.0      30.57    1,748,664      30.57

$30.61 - $30.65

   5,167,126    10.0      30.65    —        —  

$30.72 - $35.25

   4,706,414    5.0      34.43    4,131,249      34.60

$35.38 - $38.63

   4,125,654    6.4      38.23    3,825,644      38.25

$38.70 - $50.88

   4,219,860    6.1      40.84    3,898,182      41.01

     33,055,518    6.8    $ 30.90    20,540,208    $ 31.43

 

(a) Average contractual life remaining in years.

 

(b) At Dec. 31, 2003 and 2002, 17,987,709 and 15,705,711 options were exercisable at an average price of $29.48 and $26.92.

 

Broad-Based Employee Stock Options

 

In June 1999, Mellon adopted its ShareSuccess Plan, a broad-based employee stock option plan covering full- and part-time benefited employees who are not participants in the Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan discussed previously. Effective June 15, 1999, each full-time employee was granted an option to purchase 150 shares and each benefited part-time employee was granted an option to purchase 75 shares of Mellon’s common stock. Additional grants, of the same number of shares, were made June 15, 2000, June 15, 2001 and June 14, 2002. (In addition, effective June 15, 2001, each non-benefited part-time employee was granted 75 options.) The exercise price was equal to the stock price on the grant date. The options become exercisable after seven years, or at any time after one year from the grant date if Mellon’s common stock closing market price equals or exceeds a predetermined price for 10 consecutive trading days. In the event of a change in control of Mellon, as defined in the plan, these options become immediately exercisable, subject to certain conditions. All outstanding options expire 10 years after the grant date. On Nov. 10, 2000, the options granted on June 15, 1999, vested when our common stock closing market price met or exceeded $45 per share for 10 consecutive trading days. The options granted in 2000, 2001 and 2002 have not yet vested and will vest when Mellon’s common stock closing market price meets or exceeds $50, $60 and $45 per share for 10 consecutive trading days. No expense was recorded in 2004, 2003 or 2002 for these options. The following table presents the activity in the ShareSuccess Plan during 2004, 2003 and 2002. All shares issued were from treasury shares. At Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, shares available for grant were 3,010,680 and 2,282,745. The ShareSuccess Plan does not anticipate additional annual broad-based grants.

 


Broad-based options    Shares
subject
to option
    Average
exercise
price

Balance at Dec. 31, 2001

   5,722,265     $ 39.48

Granted

   2,849,505       33.68

Exercised

   (33,025 )     33.71

Forfeited

   (883,762 )     39.77

Balance at Dec. 31, 2002

   7,654,983       37.31

Granted

   —         —  

Exercised

   —         —  

Forfeited

   (938,258 )     37.24

Balance at Dec. 31, 2003

   6,716,725       37.32

Granted

   —         —  

Exercised

   —         —  

Forfeited

   (727,935 )     37.07

Balance at Dec. 31, 2004 (a)

   5,988,790     $ 37.35

 

(a) The exercise price for all options outstanding ranged from $33.63 to $44.00. The average remaining contractual life was 6.3 years for all options outstanding at Dec. 31, 2004. At Dec. 31, 2004, 879,670 shares were exercisable at an average share price of $33.68. At Dec. 31, 2003, 955,495 shares were exercisable at an average share price of $33.67. At Dec. 31, 2002, 1,067,613 shares were exercisable at an average share price of $33.67. There were no options granted in 2004 or 2003. Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the average fair value of options granted in 2002 was estimated at $11.11 per share.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

97


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In early 2001, we introduced an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP). All active employees of Mellon and designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate. Participants purchase common stock at 95% of its fair market value on the last trading day of each three month purchase period. No charge to earnings is required with respect to this plan. In 2004, 225,924 shares were issued at prices ranging from $27.42 to $30.76. In 2003, 497,599 shares were issued at prices ranging from $19.13 to $29.78. At Dec. 31, 2004, 7,907,411 shares were available for purchase.

 

Pro forma cost of stock options

 

For a discussion of the pro forma costs of stock options, see “Pro forma cost of stock options” in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Profit Bonus Plan, Mellon Incentive Compensation Plan and Restricted Stock Awards

 

Performance-based awards are made to key employees at the discretion of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. The granting of these awards is based upon the performance of the key employees and on Mellon’s overall performance (or particular business line performance) in achieving its objectives. At the Committee’s election, awards may be paid in a lump sum or may be deferred and paid over a period of up to 15 years. The value of awards granted was $46 million, $46 million and $48 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, and can be in the form of cash, common stock, restricted stock or deferred share awards equivalent to restricted stock. Employees are generally prevented from selling or transferring restricted stock or deferred share awards for a three-year period, and generally the shares or units are forfeited if employment is terminated during that period. Restricted stock, awarded in connection with the Profit Bonus Plan, totaling 118,950; and 193,457 shares, with a weighted-average market value on the date of grant of $33.47 and $23.19 per share, was awarded for 2003 and 2002. No restricted stock was awarded in connection with the Profit Bonus Plan for 2004.

 

In addition to the restricted stock and deferred share awards granted, there were 1,326,774; and 1,542,043; and 1,288,579 restricted shares and deferred share awards granted to senior officers and various key employees with a weighted-average grant-date per share market value of $31.60, $23.86, and $37.40, in 2004, 2003 and 2002. Vesting of these shares is primarily related to performance and is expected to occur over a three-to-seven-year period, but will vest in full after seven years. In the event of a change in control of Mellon, as defined in the plan, the restrictions on sale or transfer will immediately terminate. The total compensation expense recognized for these restricted shares and deferred share awards was $28 million, $24 million and $24 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002. Total outstanding shares of restricted stock and deferred share awards as of Dec. 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were 4,714,899; 4,625,374 and 3,534,266. All grants of restricted stock are made under Mellon’s Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan (2004) discussed on page 95 under “Long-Term Profit Incentive Plan.”

 

Postretirement benefits other than pensions

 

Mellon shares in the cost of providing managed care, Medicare supplement and/or major medical programs for former employees who retired prior to Jan. 1, 1991 and grandfathered employees who met certain age and service requirements as of Jan. 1, 1991. Former employees of Buck Consultants who retired prior to Jan. 1, 2001 and grandfathered employees who met certain age and service requirements as of Dec. 31, 2000 are eligible for both pre-65 and post-65 medical coverage based on the cost sharing arrangements under the Buck plan as of Dec. 31, 2000. Employees who retire prior to age 65 with 15 years of service who are not a part of either grandfathered group are eligible for a defined dollar supplement to assist them in purchasing health insurance coverage under the same plans offered to active employees. When these non-grandfathered retirees reach age 65, they become responsible for their own Medicare supplemental coverage. The net periodic benefit cost of providing these benefits, determined in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” amounted to $7 million in 2004, $7 million in 2003 and $6 million in 2002. Early retirees who do not

 

98

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

meet the service requirement are eligible to purchase health coverage at their own expense under the standard plans that are offered to active employees through Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA).

 

The following table sets forth the components of the costs and liability of Mellon’s postretirement health care and life insurance benefits programs for current and future retirees.

 


Postretirement benefits other than pensions                                                       
    

Accrued postretirement

benefit cost


   

Accumulated
postretirement

benefit obligation


   

Unrecognized

transition
obligation


 
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  

Balance at Jan. 1

   $ 61     $ 59     $ 57     $ 77     $ 62     $ 58     $ (14 )   $ (15 )   $ (17 )

Recognition of components of net periodic postretirement benefit costs:

                                                                        

Service cost

     1       1       2       1       1       2       —         —         —    

Interest cost

     4       5       4       4       5       4       —         —         —    

Amortization of:

                                                                        

Transition obligation

     2       1       2       —         —         —         2       1       2  

(Gains) losses

     —         —         (2 )     —         —         —         —         —         —    


       7       7       6       5       6       6       2       1       2  

Actuarial (gains) losses including a change in the discount rate

     —         —         —         (3 )     14       2       —         —         —    

Benefit payments

     (5 )     (5 )     (4 )     (5 )     (5 )     (4 )     —         —         —    


Balance at Dec. 31

   $ 63     $ 61     $ 59     $ 74     $ 77     $ 62     $ (12 )   $ (14 )   $ (15 )


 

Discount rates of 6.25% and 6.75%, were used to calculate the 2004 and 2003 net periodic post retirement benefit costs, and rates of 6.0% and 6.25% were used to value the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations (APBO) at year-end 2004 and 2003. A health care cost trend rate was used to recognize the effect of expected changes in future health care costs due to medical inflation, utilization changes, technological changes, regulatory requirements and Medicare cost shifting. The future annual increase assumed in the cost of health care benefits was 9.25% for 2004 and was decreased gradually to 4.75% for 2011 and thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption may have a significant impact on the amounts reported. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend by one percentage point in each year would increase the APBO by approximately $6 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost by less than $1 million. Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend by one percentage point each year would decrease the APBO by approximately $5 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost by less than $1 million. The $3 million decrease to the APBO in 2004 for the “Actuarial (gains) losses including a change in the discount rate” primarily resulted from recognizing the expected subsidy as a reduction in plan costs under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvements and Modernization Act (the Act) of 2003, offset by a reduction in the discount rate and other changes in actuarial assumptions.

 

In December 2003, the Act was signed into law. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. The impact of the Act on Mellon’s APBO and net periodic retirement benefit cost was a decrease of $5 million and less than $1 million, respectively.

 

The following benefit payments for Mellon’s postretirement benefits other than pension plans, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

99


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 


Expected benefit payments - postretirement benefits other than pensions              
(in millions)    With subsidy    Without subsidy

2005

   $ 5    $ 5

2006

     5      5

2007

     5      5

2008

     5      6

2009

     6      6

2010-2014

     31      33

 

24. Restrictions on dividends and regulatory limitations

 

The prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank subsidiary in any calendar year exceeds the bank subsidiary’s net profits, as defined, for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. Additionally, such bank subsidiaries may not declare dividends in excess of net profits on hand, as defined, after deducting the amount by which the principal amount of all loans on which interest is past due for a period of six months or more exceeds the reserve for credit losses.

 

Under the first and currently more restrictive of the foregoing federal dividend limitations, Mellon’s bank subsidiaries can, without prior regulatory approval, declare dividends subsequent to Dec. 31, 2004, of up to approximately $196 million of their retained earnings of $1.608 billion at Dec. 31, 2004, less any dividends declared and plus or minus net profits or losses, as defined, earned between Jan. 1, 2005, and the date of any such dividend declaration.

 

The payment of dividends also is limited by minimum capital requirements imposed on banks. Mellon’s bank subsidiaries exceed these minimum requirements. The bank subsidiaries declared dividends of $466 million in 2004, $647 million in 2003 and $908 million in 2002. The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have issued additional guidelines that require bank holding companies and national banks to continually evaluate the level of cash dividends in relation to their respective operating income, capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

 

The Federal Reserve Act limits extensions of credit by Mellon’s bank subsidiaries to our Parent Corporation and all other subsidiaries of our Parent Corporation, and requires such extensions to be collateralized and limits the amount of investments by our bank subsidiaries in these entities. At Dec. 31, 2004, such extensions of credit and investments were limited to $324 million to the Parent Corporation or any other subsidiaries and to $648 million in total to the Parent Corporation and all of its other subsidiaries. Outstanding extensions of credit net of collateral subject to these limits were $223 million at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

25. Legal proceedings

 

Various legal actions and proceedings are pending or are threatened against Mellon and our subsidiaries, some of which seek relief or damages in amounts that are substantial. These actions and proceedings arise in the ordinary course of our businesses and operations and include suits relating to our lending, collections, servicing, investment, mutual fund, advisory, trust, custody, benefits consulting, shareholder services, cash management and other activities and operations.

 

Because of the complex nature of some of these actions and proceedings, it may be a number of years before such matters ultimately are resolved. After consultation with legal counsel, Mellon’s management believes that the aggregate liability, if any, resulting from such pending and threatened actions and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, although there could be a material effect on results of operations for a particular period.

 

100

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

26. Off-balance-sheet financial instruments with contract amounts that represent credit risk

 

Off-balance-sheet risk

 

In the normal course of business, Mellon becomes a party to various financial transactions that are not fully recorded on its balance sheet under GAAP. Because these transactions are not funded, they are not reflected on the balance sheet and are referred to as financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. We offer off-balance-sheet financial instruments to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. Providing these instruments generates fee revenue for Mellon. These off-balance-sheet instruments are subject to credit and market risk. We manage credit risk by:

 

    dealing only with approved counterparties under specific credit limits; and by

 

    monitoring the amount of outstanding contracts by customer and in the aggregate against such limits.

 

Counterparty limits are monitored on an ongoing basis. Market risk arises from changes in the market value of contracts as a result of the fluctuations in interest and currency rates.

 


Off-balance-sheet financial instruments with contract amounts that represent credit risk (a)(b)

     Dec. 31,
(in millions)    2004    2003

Unfunded commitments to extend credit (c) :

             

Expire within one year

   $ 5,507    $ 8,305

Expire within one to five years

     7,339      7,211

Expire over five years

     125      164

Total unfunded commitments to extend credit

     12,971      15,680

Commercial letters of credit (d)

     5      8

Other guarantees and indemnities:

             

Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees (e)

     1,327      1,351

Custodian securities lent with indemnification against broker default of return of securities

     83,934      67,299

Liquidity support provided to TRFC

     623      822

 

(a) In addition, we extended commitments to fund venture capital investments of $122 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $175 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

(b) Total contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

(c) Net of participations totaling $412 million Dec. 31, 2004 and $439 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

(d) Net of participations and collateral totaling $45 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $31 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

(e) Net of participations and cash collateral totaling $199 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $208 million at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Unfunded commitments to extend credit

 

Mellon enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination provisions, at specific rates and for specific purposes. The majority of our unfunded commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers meeting certain pre-established conditions of lending at the time of loan funding and include material adverse change clauses within the commitment contracts. These clauses allow us to deny funding a loan commitment if the borrower’s financial condition deteriorates during the commitment period, such that the customer no longer meets the pre-established conditions of lending.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

101


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Mellon’s maximum exposure to credit loss upon the occurrence of any event of default by the customer is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment to extend credit. Accordingly, the credit policies utilized in committing to extend credit and in the extension of loans are the same. Market risk arises on commitments to extend fixed rate loans if interest rates have moved adversely subsequent to the extension of the commitment or if required market spreads widen. We believe the market risk associated with commitments is minimal. The amount and type of collateral obtained by Mellon is based upon industry practice, as well as our credit assessment of the customer.

 

Of the $13 billion of contractual commitments for which we received a commitment fee or which were otherwise legally binding, approximately 42% of the commitments are scheduled to expire within one year, and approximately 99% are scheduled to expire within five years. Total unfunded commitments to extend credit decreased $2.7 billion, or 17%, at Dec. 31, 2004 compared to Dec. 31, 2003, primarily resulting from our strategy to reduce credit risk. Unfunded commitments to extend credit expiring over one year increased $89 million, or 1%, at Dec. 31, 2004, compared to Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees

 

There are two principal types of letters of credit—standby and commercial. The off-balance-sheet credit risk involved in issuing standby and commercial letters of credit is represented by their contractual amounts and is essentially the same as the credit risk involved in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Mellon minimizes this risk by adhering to its written credit policies and by requiring security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. We believe the market risk associated with letters of credit and foreign guarantees is minimal.

 


Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees

     Dec. 31,    Weighted-average
years to maturity
at Dec. 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)    2004    2003    2004    2003

Commercial paper and other debt

   $ 76    $ 93    1.4    1.1

Tax-exempt securities

     37      92    1.3    1.4

Bid- or performance- related

     286      315    .9    .7

Other commercial

     928      851    1.2    1.0
    

  

         

Total standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees

   $ 1,327    $ 1,351    1.2    .9

 

Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees irrevocably obligate Mellon for a stated period to disburse funds to a third-party beneficiary if our customer fails to perform under the terms of an agreement with the beneficiary. Standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees are used by the customer as a credit enhancement and typically expire without being drawn upon. The amount and type of any collateral are based on industry practices, as well as a credit assessment of the customer.

 

Our outstanding exposure to standby letters of credit at Dec. 31, 2004 was $1.3 billion, with approximately 90% maturing within three years. At Dec. 31, 2004, we had a $10 million reserve for credit exposure to outstanding letters of credit.

 

We must recognize, at the inception of standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. At Dec. 31, 2004, Mellon had a liability of $7 million related to letters of credit issued or modified since Dec. 31, 2002. As required by FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” the fair value of the liability, which was recorded with a corresponding asset in Other assets, was estimated as the present value of contractual customer fees.

 

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument used to finance a commercial contract for the shipment of goods from a seller to a buyer. This type of letter of credit ensures prompt payment to the seller in accordance with the terms of the contract. Although the commercial letter of

 

102

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

credit is contingent upon the satisfaction of specified conditions, it represents a credit exposure if the buyer defaults on the underlying transaction. Normally, reimbursement from the buyer is coincidental with payment to the seller under commercial letter of credit drawings. As a result, the total contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Securities lending

 

A securities lending transaction is a fully collateralized transaction in which the owner of a security agrees to lend the security through an agent (Mellon) to a borrower, usually a broker/dealer or bank, on an open, overnight or term basis, under the terms of a prearranged contract, which generally matures in less than 90 days. The borrower will collateralize the loan at all times, generally with cash, or to a lesser degree securities, exceeding 100% of the market value of the loan, plus any accrued interest on debt obligations. Cash collateral is generally reinvested in commercial paper, repurchase agreements, money market funds and floating rate instruments.

 

Mellon currently enters into two types of agency securities lending arrangements—lending with and without indemnification. In securities lending transactions without indemnification, we bear no contractual risk of loss other than due to negligence. For transactions in which we provide an indemnification, Mellon generally only indemnifies the owner of the securities against borrower default. If the borrower defaults on returning the securities, our risk of loss occurs if the collateral, when received, is insufficient to purchase and replace securities from these defaulted loans. Additional market risk associated with securities lending transactions arises from interest rate movements that affect the spread between the rate paid to the securities borrower on the borrower’s collateral and the rate we earn on that collateral. This risk is controlled through policies that limit the level of such risk that can be undertaken.

 

Commitments to fund venture capital investments

 

Mellon extended commitments to provide capital financing to third party investment funds and partnerships. The timing of future cash requirements is generally dependent on the investment cycle. This is the period over which companies are funded and ultimately sold, merged, or taken public. The timing of these factors can vary based on market conditions and on the nature and type of industry in which the companies operate. In 2004, we confirmed that Mellon Ventures will not make new direct investments except in support of the existing portfolio. Mellon Ventures will continue to provide follow-on investments with the objective of maximizing the return on the existing portfolio.

 

Other guarantees and indemnities

 

In the normal course of business, Mellon offers guarantees in support of certain joint ventures and subsidiaries, and certain other guarantees and indemnities.

 

Mellon Bank, N.A., and ABN AMRO Bank N.V. entered into a joint venture to provide global securities services, with operations commencing in January 2003. Each of the two partners signed a statutory declaration under Dutch law as of Dec. 31, 2002 to be jointly and severally liable with the joint venture to parties that have a provable contractual debt or damage claim. The benefit of this declaration is potentially available to all creditors and customers of the joint venture with valid legal claims if the joint venture defaults. The guarantee totaled approximately $19 billion at both Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003, primarily relating to securities lending activity. This potential exposure assumes that there are no capital or assets of the joint venture to satisfy such claims and that there is no level of contribution by ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

 

Mellon provides TRFC liquidity support and a letter of credit in support of TRFC’s commercial paper. For a detailed discussion of these arrangements, see Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Mellon has also provided standard representations for underwriting agreements, acquisition and divestiture agreements, sales of loans and commitments, and other similar types of arrangements and customary indemnification for claims and legal proceedings related to its provision of financial services. We have purchased insurance to mitigate certain of these risks. Mellon is a

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

103


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

minority equity investor in, and member of, several industry clearing or settlement exchanges through which foreign exchange, securities or other transactions settle. Certain of these industry clearing or settlement exchanges require their members to guarantee their obligations and liabilities or to provide financial support in the event other partners do not honor their obligations. It is not possible to estimate a maximum potential amount of payments that could be required with such agreements.

 

27. Derivative instruments used for trading and risk management purposes

 


Derivative instruments used for trading and risk management purposes (a)                       
          Dec. 31,        
     Notional amount

   Credit risk

 
(in millions)    2004    2003    2004     2003  

Trading:

                              

Commitments to purchase and sell foreign currency contracts

   $ 64,170    $ 54,319    $ 1,609     $ 1,698  

Foreign currency option contracts purchased

     6,710      5,602      170       159  

Foreign currency option contracts written

     9,020      4,928      —         —    

Interest rate agreements:

                              

Interest rate swaps

     10,916      9,886      161       255  

Options, caps and floors purchased

     799      542      1       2  

Options, caps and floors written

     741      513      —         —    

Futures and forward contracts

     8,880      13,220      —         —    

Equity options

     3,845      508      200       108  

Credit default swaps

     694      612      —         1  

Total return swaps

     33      48      —         —    

Risk management:

                              

Interest rate swaps

     3,084      2,720      132       195  
                  


 


                   $ 2,273     $ 2,418  

Effect of master netting agreements

                   (1,267 )     (1,301 )
                  


 


Total net credit risk

                 $ 1,006     $ 1,117  


 

(a) The amount of credit risk associated with these instruments results from mark-to-market gains and interest receivables and is calculated after considering master netting agreements, which are generally applicable to derivative instruments used for both trading activities and risk management purposes.

 

Commitments to purchase and sell foreign currency contracts

 

Commitments to purchase and sell foreign currency facilitate the management of market risk by ensuring that, at some future date, Mellon or a customer will have a specified currency at a specified rate. We enter into foreign currency contracts to assist customers in managing their currency risk and as part of our trading activities. The notional amount does not represent the actual market or credit risk associated with this product. Market risk arises from changes in the market value of contractual positions caused by movements in currency rates. We limit our exposure to market risk by generally entering into matching or offsetting positions and by establishing and monitoring limits on unmatched positions. Credit risk relates to the ability of our counterparties to meet their obligations under the contract and includes the estimated aggregate replacement cost of those foreign currency contracts in a gain position. We manage credit risk by dealing only with approved counterparties under specific credit limits and by monitoring outstanding contracts by customer and in the aggregate against such limits. The future cash requirements, if any, related to foreign currency contracts are represented by the net contractual settlement between Mellon and its counterparties. There were no settlement or counterparty default losses on foreign currency contracts in 2004, 2003 or 2002.

 

Foreign currency option contracts

 

Foreign currency option contracts grant the contract purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a specified amount of a foreign currency during a specified period at a predetermined exchange rate to a second currency. Mellon acts as both a purchaser and seller of foreign currency option contracts. Market risk arises from changes in the value of contractual positions caused by actual and anticipated fluctuations in currency rates and interest rates. Market risk is managed by generally entering into matching or offsetting positions and by establishing and monitoring limits on unmatched positions. Credit risk and future cash requirements are similar to those of foreign currency contracts. There were no settlement or counterparty default losses on foreign currency option contracts in 2004, 2003 or 2002.

 

104

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Interest rate swaps

 

Interest rate swaps obligate two parties to exchange one or more payments generally calculated with reference to fixed or periodically reset rates of interest applied to a specified notional principal amount. Notional principal is the amount upon which interest rates are applied to determine the payment streams under interest rate swaps. Such notional principal amounts often are used to express the volume of these transactions but are not actually exchanged between the counterparties.

 

Mellon uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy primarily to alter the interest rate sensitivity of its long-term debt and junior subordinated debentures, deposit liabilities and loans. We also enter into interest rate swaps to assist customers in managing their interest rate risk.

 

Market risk arises from changes in the market value of contractual positions caused by movements in interest rates. Mellon limits its exposure to market risk by generally entering into matching or offsetting positions and by establishing and monitoring limits on unmatched positions. The credit risk associated with interest rate swaps is limited to the estimated aggregate replacement cost of those agreements in a gain position. Credit risk is managed through credit approval procedures that establish specific lines for individual counterparties and limit credit exposure to various portfolio segments. Counterparty and portfolio outstandings are monitored against such limits on an ongoing basis. Mellon has entered into collateral agreements with certain counterparties to interest rate swaps to further secure amounts due. The collateral is generally cash, U.S. government securities or mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). There were no counterparty default losses on interest rate swaps in 2004, 2003 and 2002. The future cash requirements of interest rate swaps are limited to the net amounts payable under these swaps. At Dec. 31, 2004, 80% of the notional principal amount of interest rate swaps used for trading purposes were scheduled to mature in less than five years.

 

Options, caps and floors

 

An interest rate option is a contract that grants the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period of time. An interest rate cap is a contract that protects the holder from a rise in interest rates beyond a certain point. An interest rate floor is a contract that protects the holder against a decline in interest rates below a certain point. Market risk arises from changes in the market value of contractual positions caused by movements in interest rates. We limit our exposure to market risk by generally entering into matching or offsetting positions and by establishing and monitoring limits on unmatched positions. There were no counterparty default losses on options, caps and floors in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Futures and forward contracts

 

Futures and forward contracts on loans, securities or money market instruments represent future commitments to purchase or sell a specified instrument at a specified price and date. Futures contracts are standardized and are traded on organized exchanges, while forward contracts are traded in over-the-counter markets and generally do not have standardized terms.

 

For instruments that are traded on an organized exchange, the exchange assumes the credit risk that a counterparty will not settle and generally requires a margin deposit of cash or securities as collateral to minimize potential credit risk. Mellon has established policies governing which exchanges and exchange members can be used to conduct these activities, as well as the number of contracts permitted with each member and the total dollar amount of outstanding contracts. Credit risk associated with futures and forward contracts is limited to the estimated aggregate replacement cost of those futures and forward contracts in a gain position. Credit risk related to futures contracts is substantially mitigated by daily cash settlements with the exchanges for the net change in the value of the futures contract. Market risk is similar to the market risk associated with interest rate swap contracts. The future cash requirements, if any, related to futures and forward contracts are represented by the net contractual settlement

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   105


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

between Mellon and its counterparties. There were no settlement or counterparty default losses on futures and forward contracts in 2004, 2003 or 2002.

 

Equity options

 

Equity option contracts grant the contract purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a specified amount of equities during a specified period at a predetermined price. We enter into equity options to assist customers in managing market risk associated with equity positions that they hold. Market risk arises from changes in the market value of contractual positions caused by movements in the equity and bond markets. We limit our exposure to market risk by generally entering into matching or offsetting positions and by establishing and monitoring limits on unmatched positions. Credit risk is limited to the estimated aggregate replacement cost of options in a gain position. There were no settlement or counterparty default losses on equity options in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Credit default swaps

 

Credit default swaps allow the transfer of credit risk from one party to another for a fee. These swaps are used to hedge credit risk associated with commercial lending activities. Credit risk is managed by setting specific credit limits and by monitoring outstandings by counterparty and in the aggregate against such limits. There were no settlement or counterparty default losses on credit default swaps in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Total return swaps

 

We enter into total return swaps to minimize the risk related to investments in start-up mutual funds that are based on specific market indices. There were no counterparty default losses on total return swaps in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

28. Concentrations of credit risk

 

For a discussion of credit risk and the credit risk management process employed by Mellon, see the first five paragraphs of “Credit risk” on pages 36 and 37. These paragraphs are incorporated by reference into these Notes to Financial Statements.

 

The maximum risk of accounting loss from on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments with counterparties is represented by their respective balance sheet amounts and the contractual or replacement cost of the off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Significant credit concentrations for Mellon at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003 were:

 

    U.S. government and its agencies and U.S. government sponsored agencies. Substantially all of this exposure consists of investment securities, securities available for sale and the related interest receivable and balances due from the Federal Reserve (see Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements).

 

    Financial institutions, which include finance-related companies; domestic and international banks and depository institutions; and securities and commodities brokers. Our credit exposure to financial institutions includes interest-bearing deposits with banks and certain loans included on the balance sheet and certain off-balance-sheet unfunded loan commitments. This exposure totaled approximately $7 billion at Dec. 31, 2004.

 

29. Fair value of financial instruments

 

A financial instrument is defined by SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or a contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver to or receive cash or another financial instrument from a second entity on potentially favorable terms.

 

Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data and information about the financial instrument. SFAS No. 107 specifies that fair values should be calculated based on the value of one trading unit without regard to any premium or discount that may result from concentrations of ownership of a financial instrument, possible tax ramifications, estimated transaction costs that may result from bulk sales or the relationship between various financial instruments. Because no readily available market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates for these instruments are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, currency and interest

 

106

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

rate risk characteristics, loss experience and other factors. Many of these estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and cannot be determined with precision. Therefore, the calculated fair value estimates cannot always be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in a current sale of the instrument. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Fair value estimates do not include anticipated future business or the value of assets, liabilities and customer relationships that are not considered financial instruments. For example, our fee-generating businesses are not incorporated into the fair value estimates. Other significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include lease finance assets, deferred tax assets, lease contracts, premises and equipment, and intangible assets.

 

We used the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

Short-term financial instruments

 

The carrying amounts reported on our balance sheet generally approximate fair value for financial instruments that reprice or mature in 90 days or less, with no significant change in credit risk. The carrying amounts approximate fair value for:

 

    cash and due from banks;

 

    money market investments;

 

    acceptances;

 

    demand deposits;

 

    money market and other savings accounts;

 

    federal funds purchased and securities under repurchase agreements;

 

    U.S. Treasury tax and loan demand notes;

 

    commercial paper;

 

    other funds borrowed; and

 

    certain other assets and liabilities.

 

Trading account securities, securities available for sale and investment securities

 

Trading account securities and securities available for sale are recorded at market value on our balance sheet. Market values of trading account securities, securities available for sale and investment securities in many instances are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, market value is estimated using quoted market prices for securities with similar credit, maturity and interest rate characteristics. The tables in Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements present in greater detail the carrying value and market value of securities available for sale and investment securities at Dec. 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

Loans

 

The estimated fair value of commercial loans and certain personal loans that reprice or mature in 90 days or less approximates their respective carrying amounts. The estimated fair value of loans that reprice or mature in more than 90 days is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, adjusting where appropriate for prepayment estimates, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality and for similar maturities.

 

Deposit liabilities

 

SFAS No. 107 defines the estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes demand deposits and money market and other savings accounts, to be the amount payable on demand. Although market premiums paid for depository institutions reflect an additional value for these low-cost deposits, SFAS No. 107 prohibits adjusting fair value for any value expected to be derived from retaining those deposits for a future period of time or from the benefit that results from the ability to fund interest-earning assets with these deposit liabilities. The fair value of fixed-maturity deposits which reprice or mature in more than 90 days is estimated using current rates.

 

     MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

107


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Notes and debentures, and junior subordinated debentures

 

The fair value of our notes and debentures, and junior subordinated debentures is estimated using quoted market yields for the same or similar issues or the current yields offered by Mellon for debt with the same remaining maturities.

 

Unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees

 

These financial instruments generally are not sold or traded, and estimated fair values are not readily available. However, the fair value of commitments to extend credit is represented by the remaining contractual fees receivable over the term of the commitments. The fair values of standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees is represented by the amount of the receivable on the balance sheet. Unfunded commitments to extend credit, and standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees are discussed further in Note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Derivative instruments used for trading and risk management purposes

 

Receivables and payables related to derivative instruments are determined by using quoted market prices or valuation models that incorporate current market data.

 

Summary

 

The following table includes financial instruments, as defined by SFAS No. 107, whose estimated fair value is not represented by the carrying value as reported on our balance sheet except for receivables and payables related to derivative instruments, which are presented in the table for supplementary information. The carrying amount and estimated fair values of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and foreign and other guarantees are not significant. We have made estimates of fair value discount rates that we believe to be reasonable considering expected prepayment rates, credit risk and liquidity risk. However, because there is no active market for many of these financial instruments, we have no basis to verify whether the resulting fair value estimates would be indicative of the value negotiated in an actual sale.

 


Financial instruments - summary                      
     Dec. 31, 2004

   Dec. 31, 2003

(in millions)    Carrying
amount
   

Estimated
fair

value

   Carrying
amount
   

Estimated
fair

value

Assets:

                             

Investment securities (a)

   $ 211     $ 217    $ 297     $ 308

Loans (b)

     6,189       6,192      6,838       6,842

Reserve for credit losses (b)

     (78 )     —        (91 )     —  
    


 

  


 

Net loans

     6,111       6,192      6,747       6,842

Other assets (c)

     3,414       3,414      3,260       3,260

Receivables related to derivative instruments

     1,006       1,006      1,117       1,117

Liabilities:

                             

Fixed-maturity deposits (d)

   $ 7,146     $ 7,143    $ 6,142     $ 6,143

Notes and debentures, and junior subordinated debentures (a)

     5,624       5,824      5,266       5,412

Payables related to derivative instruments

     577       577      765       765

 

(a) Market or dealer quotes were used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments, if available.

 

(b) Excludes lease finance assets of $565 million and $629 million, as well as the related reserve for credit losses of $20 million at Dec. 31, 2004 and $12 million at Dec. 31, 2003. Lease finance assets are not considered financial instruments as defined by SFAS No. 107.

 

(c) Excludes non-financial instruments.

 

(d) Includes negotiable certificates of deposit, other time deposits and savings certificates. SFAS No. 107 defines the estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes demand deposits and money market and other savings accounts, to be equal to the amount payable on demand. Therefore, the positive effect of Mellon’s $16.445 billion of such deposits at Dec. 31, 2004 and $14.701 billion of such deposits at Dec. 31, 2003 is not included in this table.

 

108

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

30. Mellon Financial Corporation (Parent Corporation)

 

Condensed Income Statement


     Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Dividends from bank subsidiaries

   $ 435     $ 616     $ 876  

Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries

     99       24       49  

Interest revenue from bank subsidiaries

     6       5       6  

Interest revenue from nonbank subsidiaries

     103       104       137  

Other revenue

     35       29       23  


Total revenue

     678       778       1,091  


Interest expense on commercial paper

     —         —         1  

Interest expense on notes and debentures

     103       91       112  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures (2004) and trust-preferred securities (2003 and 2002) (a)

     55       58       79  

Other expense

     68       52       68  


Total expense

     226       201       260  


Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     452       577       831  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (85 )     (48 )     18  

Equity in undistributed net income:

                        

Bank subsidiaries

     131       124       (98 )

Nonbank subsidiaries

     128       (48 )     (33 )


Net income

   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682  


 

(a) Trust-preferred securities were deconsolidated at Dec. 31, 2003.

 

Condensed Balance Sheet

 


     Dec. 31,
(in millions)    2004    2003

Assets:

             

Cash and money market investments with bank subsidiary

   $ 555    $ 311

Securities available for sale

     270      370

Loans and other receivables due from nonbank subsidiaries

     2,596      2,707

Other receivables due from bank subsidiaries

     91      97

Investment in bank subsidiaries

     3,131      3,396

Investment in nonbank subsidiaries

     1,212      554

Corporate-owned life insurance

     709      629

Other assets

     109      87

Total assets

   $ 8,673    $ 8,151

Liabilities:

             

Commercial paper

   $ 6    $ 10

Deferred compensation

     335      268

Other liabilities

     154      198

Notes and debentures (with original maturities over one year)

     3,019      2,916

Junior subordinated debentures

     1,057      1,057

Total liabilities

     4,571      4,449

Shareholders’ equity

     4,102      3,702

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 8,673    $ 8,151

 

 

     MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION   109


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows


     Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 796     $ 701     $ 682  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (259 )     (94 )     107  

Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

     20       (14 )     17  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (29 )     12       (1 )

Net increase from other operating activities

     29       26       134  


Net cash provided by operating activities

     557       631       939  


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Net (increase) decrease in short-term deposits with affiliated banks

     (245 )     239       9  

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (1,129 )     (1,544 )     (1,738 )

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     1,233       1,377       1,729  

Loans made to subsidiaries

     (422 )     (267 )     (635 )

Principal collected on loans to subsidiaries

     554       289       301  

Net capital contributed to subsidiaries

     (86 )     (64 )     (16 )

Net decrease from other investing activities

     (52 )     (78 )     (94 )


Net cash used in investing activities

     (147 )     (48 )     (444 )


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper

     (4 )     1       1  

Repayments of long-term debt

     (200 )     (450 )     (400 )

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     298       381       693  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     36       29       28  

Proceeds from the issuance of

                        

ESPP shares

     6       11       23  

Repurchase of common stock

     (266 )     (257 )     (698 )

Dividends paid on common stock

     (297 )     (243 )     (213 )

Net increase (decrease) from other financing activities

     16       (54 )     80  


Net cash used in financing activities

     (411 )     (582 )     (486 )


Change in cash and due from banks:

                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks

     (1 )     1       9  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     12       11       2  


Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 11     $ 12     $ 11  


Supplemental disclosures

                        


Interest paid

   $ (186 )   $ (176 )   $ (198 )

Income taxes paid

     (48 )     (43 )     (47 )

Income taxes refunded

     49       83       77  


 

31. Supplemental information to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Noncash investing and financing transactions that, appropriately, are not reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows are listed below.

 



Noncash investing and financing transactions    Year ended Dec. 31,  
(in millions)    2004     2003     2002  

Net transfers to real estate acquired

   $ 1     $ —       $ 1  

Deconsolidation of trust-preferred securities (a)

     —         31       —    

Purchase acquisitions (b) :

                        

Fair value of noncash assets acquired including goodwill and other intangibles

     259       44       447  

Liabilities assumed

     (29 )     —         (35 )

Common stock issued from treasury

     (2 )     (11 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash disbursed

   $ 228     $ 33     $ 412  


 

(a) See Note 15 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

(b) Purchase acquisitions primarily relate to The Providence Group, SourceNet Solutions, Inc., Talking People Limited, Safeco Trust Company, Paragon Asset Management Company, Evaluation Associates Capital Markets, and the remaining 70% interest in Pareto Partners, as well as the additional consideration for Van Deventer & Hoch, The Arden Group and Vinings LLC in 2004; DirectAdvice, the remaining 49% interest in Buck & Willis Healthcare Limited and The Arden Group, as well as the additional consideration for Henderson’s Private Asset Management Business acquisition in 2003; and Unifi Network, the remaining 5% interest in Newton Management Limited, HBV Capital Management, Henderson’s Private Asset Management Business, Ashland Management’s Separate Accounts Business and Vinings Management Corporation in 2002.

 

110

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

32. International operations

 

Foreign activity includes trust and investment fee revenue generating businesses, foreign exchange trading activity, loans and other revenue producing assets and transactions in which the customer is domiciled outside of the United States and/or the foreign activity is resident at a foreign entity. We have approximately 2,400 employees at non-U.S. locations, principally in the U.K. and other European countries. Due to the nature of our foreign and domestic activities, it is not possible to precisely set apart the foreign and domestically domiciled customers. As a result, it is necessary to make certain subjective assumptions such as:

 

    Net income from international operations is determined after internal allocations for taxes, expenses, and provision and reserve for credit losses.

 

    Expenses charged to international operations include those directly incurred in connection with such activities, as well as an allocable share of general support and overhead charges.

 

International assets, revenue, income from international operations before income taxes and net income from international operations are shown in the following table.

 


Foreign and domestic total assets and results from continuing operations                
(in millions)    Foreign     Domestic    Total

2004

                     

Total assets

   $ 5,142  (a)   $ 31,973    $ 37,115

Total revenue

     710  (a) (b)     4,216      4,926

Income before taxes

     146  (b)     1,011      1,157

Income

     99       701      800

2003 (c)

                     

Total assets

   $ 5,015     $ 28,968    $ 33,983

Total revenue

     469       4,134      4,603

Income before taxes

     38       958      996

Income (d)

     28       655      683

2002 (c)

                     

Total assets

   $ 3,711     $ 32,520    $ 36,231

Total revenue

     483       4,232      4,715

Income before taxes

     57       940      997

Income

     38       632      670

 

(a) Includes assets of approximately $4.6 billion and revenue of approximately $500 million of international operations domiciled in the U.K., which is in excess of 12% of consolidated total assets and 10% of total consolidated revenues.

 

(b) Includes the $93 million pre-tax gain from the sale of a portion of our indirect investment in Shinsei Bank.

 

(c) Prior periods were reclassified to exclude affiliate activity.

 

(d) Income for 2003 is before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

111


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Mellon Financial Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mellon Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mellon Financial Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002 the Corporation changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangibles resulting from business combinations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Mellon Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 18, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 18, 2005

 

112

  

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION


CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

Annual Meeting

 

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held on the 10th floor of Two Mellon Center, 501 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, at 10 a.m. on Tuesday, April 19, 2005.

 

Annual Report

 

The 2004 Annual Report consists of the 2004 Summary Annual Report and the 2004 Financial Annual Report.

 

Charitable Contributions

 

A report on Mellon’s comprehensive community involvement, including charitable contributions, is available online at www.mellon.com or by calling (412) 234-8680.

 

Corporate Communications/Media Relations

 

Members of the media should direct inquiries to media@mellon.com or (412) 234-7157.

 

Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

The Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan provides a way to purchase shares of common stock directly from Mellon at the current market value. Nonshareholders may purchase their first shares of Mellon’s common stock through the Plan, and shareholders may increase their shareholding by reinvesting cash dividends and through optional cash investments. Plan details are in a prospectus, which may be obtained from Mellon Investor Services by e-mailing shrrelations@melloninvestor.com or by calling 1 800 205-7699.

 

Dividend Payments

 

Subject to approval of the board of directors, dividends are paid on Mellon’s common stock on or about the 15th day of February, May, August and November.

 

Electronic Deposit of Dividends

 

Registered shareholders may have quarterly dividends paid on Mellon’s common stock deposited electronically to their checking or savings account, free of charge. To have your dividends deposited electronically, send a written request by e-mail to shrrelations@melloninvestor.com or by mail to Mellon Investor Services, P.O. Box 3315, South Hackensack, NJ 07606. For more information, call 1 800 205-7699.

 

Elimination of Duplicate Mailings

 

To eliminate duplicate mailings and help your company reduce expenses, submit, with your full name and address the way it appears on your account, a written request by e-mail to shrrelations@melloninvestor.com or by mail to Mellon Investor Services, P.O. Box 3315, South Hackensack, NJ 07606. For more information, call 1 800 205-7699.

 

Exchange Listing

 

Mellon’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol MEL. Our transfer agent and registrar is Mellon Investor Services, P.O. Box 3315, South Hackensack, NJ 07606. For more information, visit www.melloninvestor.com or call 1 800 205-7699.

 

Form 10-K and Shareholder Publications

 

For a free copy of Mellon’s Annual Report on Form 10-K or the quarterly earnings news release on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, send a written request by e-mail to mellon_10-K/8-K@mellon.com or by mail to the Secretary of Mellon, One Mellon Center, Room 4826, Pittsburgh, PA 15258-0001.

 

The 2004 Summary and Financial Annual Reports, as well as Forms 10-K, 8-K and 10-Q, and quarterly earnings and other news releases can be viewed and printed at www.mellon.com .

 

Internet Access

 

Mellon: www.mellon.com

Mellon Investor Services: www.melloninvestor.com

Also see Internet access for Business Groups/Principal Entities in the 2004 Mellon Summary Annual Report.

 

Investor Relations

 

Visit www.mellon.com/investorrelations/ or call (412) 234-5601.

 

Publication Requests/Securities Transfer Agent

 

To request the Annual Report or quarterly information or to address issues regarding stock holdings, certificate replacement/transfer, dividends and address changes, visit www.melloninvestor.com or call 1 800 205-7699.

 

Stock Prices

 

Current prices for Mellon’s common stock can be viewed at www.mellon.com .

 

Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) Lines

 

Mellon Investor Services TDD lines are 1 800 231-5469 (within the United States) and (201) 329-8354 (outside the United States).

 

The contents of the listed Internet sites are not incorporated into this Annual Report.

 

Mellon entities are Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action employers. Mellon is committed to providing equal employment opportunities to every employee and every applicant for employment, regardless of, but not limited to, such factors as race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, familial or marital status, ancestry, citizenship, sexual orientation, veteran status or being a qualified individual with a disability.

 


 

    Mellon Financial Corporation    
    One Mellon Center                      
    Pittsburgh, PA 15258-0001        
    (412) 234-5000                              
    www.mellon.com                        
LOGO
        Mellon Financial Corporation    

 

Exhibit - 21.1

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

PRIMARY SUBSIDIARIES OF THE CORPORATION (a)

DEC. 31, 2004

 

Mellon Trust of New England, National Association — Incorporation: United States

 

Mellon Bank, N.A. — Incorporation: United States

 

The Dreyfus Corporation — State of Incorporation: New York

 

    Founders Asset Management LLC — State of Organization: Colorado

 

Mellon 1 st Business Bank, National Association — Incorporation: United States

 

Mellon United National Bank — Incorporation: United States

 

MBC Investments Corporation — State of Incorporation: Delaware

 

    Neptune LLC — State of Organization: Delaware

 

    Mellon Europe Ltd. — Incorporation: England

 

    Mellon Global Investments Limited — Incorporation: England

 

    Newton Management Limited — Incorporation: England

 

    Newton Investment Management Limited — Incorporation: England

 

Mellon Human Resources & Investor Solutions Inc. — State of Incorporation: Pennsylvania

 

    Mellon Consultants LLC — State of Incorporation: New York

 

    Mellon Investor Services LLC — State of Organization: New Jersey

 

    Mellon HR Solutions LLC — State of Organization: Pennsylvania

 

Fixed Income (DE) Trust — State of Organization: Delaware

 

    Fixed Income (MA) Trust — State of Organization: Massachusetts

 

    Standish Mellon Asset Management Company LLC — State of Organization: Delaware

 

(a) This listing includes all significant subsidiaries as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, as well as other selected subsidiaries.

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

        of Mellon Financial Corporation:

 

We consent to incorporation by reference in:

 

    Registration Statement Nos. 33-34430 (Form S-8), 33-41796 (Form S-8), 33-65824 (Form S-8), 33-65826 (Form S-8), 333-16743 (Form S-8), 333-38213 (Form S-3), 333-65275 (Form S-8), 333-75601 (Form S-8), 333-87961 (Form S-8), 333-54050 (Form S-8), 333-54054 (Form S-8), 333-60460 (Form S-8), 333-60464 (Form S-8), 333-105695 (Form S-8), 333-107400 (Form S-3), 333-108697 (Form S-3), and 333-109193 (Form S-8) of Mellon Financial Corporation;

 

    Registration Statement No. 333-107400-01 (Form S-3) of Mellon Funding Corporation;

 

    Registration Statement No. 333-107400-02 (Form S-3) of Mellon Capital V;

 

    Registration Statement No. 333-107400-03 (Form S-3) of Mellon Capital IV; and

 

    Registration Statement No. 333-107400-04 (Form S-3) of Mellon Capital III

 

of our reports dated February 18, 2005 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Mellon Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, which reports are incorporated by reference in the December 31, 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mellon Financial Corporation. Our report with respect to the aforementioned consolidated financial statements refers to a change, in 2002, in Mellon Financial Corporation’s method of accounting for goodwill and other intangibles resulting from business combinations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 25, 2005

 

Exhibit 24.1

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

MELLON FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

Know all men by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael A. Bryson and Carl Krasik, and each of them, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for Mellon Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2004, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

This power of attorney shall be effective as of February 15, 2005 and shall continue in full force and effect until revoked by the undersigned in a writing filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

/s/ Martin G. McGuinn


 

/s/ Robert Mehrabian


Martin G. McGuinn, Director and

Principal Executive Officer

  Robert Mehrabian, Director

/s/ Ruth E. Bruch


 

/s/ Seward Prosser Mellon


Ruth E. Bruch, Director   Seward Prosser Mellon, Director

/s/ Paul L. Cejas


 

/s/ Mark A. Nordenberg


Paul L. Cejas, Director   Mark A. Nordenberg, Director

/s/ Jared L. Cohon


 

/s/ James F. Orr III


Jared L. Cohon, Director   James F. Orr III, Director

/s/ Steven G. Elliott


 

/s/ David S. Shapira


Steven G. Elliott, Director   David S. Shapira, Director


/s/ Ira J. Gumberg


 

/s/ William E. Strickland, Jr.


Ira J. Gumberg, Director   William E. Strickland, Jr., Director

/s/ Edmund F. Kelly


 

/s/ John P. Surma


Edmund F. Kelly, Director   John P. Surma, Director

/s/ Edward J. McAniff


 

/s/ Wesley W. von Schack


Edward J. McAniff, Director   Wesley W. von Schack, Director

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Martin G. McGuinn, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mellon Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2005

 

/s/ Martin G. McGuinn

Name: Martin G. McGuinn

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Michael A. Bryson, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mellon Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2005

 

/s/ Michael A. Bryson

Name: Michael A. Bryson

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of Mellon Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

Dated: February 25, 2005      

/s/ Martin G. McGuinn

       

Name: Martin G. McGuinn

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of Mellon Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

Dated: February 25, 2005

     

/s/ Michael A. Bryson

       

Name: Michael A. Bryson

       

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

 

as Lessor

 

and

 

MELLON BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lessee

 

Dated as of December 29, 2004, amending and restating that certain Lease Agreement dated as of February 1, 1983 and amended as of November 1, 1983.

 

Location:    City of Pittsburgh
     Commonwealth of Pennsylvania


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 


 

          P AGE

     ARTICLE 1     
     L EASE O F P REMISES     
Section 1.01.    Title And Condition    2
Section 1.02.    Use    2
Section 1.03.    Terms    3
Section 1.04.    Rent    3
Section 1.05.    Lease Superior    4
     ARTICLE 2     
     N ET L EASE     
Section 2.01.    Net Lease    4
Section 2.02.    Taxes and Assessments; Compliance with Law    5
Section 2.03.    Liens    7
Section 2.04.    Indemnification    7
Section 2.05.    Maintenance and Repair    8
Section 2.06.    Permitted Contests    8
Section 2.07.    Performance of Land Lease    9
     ARTICLE 3     
     P ROCEDURE UPON P URCHASE     
Section 3.01.    Procedure upon Purchase    10
Section 3.02.    Condemnation and Casualty    11
Section 3.03.    Insurance    17
Section 3.04.    Alterations    19
Section 3.05.    Purchase Option    20
Section 3.06.    Property to be Conveyed    21
     ARTICLE 4     
     A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLETTING     
Section 4.01.    Assignment and Subletting    22
     ARTICLE 5     
     C ONDITIONAL L IMITATIONS     
Section 5.01.    Default Provisions    24
Section 5.02.    Additional Rights of Lessor    27


     ARTICLE 6     
     N OTICES AND O THER I NSTRUMENTS     
Section 6.01.    Notices and Other Instruments    28
Section 6.02.    Estoppel Certificates; Financial Information    28
     ARTICLE 7     
     N O M ERGER     
Section 7.01.    No Merger    30
Section 7.02.    Surrender    30
Section 7.03.    Attornment    30
Section 7.04.    Further Assurances    30
Section 7.05.    Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets    31
Section 7.06.    Intentionally Omitted    32
Section 7.07.    Separability; Binding Effect    32
Section 7.08.    Table of Contents and Headings    32
Section 7.09.    Counterparts    32
Section 7.10.    Schedules    32
Section 7.11.    Brokers    32
Section 7.12.    Memorandum of Lease    33
Section 7.13.    Options Irrevocable    33

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 29, 2004 (the “ Lease ”), amending and restating the Lease Agreement dated as of February 1, 1983, as amended as of November 1, 1983, between 500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Connecticut limited partnership (herein, together with its successors and assigns as assignee hereunder, called “ Lessor ”), having an address c/o Grant Holdings, Inc, c/o Philip Morris Capital Corporation, 225 High Ridge Road, Suite 300 West, Stamford, Connecticut 06905 and MELLON BANK, N.A., a national banking association (herein, together with any entity succeeding thereto by consolidation, merger or acquisition of its assets substantially as an entirety, called “ Lessee ”), having an address at Two Mellon Center, Suite 975, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259-0001.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) dated as of February 1, 1983, and amended as of November 1, 1983 (the “ Original Lease ”);

 

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee executed and delivered that certain Memorandum of Lease Agreement and Modification and Contingency Agreement dated as of February 1, 1983, recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in Volume 6610, page 169 as an exhibit to that certain Deed dated February 1, 1983, from United States Steel Corporation to 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A., recorded February 17, 1983 in Deed Book Volume 6610, Page 155;

 

WHEREAS, the commencement date of the Original Lease was February 16, 1983, (the “ Commencement Date ”);

 

WHEREAS, Lessee is the owner of a remainder interest (as such, “ Remainderman ”) in a certain parcel of land described in Schedule A (the “ Land ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Lessor is the owner of an estate for years in the Land which will terminate on January 1, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”) and holds an option, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Option to Lease and Subordination Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Option Agreement ”), to lease the Land from Remainderman pursuant to the terms of the form of Land Lease annexed to the Option Agreement, with the term thereof (if such option is exercised by Lessor) commencing January 2, 2010 (the “ Land Lease ”), between Remainderman, as lessor, and the Lessor, as lessee;

 

WHEREAS, the Lessor is the owner in fee of the building (the “ Building ”) and other improvements now or hereafter located on the Land;


WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire to amend and restate the Lease in its entirety to reflect certain agreements between them.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and in consideration of the sum of Ten ($10.00) Dollars and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree to amend and restate the Lease in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

L EASE O F P REMISES

 

Section 1.01. Title And Condition. In consideration of the rents and covenants herein stipulated to be paid and performed by Lessee and upon the terms and conditions herein specified, Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the premises (the “ Premises ”) consisting of (i) Lessor’s interest in the Land, (ii) all buildings and other improvements (including, without limitation, the attachments and other affixed property) now or hereafter located on the Land (the “ Improvements ”) and (iii) the respective easements, rights and appurtenances relating to the Land and the Improvements, including, without limitation, the agreements, if any, set forth in Schedule A hereto, to have and to hold said Premises for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, and subject to the covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in this Lease.

 

The Premises are leased to Lessee in the condition existing as of the Commencement Date without representation or warranty by Lessor and subject to the rights of parties in possession as of the Commencement Date, to the state of title existing as of the Commencement Date, to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 2.02(b)) now or hereafter in effect and, in addition, to Permitted Exceptions listed in Schedule A. Prior to the Commencement Date, Lessee examined the Premises and title to the Premises and found all of the same satisfactory for the purpose of this Lease. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall have no liability whatsoever to Lessee in respect of or arising out of the construction of the Improvements.

 

Section 1.02. Use . Lessee may use the Premises for any lawful purpose. As long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Lessor warrants that Lessor shall not interfere with the peaceful and quiet occupation and enjoyment of the Premises by Lessee; provided that Lessor and its agents and designees, upon reasonable notice to Lessee, which after the Bond Date (as hereinafter defined) shall be deemed to mean at least 24 hours notice to Lessee, unless an event of default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing or an emergency exists , may enter upon and examine the Premises at reasonable times,

 

2


which after the Bond Date shall be deemed to mean during business hours (unless an event of default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing or an emergency exists), and show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees (whether one or more, the “ Mortgagee ”) under any mortgage, deed of trust or similar security instrument creating a lien on the interests of Lessor in the Premises (whether one or more, the “ Mortgage ”) or to prospective lessees as long as such examination or showing shall not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of Lessee on the Premises, provided that, after the Bond Date, Lessor may only enter the Premises (i) if to show the same to prospective lessees, during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term, and (ii) as long as Lessor is accompanied by a representative of Lessee, which representative Lessee shall make available to Lessor. Lessee shall be entitled, during the term of this Lease, to name the Premises. The “ Bond Date ” shall mean the day on which the principal of, and interest on, all notes issued by Lessor, secured by a mortgage on the Premises and outstanding on December 29, 2004 are paid in full.

 

Section 1.03. Terms . The Premises are leased for an initial term (the “ Initial Term ”), an interim term (the “ Interim Term ”), a primary term (the “ Primary Term ”), a basic term (the “ Basic Term ”) and, at Lessee’s option, for one additional term of five years (the “ Extended Term ”) unless and until the term of this Lease shall expire or be terminated pursuant to any provision hereof. The Initial Term, the Interim Term, the Primary Term, the Basic Term and the Extended Term shall be collectively referred to as the “Term” and shall commence and expire on the dates set forth in Schedule B. If Lessee wishes to extend the Term pursuant to this Lease, Lessee shall exercise its option to extend the Term of this Lease for the Extended Term by giving notice thereof to Lessor not less than twenty-four (24) months prior to the expiration of the Basic Term. Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee, and Lessee expressly waives any and all rights or claims against Lessor, and agrees not to assert any right or claim against Lessor, for any loss, cost, expense, damage (consequential or otherwise), indemnification, reimbursement or otherwise, at law or in equity (including for specific performance), if Lessee is unable to continue in possession of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease solely because the Remainderman fails to enter into the Land Lease to the Lessor in breach of Remainderman’s obligation under the Option Agreement, or because Remainderman breaches the terms of the Land Lease, in each case for any reason and only if Remainderman is an affiliate of Lessee at the time of such failure or breach.

 

Section 1.04. Rent . (a) Lessee shall pay to Lessor in lawful money of the United States as fixed rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in Schedule B (the “ Basic Rent ”) on the dates set forth therein (the “ Payment Dates ”) at Lessor’s address as set forth above or at such other address or to such other person as Lessor from time to time may designate to Lessee by written notice pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

 

3


(b) All amounts which Lessee is required to pay pursuant to this Lease (other than Basic Rent, amounts payable upon purchase of the Premises, amounts payable for additions to and alterations of the Improvements pursuant to Section 3.04, amounts payable for restoration of the Improvements pursuant to Section 3.02 and amounts payable as liquidated damages pursuant to Section 5.01), together with every fine, penalty, interest and cost which may be added for non-payment or late payment thereof, shall constitute additional rent (the “ Additional Rent ”). Subject to Lessee’s cure rights under Section 5.01(a) hereof, if Lessee shall fail to pay any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable hereunder when the same shall become due, Lessor shall have all rights, powers and remedies with respect thereto as are provided herein or by law in the case of non-payment of any Basic Rent which is then due and payable and shall, except as expressly provided herein, have the right to pay the same on behalf of Lessee. Lessee shall pay to Lessor interest at the rate of 13.5% per annum, provided that, after the Bond Date, the interest rate shall be at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the overdue rate up to 13.5% per annum then applicable on any notes secured by any Mortgage on the Premises (or in the event that multiple mortgage notes are then outstanding that bear different overdue rates, the weighted average of such overdue rates) and (ii) three percentage points above the then current Base Rate (or the maximum amount which is not prohibited by law, whichever is less) on all overdue Basic Rent from the due date for payment thereof until paid, and on all overdue Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder, in each case paid by Lessor on behalf of Lessee, from the date of payment by Lessor until repaid by Lessee. Lessee shall perform all its obligations under this Lease at its sole cost and expense, and shall pay all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and any other sum due hereunder when due and payable, without notice or demand. The “ Base Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. or its successor as its “base rate” (or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A. from time to time for the rate presently referred to as its “base rate”).

 

Section 1.05. Lease Superior . This Lease and the rights of Lessee hereunder are and shall be superior to each and any mortgage or deed of trust or security agreement or collateral assignment and any restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, modifications, consolidations, spreaders, replacements, substitutions thereof, now or at any time encumbering all or any part of the Property or Lessor’s interest therein.

 

ARTICLE 2

N ET L EASE

 

Section 2.01. Net Lease. (a) This Lease is a net lease and, any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding, shall not terminate except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or

 

4


reduction (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), set-off, counterclaim, defense or deduction with respect to any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder, nor shall the obligations of Lessee hereunder be affected, by reason of: any damage to or destruction of the Premises or any part thereof; any taking of the Premises or any part thereof by condemnation or otherwise; any prohibition, limitation, restriction or prevention of Lessee’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises, or any interference with such use, occupancy or enjoyment by any person; any eviction by paramount title or otherwise; any default by Lessor hereunder or under any other agreement; the impossibility or illegality of performance by Lessor, Lessee or both; any action of any governmental authority; or any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. No failure by Lessor to comply with any provision hereof during the Term shall give Lessee any right to cancel or terminate this Lease or to abate, reduce or make a deduction from or offset against the Basic Rent or Additional Rent or any other sum payable under this Lease or to fail to perform any other obligation of Lessee hereunder, but Lessee’s remedies and causes of action against Lessor in the event of a breach of any covenant hereunder shall not be otherwise restricted. The parties intend that the obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements and shall continue unaffected unless such obligations shall have been modified or terminated pursuant to an express provision of this Lease.

 

(b) Lessee shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and, shall not take any action to terminate, rescind or avoid this Lease notwithstanding any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other proceeding affecting Lessor or any action with respect to this Lease which may be taken by any trustee, receiver or liquidator or by any court.

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, Lessee waives all rights to terminate or surrender this Lease, or to any abatement or deferment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder.

 

Section 2.02. Taxes and Assessments; Compliance with Law . (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency: (i) all taxes, assessments, levies, fees, water and sewer rents and charges, and all other governmental charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, together with any interest and penalties, which are, at any time prior to or during the Term hereof, imposed or levied upon or assessed against or which arise with respect to (A) the Premises, (B) any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder, (C) this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or (D) the operation, possession or use of the Premises; (ii) all gross receipts or similar taxes (i.e., taxes based upon gross income which fail to take into account deductions with respect to depreciation, interest, taxes or ordinary and necessary business expenses, in each case relating to the Premises) imposed

 

5


or levied upon, assessed against or measured by any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder; (iii) all sales, value added, ad valorem , use and similar taxes at any time levied, assessed or payable on account of the acquisition, ownership, leasing, operation, possession or use of the Premises; (iv) all charges of utilities, communications and similar services serving the Premises; and (v) any tax payable upon the execution, delivery or recording of the Land Lease (or memorandum thereof) or upon the commencement of any term of such Land Lease. Lessee shall not be required to pay any franchise, estate, inheritance, transfer, income or similar tax of Lessor (other than any tax referred to in clause (ii) above) unless such tax is imposed, levied or assessed in substitution for any other tax, assessment, charge or levy which Lessee is required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.02(a), provided that, if at any time during the Term of this Lease the method of taxation shall be such that there shall be assessed, levied, charged or imposed on Lessor or the Remainderman a capital levy or other tax directly on the rents received therefrom or upon the value of the Premises or any present or any future improvement or improvements on the Premises, then all such levies and taxes or the part thereof so measured or based shall be payable by Lessee, but only to the extent that such levies or taxes would be payable if the Premises were the only property of Lessor or Remainderman, and Lessee shall pay and discharge the same as herein provided. Lessee will furnish to Lessor, promptly after demand therefor, proof of payment of all items referred to above which are payable by Lessee. If any such assessment may legally be paid in installments and, Lessee may pay such assessment in installments; in such event, Lessee shall be liable only for installments which become due and payable during the term hereof. After the Bond Date, promptly upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (other than that as a result of an event of default), Lessor shall pay to Lessee that portion of all sums that shall have been paid by Lessee pursuant to this Section 2.02 and that are allocable to any period beyond the date of such expiration or earlier termination less, up to such amount, of any amount due by Lessee to Lessor at such time, and Lessee shall pay to Lessor that portion of all such sums as shall be allocable to the period up to and including the date of such expiration or earlier termination and that shall not have been paid by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessee, subject to its rights under Section 2.06 hereof, shall comply with, and cause the Premises to comply with, and shall assume all obligations and liabilities with respect to, (i) all laws, ordinances and regulations and other governmental rules, orders and determinations presently in effect or hereafter enacted, made or issued, whether or not presently contemplated applicable to the Premises or the ownership, operation, use or possession thereof (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ”) and (ii) all contracts (including insurance policies (which, after the Bond Date, shall include only insurance policies purchased by or on behalf of Lessee or its affiliates) including without limitation, to the extent necessary to prevent cancellation thereof and to ensure full payment of any claims made under such policies), agreements, covenants, conditions and

 

6


restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises (but, after the Bond Date, shall exclude any Mortgage or contract entered into by Lessor on or after the date of this Lease and to which Lessee is not a party and has not otherwise consented) or the ownership, operation, use or possession thereof, including but not limited to all such Legal Requirements, contracts, agreements, covenants, conditions and restrictions which require structural, unforeseen or extraordinary changes.

 

Section 2.03. Liens . Lessee will promptly remove and discharge, any charge, lien, security interest or encumbrance upon the Premises or any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder which arises for any reason, including all liens which arise out of the possession, use, occupancy, construction, repair or rebuilding of the Premises or by reason of labor or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to Lessee or for the Premises, but not including (i) the liens and encumbrances set forth in Schedule A and (ii) any mortgage, charge, lien, security interest or encumbrance created by Lessor or ( provided that Remainderman and Lessee are not the same party or affiliates of each other) Remainderman which is not either requested by or joined in by Lessee. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the consent or request of Lessor, express or implied, to or for the performance by any contractor, laborer, materialman or vendor of any labor or services or for the furnishing of any materials for any construction, alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to the Premises or any part thereof. Notice is hereby given that Lessor will not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Lessee, or to anyone holding an interest in the Premises or any part thereof through or under Lessee, and that no mechanic’s or other liens for any such labor, services or materials shall attach to or affect the interest of Lessor in and to the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ affiliate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securities Act of 1933, as the same may hereinafter be amended from time to time.

 

Section 2.04. Indemnification . Lessee shall defend all actions against Lessor, Remainderman, or any partner, officer, director or shareholder of Lessor, of Remainderman or of any partner of Lessor or Remainderman (herein, collectively, “ Indemnified Parties ”) with respect to, and shall pay, protect, indemnify and save harmless each Indemnified Party from and against, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature (a) to which such Indemnified Party is subject because of Lessor’s or Remainderman’s estate in the Premises (other than any liability, loss, damage, cost, expense, cause of action, suit, claim, demand or judgment arising from any affirmative action by Lessor or by any failure by Lessor to act where it had an affirmative duty to act under the terms of this Lease, unless such action is taken or inaction occurs with the consent or at the request of Lessee and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.02(a) hereof), or (b) arising from (i) injury to or

 

7


death of any person, or damage to or loss of property, on the Premises or on adjoining sidewalks, streets or ways, or connected with the use, condition or occupancy of any thereof, (ii) violation of this Lease by Lessee, (iii) any act or omission of Lessee or its agents, contractors, licensees, sublessees or invitees, and (iv) any contest referred to in Section 2.06. This Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 2.05. Maintenance and Repair . (a) Lessee, at its own expense, will maintain all parts of the Premises in good repair and condition, except for ordinary wear and tear, and will take all action and will make all structural and non-structural, foreseen and unforeseen and ordinary and extraordinary changes and repairs which may be required to keep all parts of the Premises in good repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Lessor shall not be required to maintain, repair or rebuild all or any part of the Premises. Lessee waives the right to (x) require Lessor to maintain, repair or rebuild all or any part of the Premises, or (y) make repairs at the expense of Lessor.

 

(b) In the event that all or any part of the Improvements shall encroach upon any property, street or right-of-way adjoining or adjacent to the Premises, or shall violate the agreements or conditions affecting the Premises or any part thereof, or shall hinder, obstruct or impair any easement or right-of-way to which the Premises are subject, then, promptly after written request of Lessor and Mortgagee (unless such encroachment, violation, hindrance, obstruction or impairment is a Permitted Exception contained in Schedule A) or of Lessor and any person so affected, Lessee shall, at its expense, either (i) obtain valid and effective waivers or settlements of all claims, liabilities and damages resulting therefrom or (ii) if Lessor consents thereto, make such changes, including alteration or removal, to the Improvements and take such other action as shall be necessary to remove or eliminate such encroachments, violations, hindrances, obstructions or impairments.

 

Section 2.06. Permitted Contests . Lessee shall not be required, nor shall Lessor have the right, to pay, discharge or remove any tax, assessment, levy, fee, rent (except Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums due hereunder, in each case payable to or upon the order of Lessor), charge, lien or encumbrance, or to comply with any Legal Requirements applicable to the Premises or the use thereof, as long as Lessee shall contest in good faith and with due diligence the existence, amount or validity thereof by appropriate proceedings which shall prevent the collection of or other realization upon the tax, assessment, levy, fee, rent, charge, lien or encumbrance so contested, and which also shall prevent the sale, forfeiture or loss of the Premises or any portion thereof or any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other sums required to be paid by Lessee hereunder, to satisfy the same or Legal Requirements, and which shall not affect the payment of any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums required to be paid by Lessee

 

8


hereunder; provided that such contest shall not subject Lessor to the risk of any criminal liability or any material civil liability. Lessee shall notify Lessor of any such contest prior to Lessee commencing the same, stating in reasonable detail the charge or requirement to be contested and the basis for Lessee’s contest thereof and shall provide periodic status reports of such contest. Lessee shall give such reasonable security as may be demanded by Lessor to ensure ultimate payment of such tax, assessment, levy, fee, rent, charge, lien or encumbrance and compliance with Legal Requirements and to prevent any sale or forfeiture of the Premises or any portion thereof, any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums required to be paid by Lessee hereunder, by reason of such non-payment or noncompliance.

 

Section 2.07. Performance of Land Lease. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07(b) hereof, Lessee hereby agrees for the benefit of Lessor that if and when the Land Lease is executed and the term thereof has commenced, Lessee shall be responsible for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of tenant under the Land Lease except the payment of Basic Rent (as defined in the Land Lease), but including, without limitation, (i) the payment of additional rent (as required by the Land Lease) during the Basic Term and any Extended Term, and (ii) the obligation and responsibility for the repair, replacement, insurance, maintenance and operation of the premises demised under the Land Lease. As between Lessee and Lessor, Lessee hereby acknowledges that during the Basic Term and Extended Term, if any, of this Lease Lessor shall not have any responsibility with respect to any of the tenant’s obligations under the Land Lease that are to be performed by the Lessee pursuant to this Section 2.07.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.07(a), (i) Lessee shall not be responsible for the payment or performance of any indemnity obligations of Lessor under the Land Lease or contract claims by Remainderman against Lessor under the Land Lease that arise out of a breach by Lessor of its obligations under the Land Lease that are not caused by Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under Section 2.07(a) of this Lease or claims that arise out of or are caused by any negligence or intentional misconduct of Lessor or any of Lessor’s employees, agents, invitees or contractors and (ii) Lessee’s obligations under Section 2.07(a) shall be those that arise under the Land Lease in the form of Land Lease annexed as Exhibit B to the Option Agreement without giving effect, solely for purposes of this Section 2.07, to any amendment or modification at any time to such form or to the Land Lease as executed and delivered unless the Lessee has consented to such amendment or modification in writing.

 

9


ARTICLE 3

P ROCEDURE UPON P URCHASE

 

Section 3.01. Procedure upon Purchase . (a) If Lessee or its designee shall purchase the Premises pursuant to this Lease, Lessor shall convey or cause to be conveyed title thereto, the state of which shall be at least as good as the state of title which existed in Lessor with respect to its interest in the Premises on the Commencement Date, subject, however, to the condition of the Premises on the date of purchase, all charges, liens, security interests and encumbrances on the Premises and all applicable Legal Requirements, but free of the lien of the Mortgage and of charges, liens, security interests and encumbrances resulting from acts of Lessor which are not either consented to in writing, requested by or joined in by Lessee and Lessee or its designee shall accept such title.

 

Upon the date fixed for any purchase of the Premises hereunder, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the purchase price therefor specified herein together with all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums then due and payable hereunder to and including such date of purchase and Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a special warranty deed to or other conveyance of the interests in the Premises or portion thereof then being sold to Lessee and any other instruments necessary to convey the title thereto described in Section 3.01(a) and to assign any other property then required to be assigned by Lessor pursuant hereto. In the event that Lessee has exercised its option to purchase pursuant to Section 3.05 and on the date fixed for purchase there has been no determination of the Fair Market Value of the interests in the Premises being purchased pursuant to Section 3.05, Lessee shall pay to Lessor, promptly upon such determination, the amount of the purchase price so determined plus interest thereon at the rate of 9.5% per annum, provided that after the Bond Date, interest shall be a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the rate then applicable on any notes secured by a mortgage on the Premises (or in the event that multiple mortgage notes are then outstanding that bear different rates of interest, the weighted average of such rates), and (ii) the then current Base Rate (as defined in Section 1.04) (or the maximum amount which is not prohibited by applicable law, whichever is less) from the date of purchase to the date of payment shall be a lien against the interest in the Premises being purchased. The deed or conveyance shall recite that the interests in the Premises being purchased are deemed impressed with a trust for the payment of the purchase price to be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and upon the payment of such purchase price there shall be executed and delivered to Lessee, in recordable form, a cancellation of such right created by such deed or conveyance with respect to the interests in the Premises being purchased. Lessee shall pay the following closing charges incident to such conveyance and assignment: counsel fees (except for those of Lessor), escrow fees, recording fees, title insurance premiums and all applicable taxes (other than any income or franchise taxes of Lessor or any partner thereof) which may be imposed by reason of such

 

10


conveyance and assignment and the delivery of said deed or conveyance and other instruments, provided that, after the Bond Date, in connection with a purchase of the Premises by Lessee pursuant to Section 3.05, Lessor and Lessee shall allocate between themselves payment of transfer taxes in the manner customary at the time for sales of office buildings in Pittsburgh. Upon the completion of any purchase of the entire Premises (but not of any lesser interest than the entire Premises) but not prior thereto (whether or not any delay or failure in the completion of such purchase shall be the fault of Lessor), this Lease shall terminate, except with respect to obligations and liabilities of Lessee hereunder, actual or contingent, which have arisen on or prior to such completion of purchase and, after the Bond Date, except with respect to obligations and liabilities of Lessor hereunder, actual or contingent, which have arisen on or prior to such completion of purchase.

 

Section 3.02. Condemnation and Casualty . (a) Condemnation and Casualty Generally . For purposes of this Lease, “ Condemnation ” shall mean that the use, occupancy or title of the Premises or any part thereof is taken, requisitioned or sold in, by or on account of any actual or threatened eminent domain proceeding or other action by any person having the power of eminent domain, “ Substantial Condemnation ” shall mean a Condemnation that affects all or a substantial portion of the Premises and renders the Premises unsuitable for restoration for continued use and occupancy as an office building with ancillary retail uses and parking, “ Casualty ” shall mean that the Premises or any part thereof are damaged or destroyed by fire, flood or other casualty, “ Substantial Casualty ” shall mean a Casualty that affects all or a substantial portion of the Premises and renders the Premises unsuitable for restoration for continued use and occupancy as an office building with ancillary retail uses and parking, “ Termination Date ” shall mean the Condemnation Termination Date or the Casualty Termination Date, as the case may be, as such terms are defined below, and “ Termination Notice ” shall mean the Condemnation Termination Notice or the Casualty Termination Notice, as the case may be, as such terms are defined below. All awards, compensations, and insurance payments on account of any Condemnation or Casualty are hereinafter collectively called “ Compensation ”. Lessor may appear in any such proceeding or action to negotiate, prosecute and adjust any claim for any Compensation in a Condemnation. Lessor shall collect any Compensation relating to Condemnation and Lessee shall collect any Compensation relating to Casualty. All Compensation shall be applied pursuant to this Section 3.02. All Compensation (less the expense of collecting such Compensation) is herein called the “ Net Proceeds .” Lessor shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with each such proceeding, action, negotiation, prosecution and adjustment and shall be reimbursed therefor out of any Compensation received. Lessee shall be entitled to participate in any such proceeding, action, negotiation, prosecution or adjustment.

 

11


(b) Substantial Condemnation or Substantial Casualty During Initial, Interim, Primary and Basic Terms . If a Substantial Condemnation shall occur during the Initial Term, Interim Term, Primary Term or Basic Term of this Lease, then Lessee shall, not later than 90 days after such Condemnation, deliver to Lessor (i) notice (a “ Condemnation Termination Notice ”) of its intention to terminate this Lease on the next succeeding termination date listed in Schedule C which occurs not less than 160 days after the delivery of such notice (the “ Condemnation Termination Date ”), (ii) a certificate of Lessee describing the event giving rise to such termination and stating that Lessee has determined that such event is a Substantial Condemnation, and (iii) documentation to the effect that termination of this Lease will not be in violation of any agreement then in effect with which Lessee is obligated to comply pursuant to this Lease, provided that, after the Bond Date such documentation referred to in clause (iii) shall be provided only upon Lessor’s reasonable request therefor.

 

After the Bond Date, if a Substantial Casualty shall occur during the Basic Term of this Lease, Lessee, at its option, may (i) at its expense, rebuild, replace or repair the Premises in conformity with the requirements of Sections 2.04 and 3.04 so as to restore the Premises to the condition and fair market value thereof immediately prior to such occurrence (it being agreed that the determination of fair market value of both the original Premises and the restored Premises shall be made using the market conditions that existed immediately prior to the occurrence of the Substantial Casualty) or (ii) not later than 90 days after such Substantial Casualty, deliver to Lessor (A) notice (a “ Casualty Termination Notice ”) of its intention to terminate this Lease on the next succeeding termination date listed in Schedule D which occurs not less than 160 days after the delivery of such notice (the “ Casualty Termination Date ”), (B) a certificate of Lessee describing the event giving rise to such termination and stating that Lessee has determined that such event is a Substantial Casualty and (C) upon Lessor’s reasonable request, documentation to the effect that termination of this Lease will not be in violation of any agreement then in effect with which Lessee is obligated to comply pursuant to this Lease. After the Bond Date, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Legal Requirements do not permit Lessee to rebuild, replace or repair the Premises to the condition thereof immediately prior to the occurrence of Substantial Casualty, then Lessee shall, at its option, either deliver to Lessor a Casualty Termination Notice or restore as provided above to the greatest extent possible under such Legal Requirements and pay to Lessor the difference between the fair market value of the Premises immediately before the occurrence of the Casualty and the fair market value of the Premises that Lessee is permitted to rebuild, replace or repair, under such Legal Requirements (such determination of fair market value being made using the market conditions that existed immediately prior to such occurrence) with such difference in fair market value to be determined by the Appraisal Procedure (as hereinafter defined).

 

12


If Lessee gives a Termination Notice during the Initial Term, Interim Term, Primary Term or Basic Term, such Termination Notice shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Lessee to Lessor to purchase on the Termination Date (i) any remaining portion of the Premises and (ii) the Net Proceeds, if any, payable in connection with such Substantial Casualty (after the Bond Date) or Substantial Condemnation (or the right to receive the same when made, if payment thereof has not yet been made) at a price determined in accordance with Schedule C with respect to a Substantial Condemnation and, after the Bond Date, at a price determined in accordance with Schedule D with respect to a Substantial Casualty. Unless Lessor shall have rejected such offer in accordance with this Section, Lessor shall be conclusively considered to have accepted such offer. If Lessor shall reject such offer, it shall do so by notice given to Lessee not later than the 15th day prior to the Termination Date, and in such event, this Lease shall terminate on the Termination Date, except with respect to obligations and liabilities of Lessor (after the Bond Date) and Lessee hereunder, actual or contingent, which have arisen on or prior to the Termination Date, upon payment by Lessee of all Basic Rent, Additional Rent (after the Bond Date) and other sums then due and payable hereunder to and including the Termination Date or upon refund by Lessor of such Basic Rent and Additional Rent as shall have been paid by Lessee with respect to any period after the Termination Date and the Net Proceeds shall belong to Lessor and if Lessee shall have received the Net Proceeds, Lessee shall pay them to Lessor. If Lessor shall accept, or be deemed to have accepted, Lessee’s offer, then on the Termination Date, Lessor shall convey to Lessee or its designee the remaining portion of the Premises, if any, and Lessor shall assign to Lessee or its designee all its interest in the Net Proceeds pursuant to and upon compliance with Section 3.01 or if Lessor shall have received the Net Proceeds, Lessor shall pay them to Lessee.

 

(c) Substantial Condemnation or Substantial Casualty during Extended Term . If a Substantial Condemnation or a Substantial Casualty shall occur during the Extended Term then Lessee shall, in the case of a Substantial Condemnation, and may in case of a Substantial Casualty, not less than 90 days after such Casualty, deliver to Lessor (i) notice of its intention to terminate this Lease on the next June 1 or December 1 which occurs not less than 90 days after the delivery of such notice (the “ Extended Term Termination Date ”), (ii) a certificate of Lessee describing the event giving rise to such termination and stating that Lessee has determined that such event is a Substantial Condemnation or Substantial Casualty, and (iii) upon Lessor’s reasonable request, documentation to the effect that termination of this Lease will not be in violation of any agreement then in effect with which Lessee is obligated to comply pursuant to this Lease. If, on the Extended Term Termination Date, Lessee shall have paid any Basic Rent or Additional Rent for any period following such date, Lessor shall refund to Lessee all such sums that shall be applicable with respect to any period after the Extended Term Termination Date less, up to such amount, of any amount

 

13


due by Lessee to Lessor at such time, and Lessee shall pay to Lessor that portion of all such sums that shall be allocable to the period up to and including the date of such expiration or earlier termination and that shall not have been paid by Lessee. This Lease shall terminate on the Termination Date, except with respect to obligations and liabilities of Lessor and Lessee hereunder, actual or contingent, which have arisen on or prior to the Termination Date, upon payment by Lessee of all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums then due and payable hereunder to and including the Termination Date, or upon refund by Lessor of such Basic Rent and Additional Rent as shall have been paid by Lessee with respect to any period after the Termination Date and the Net Proceeds shall belong to Lessor and, if Lessee has received such Net Proceeds, Lessee shall pay over such Net Proceeds to Lessor.

 

(d) Less than Substantial Condemnation or Substantial Casualty . If, after a Condemnation that does not constitute a Substantial Condemnation or a Casualty with respect to which Lessee does not give a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 3.02(b) or (c), then this Lease shall continue in full effect and Lessee shall, at its expense, rebuild, replace or repair the Premises in conformity with the requirements of Sections 2.04 and 3.04 so as to restore the Premises (in the case of Condemnation, as nearly as practicable) to the condition and fair market value thereof immediately prior to such occurrence (after the Bond Date, it being agreed that the determination of fair market value of both the original Premises and the restored Premises shall be made using the market conditions that existed immediately prior to the occurrence of the Substantial Casualty). Lessee shall be entitled to receive any Net Proceeds in an amount less than $2,000,000 (provided that after the Bond Date, such amount shall be $10,000,000) and shall apply such Net Proceeds to the rebuilding, replacement and repair of the Premises. If any Net Proceeds relating to a Casualty or Substantial Casualty shall equal $2,000,000 (provided that after the Bond Date, such amount shall be $10,000,000) or more, the same shall be held in trust by Mellon Bank, N.A. and to the extent such Net Proceeds are not then currently required to be paid to Lessee in connection with rebuilding, replacement and repair work, such Net Proceeds shall be held in an interest bearing account at Mellon Bank, N.A. If any Net Proceeds relating to a Condemnation or Substantial Condemnation shall equal $2,000,000 (provided that after the Bond Date, such amount shall be $10,000,000) or more, the same shall be held in trust for Lessor by Mellon Bank, N.A., and to the extent such Net Proceeds are not then currently required to be paid to Lessee in connection with rebuilding, replacement or repair work, such Net Proceeds shall be invested in obligations rated “A” or better by either Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s Investor’s Services which yield income that is free of any federal income tax. The maturities of such obligations shall be approximately the same as a schedule of anticipated payments in connection with the rebuilding, restoration or repair of the Premises, which schedule shall have been agreed to by Lessee and Lessor. Any net income or net loss resulting from the investment of

 

14


Net Proceeds, including any gains or losses realized on sale thereof or amounts withheld therefrom, shall be added to or deducted from Net Proceeds and shall be deemed to be part of such Net Proceeds. To the extent that the Lessor, Lessee or any Mortgagee becomes liable for the payment of any taxes, including taxes required to be withheld, in respect of income derived from the investment of funds hereunder, Mellon Bank, N.A. shall pay such taxes from any monies held or invested pursuant hereto and shall withhold such amount from distribution of such monies as is estimated to be sufficient to provide for the payment of such taxes. Lessee shall be entitled to receive Net Proceeds held in such trust against certificates of Lessee delivered to Lessor from time to time as such work of rebuilding, replacement and repair progresses, each such certificate describing the work and the cost thereof for which Lessee is requesting payment in reimbursement of the cost incurred by Lessee in connection therewith and stating that Lessee has not theretofore received payment for such work. If the cost of any rebuilding, replacement or repair required to be made by Lessee pursuant to this Section 3.02(d) shall exceed the amount of such Net Proceeds, the deficiency shall be paid by Lessee.

 

Any Net Proceeds remaining after final payment has been made for such work shall be retained by Lessor in the case of a Condemnation and shall be paid to or retained by Lessee in the case of a Casualty. To the extent that any Net Proceeds in excess of $25,000 remain after restoration and are retained by Lessor, (i) Schedule C shall be modified by recomputing the percentages set forth in Column 2 thereof to reflect at each period therein the present value of the remaining installments of Basic Rent during the Primary Term of this Lease (after the reduction thereof described below) using a discount rate of 4.8996% per Rental Period (as defined in Schedule B); and (ii) each installment of Basic Rent payable on or after the first Payment Date occurring six months or more after such restoration shall be reduced by an amount determined by multiplying such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount so retained and the denominator of which shall be an amount determined by subtracting from the Basic Amount (as defined in Schedule C) all amounts theretofore retained by or paid to Lessor which previously resulted in a modification of Schedule C; provided , however, that such reduction in installments of Basic Rent shall be limited as follows: (x) the reduction of each installment of Basic Rent from year sixteen through the expiration of the Primary Term shall be calculated by multiplying the final installment of Basic Rent payable in year fifteen of the Primary Term by the fraction referred to in this clause (ii), and (y) the fixed rent per square foot of the Land and/or Improvements shall not be less than the fixed rent per square foot prior to such reduction for each Rental Period. For purposes of determining the fixed rent per square foot of the Improvements, the initial square footage thereof shall be the number of square feet thereof reflected on the most recent as-built survey obtained by Lessor prior to the commencement of the Interim Term; the amount so determined shall then be divided into that portion of

 

15


the Basic Amount which bears the same relationship to the entire Basic Amount as the purchase price for the Improvements bears to the total purchase price. For purposes of determining the fixed rent per square foot of the surface of the land, the initial square footage thereof shall be the number of square feet thereof reflected on the most recent as-built survey obtained by Lessor prior to the commencement of the Initial Term; the amount so determined shall then be divided into that portion of the Basic Amount which bears the same relationship to the entire Basic Amount as the purchase price for the Land bears to the total purchase price.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, after the Bond Date, the following provisions shall apply in lieu of the preceding paragraph: Any Net Proceeds remaining after final payment has been made for such work shall be retained by Lessor in the case of a Condemnation and shall be paid to or retained by Lessee in the case of a Casualty. To the extent that any Net Proceeds after final payment has been made for such work following a Condemnation are retained by Lessor and are in excess of $25,000, (i) Schedules C and D shall be modified as of the first Payment Date occurring after such restoration, by reducing each purchase price thereafter by an amount equal to such retained Net Proceeds, and (ii) each installment of Basic Rent (as the same may have been previously adjusted) payable (x) with respect to any Net Proceeds received on or before May 30, 2008, on or after the first Payment Date occurring six months or more after such restoration, and (y) with respect to any Net Proceeds received after May 30, 2008, on or after the first Payment Date occurring after such restoration, shall be reduced by an amount determined by multiplying each such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of Net Proceeds so retained and the denominator of which shall be the purchase price applicable to such first Payment Date and shown on Schedule D and such fraction as so determined as of such first Payment Date shall be used to adjust each installment of Base Rent with respect to each subsequent Payment Date. Upon the request of Lessee, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee revised Schedules B, C and D reflecting such adjustments.

 

(e) In the event of any temporary requisition, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and, if no event of default has occurred and is continuing in the payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent, Lessee shall be entitled to receive the Net Proceeds allocable to such temporary requisition, except that such portion of the Net Proceeds allocable to the period after the expiration or termination of the term of this Lease shall be paid to Lessor, provided that, if such an event of default shall be continuing, Lessor shall hold the Net Proceeds in trust to apply the same to Basic Rent and Additional Rent then due hereunder and, after such event of default has been cured, release any amounts not so applied to Lessee.

 

16


(f) Leasehold Improvements . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.02, if any leasehold improvements paid for by Lessee are the subject of Condemnation, Lessee shall be entitled to receive that portion of any Net Proceeds relating to the Improvements which is determined by multiplying the total Net Proceeds relating to the Improvements by a fraction, the numerator of which is the value of the leasehold improvements paid for by Lessee and the denominator of which is the value of all the other Improvements; provided that Lessee shall be required to establish the reasonable value (taking account of depreciation) of such leasehold improvements at the date of the Condemnation in a manner reasonably acceptable to Lessor and, in the event that Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree, by appraisal conducted in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.05. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.02(f) notwithstanding, Lessee shall not be entitled to receive any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.02(f) relating to Condemnation until Lessor has received from such Net Proceeds an amount equal to the applicable purchase price for the Premises set forth in Schedule C.

 

Section 3.03. Insurance . (a) Lessee will maintain insurance on the Premises for the following risks:

 

(i) Insurance against loss by fire, flood, lightning and other risks which at the same time are included under “extended coverage” endorsements in amounts sufficient to prevent Lessor, Lessee and Remainderman from becoming a co-insurer of any loss, but in any event in amounts not less than 100% of the actual replacement value of the Improvements, exclusive of foundations and excavations; provided that insurance against flood and earthquake shall be limited to $25,000,000.

 

(ii) Commercial general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring on, in or about the Premises and adjoining streets and sidewalks in the minimum amounts of $10,000,000 for bodily injury or death to any one person, $50,000,000 for any one accident and $10,000,000 for property damage or in such greater amounts as are then customary for property similar in use to the Premises.

 

(iii) Worker’s compensation insurance (including employers’ liability insurance, if requested by Lessor) to the extent required by the law of the state in which the Premises are located and to the extent necessary to protect Lessor, Remainderman and the Premises against worker’s compensation claims.

 

(iv) Explosion insurance in respect of any boilers and similar apparatus located on the Premises in the minimum amount of $500,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary.

 

17


(v) Such other insurance, in such amounts and against such risks, as is reasonably requested by Mortgagee or as is commonly obtained in the case of property similar in use to the Premises and located in the state in which the Premises are located, including war risk and terrorism insurance when and to the extent obtainable from the United States Government or any agency thereof and earthquake insurance.

 

Such insurance shall be written by insurers of nationally recognized financial standing legally qualified to issue such insurance with an A.M. Best rating of A- or the equivalent, and shall name Lessor and Remainderman (and, in the case of commercial general liability insurance, Mortgagee) as additional insureds and include Lessee as its interest may appear. If the premises or any part thereof shall be damaged or destroyed by Casualty, and if the estimated cost of rebuilding, replacing or repairing the same shall exceed $25,000, Lessee promptly shall notify Lessor thereof.

 

(b) Every such policy (other than any commercial general liability or worker’s compensation policy) shall bear a mortgagee endorsement in favor of the Mortgagee or Mortgagees or beneficiary or beneficiaries under each Mortgage and, if required by the Mortgagee, any loss under any such policy shall be payable to the Mortgagee which has a first lien on such interests (or if there is more than one first Mortgagee, then to the trustee for such Mortgagees) to be held and applied pursuant to Section 3.02. Every policy referred to in Section 3.03(a) shall provide that it will not be cancelled or amended except after 30 days’ written notice to Lessor and the Mortgagee, sent by registered or certified mail, and that it shall not be invalidated by any act or negligence of Lessor, Lessee or any person or entity having an interest in the Premises, nor by occupancy or use of the Premises for purposes more hazardous than permitted by such policy, nor by any foreclosure or other proceedings relating to the Premises, nor by change in title to or ownership of the Premises. After the Bond Date, the word “amended” in the preceding sentence shall be deemed deleted and the phrase “coverage reduced” substituted therefor.

 

(c) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor and Mortgagee originals of the applicable insurance policies or original or duplicate certificates of insurance, satisfactory to Lessor and Mortgagee, evidencing the existence of all insurance which is required to be maintained by Lessee hereunder, such delivery to be made (i) upon the execution and delivery hereof and (ii) at least 30 days prior to the expiration of any such insurance, provided that after the Bond Date the phrase in the sentence “originals of the applicable insurance policies or” shall be deemed deleted. Lessee shall not obtain or carry separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required by this Section 3.03 unless Lessor and Remainderman are each a named insured therein and unless there is a Mortgagee endorsement in favor of Mortgagee with loss payable as provided

 

18


herein. Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor whenever any such separate insurance is obtained and shall deliver to Lessor and Mortgagee the policies or certificates evidencing the same. Any insurance required hereunder may be provided under blanket policies provided that the Premises are specified therein.

 

(d) The requirements of this Section 3.03 shall not be construed to negate or modify Lessee’s obligations under Section 2.04.

 

Section 3.04. Alterations . (a) After the commencement of the Interim Term, Lessee may, at its expense, make additions to and alterations of the Improvements and construct additional Improvements, provided that (i) the fair market value of the Premises shall not be lessened thereby, (ii) such work shall be expeditiously completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and the requirements of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessee hereunder and (iii) no Improvements shall be demolished and no structural alterations shall be made to the Improvements which, after the Bond Date, shall be deemed to mean only that the Building shall not be demolished unless Lessee shall have first furnished Lessor with such surety bonds or other security acceptable to Lessor as shall be necessary to assure rebuilding of such Improvements (which, after the Bond Date, shall be deemed to mean only the Building) and unless Lessor’s prior consent shall have been obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All such additions and alterations shall be and remain part of the realty and the property of Lessor and shall be subject to this Lease. Lessee may place upon the Premises any inventory, trade fixtures, removable tenant improvements, machinery or equipment belonging to Lessee or third parties and may remove the same at any time during the term of this Lease. Lessee shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Lessor covenants and agrees that it (1) will not give any consent or approval under the Easement and Atrium Agreement of even date herewith between Lessor and United States Steel Corporation and (2) will not amend, modify or terminate said Easement and Atrium Agreement without in either case first obtaining the prior approval of Lessee.

 

(b) After the Bond Date, Lessor shall reasonably cooperate with Lessee (at no cost to Lessor) and sign any application to the governmental authority having jurisdiction necessary to permit Lessee to make any additions, alterations, substitutions and replacements as may be permitted by this Lease, provided that (i) Lessee shall certify to Lessor that such application is true and correct, (ii) Lessee shall indemnify Lessor against any cost, loss, damage, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) that Lessor may incur as a result thereof, and (iii) Lessor shall not be required to provide any affidavits of officers or employees of Lessor or legal opinions in connection therewith.

 

19


Section 3.05. Purchase Option. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to purchase the Premises on the last day of the Basic Term upon not less than twenty four (24) months’ prior notice to Lessor, at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Premises (as of the date the Premises are to be transferred) as encumbered by this Lease (i.e., taking into account the rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee under this Lease and assuming for that purpose the exercise of the Extended Term). “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean that price at which a willing seller is willing to sell the Premises and a willing buyer is willing to buy the Premises with neither party being compelled to enter such a transaction and taking into account all relevant factors, including the factor described in the preceding sentence and the fact that Lessor either owns a leasehold interest in, or fee title to, the Land, as is the case at the time of sale. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined by the following procedure (the “ Appraisal Procedure ”):

 

(i) The two parties in interest shall endeavor to agree on the Fair Market Value that in the absence of such agreement would be determined by an appraisal, but if either party shall give written notice (the “ Appraisal Notice ”) to the other requesting determination of such amount by appraisal, the succeeding paragraphs shall apply.

 

(ii) The parties shall promptly consult for the purpose of appointing a mutually acceptable Appraiser. If the parties shall be unable to agree on any Appraiser within fifteen (15) days of the giving of the Appraisal Notice contemplated by the immediately preceding paragraph, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by a panel of three (3) Appraisers selected as follows. One of the parties shall select one of the Appraisers and notify the other of the name and business address of the Appraiser selected by it, and the other party shall select the second of the Appraisers; provided that if either party shall fail to select an Appraiser within thirty (30) days after the giving of the Appraisal Notice, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined solely by the Appraiser selected by the party which exercised its right to make such selection. If two (2) Appraisers are selected as aforesaid, such Appraisers shall select the third Appraiser or, if they shall be unable to agree on a third Appraiser within ten (10) days after each of such two (2) Appraisers shall have been selected, such third Appraiser shall be selected within ten (10) days by the American Arbitration Association (or any successor organization thereto) located in the county in the closest proximity to the Premises.

 

(iii) The Appraiser or Appraisers appointed pursuant to the foregoing procedure shall be instructed to determine the Fair Market Value within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the last Appraiser that is appointed pursuant to the procedure set forth in clause (ii) above. Such determination of Fair Market Value shall be final and binding upon

 

20


the parties. If there is one (1) Appraiser, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by that Appraiser. If there are three (3) Appraisers and the Fair Market Value determined by one (1) Appraiser shall differ from the Fair Market Value determined by the Appraiser making the middle appraisal by more than twice the difference between the Fair Market Values determined by the third Appraiser and the middle Appraiser, then the Fair Market Value determined by such Appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two (2) Fair Market Values shall be averaged and such average shall constitute the determination of Fair Market Value of the Appraisers; otherwise, the three (3) Fair Market Values shall be averaged and such average shall constitute the determination of Fair Market Value of the Appraisers.

 

(iv) If only one Appraiser is selected by both parties, each party shall pay one-half of the fees and expenses of such Appraiser; in the event of a panel of three Appraisers, each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Appraiser appointed by it and the third Appraiser shall be paid in equal shares by the two parties, and in the event only one party shall select an Appraiser, such party shall pay the fees and expenses of such Appraiser.

 

“Appraiser” shall mean an appraiser who is not an employee of either party or an affiliate of either party, who has not less than five (5) years’ current experience appraising properties of a nature and type similar to that of, and in the same geographic proximity as, the Premises being appraised and who holds an MAI designation (or successor to such designation) conferred by the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any successor organization thereto), and who is in good standing as an independent member thereof, and, with respect only to the third Appraiser, who shall be impartial and who is not then performing and who has not performed in the three year period immediately preceding his or her selection, any services for either party or any of its affiliates.

 

On the date of purchase, Lessor shall convey the Premises to Lessee or its designee pursuant to and upon compliance with Section 3.01. The option created by this Section 3.05 is exercisable only as long as this Lease is in effect and only if an event of default shall not have occurred and be continuing hereunder. The option created hereby shall expire upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 3.06. Property to be Conveyed. If at any time Lessor acquires fee title to the Land (or acquires the remainder interest in the Land currently held

 

21


by the Remainderman), and in the event of any purchase by Lessee of the Premises pursuant to this Lease (whether by reason of Substantial Condemnation, Substantial Casualty or the exercise of Lessee’s option pursuant to Section 3.05), Lessor shall convey to Lessee such fee title (or remainder) interest in the Land when it conveys the Premises to Lessee, the state of title of which shall be at least as good as the state of title which existed in Lessor with respect to its interest in the Land on the date on which Lessor acquired title from the Remainderman, subject, however, to the condition of the Premises on the date of purchase, all charges, liens, security interests and encumbrances on the Land and all applicable Legal Requirements, but free of the lien of the Mortgage and of charges, liens, security interests and encumbrances resulting from acts of Lessor which are not either consented to in writing, requested by or joined in by Lessee.

 

ARTICLE 4

A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLETTING

 

Section 4.01. Assignment and Subletting . (a) Lessee may sublet all or any portion of the Premises for the Primary Term, the Basic Term and the Extended Term of this Lease and may assign its interest in this Lease. Each such sublease and assignment shall expressly be made subject to the provisions hereof. No such sublease or assignment shall modify or limit any right or power of Lessor hereunder or affect or reduce any obligation of Lessee hereunder, and all such obligations shall be those of Lessee and shall continue in full force and effect as obligations of a principal and not of a guarantor or surety, as though no subletting or assignment had been made. Neither this Lease nor the Term hereby demised nor Lessee’s interest in any sublease of the Premises or the rentals payable thereunder may be mortgaged or pledged by Lessee. Any mortgage, pledge, sublease or assignment made otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Section 4.01 or the Section 7.04 shall be void. Lessee shall, within 30 days after the execution of any sublease until the Bond Date and, thereafter, semi-annually on each May 31 and November 30, deliver to Lessor a summary of the terms thereof (or, after the Bond Date, of any sublease entered into during such semi-annual period), including at least the name of the tenant, the premises sublet, the term of the sublease (including any options to extend such term) and the rent payable under such sublease. Lessee shall, within 10 days after the execution of any assignment of this Lease, deliver a duly executed assumption by the assignee and a confirmation by Lessee that it remains primarily obligated hereunder.

 

(b) (i) After the Bond Date, Lessor shall, within 30 days after the request of Lessee, provided that no event of default hereunder has occurred and is continuing, Lessee has provided a true and correct copy of the executed sublease to Lessor with or prior to such request, such sublease is a Qualifying Sublease and is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lessor, execute and deliver to a subtenant of the Premises or any portion thereof an agreement (the “Lessor

 

22


NDA ”) containing at least the provisions annexed to this Lease as Schedule E, which may be recorded, stating in substance that, so long as such subtenant shall not be in default of any of its obligations under a Qualifying Sublease (hereinafter defined) beyond any notice and the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, such subtenant’s subleasehold estate shall not be terminated or disturbed by reason of the termination of this Lease in the event of the default of Lessee hereunder, provided that (i) such subtenant shall attorn to and recognize Lessor as the sublandlord under such Qualifying Sublease and (ii) such Qualifying Sublease shall require, or, upon the attornment referred to herein, the Lessor NDA shall require, the payment by such sublessee of rent equal to the greater of (A) rent payable under such Qualifying Sublease and (B) to the sum of the Basic Rent payable under this Lease for such portion of the Premises covered by the Qualifying Sublease (prorated on a square foot basis based on the square footage covered by such Qualifying Sublease) and the Additional Rent payable under Section 2.01 of this Lease (based on the square footage covered by such Qualifying Sublease).

 

(ii) Lessee shall reimburse Lessor on demand for any out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable legal fees and disbursements and consulting fees of any broker) incurred by Lessor in connection with the granting of the Lessor NDA under this Section 4.01.

 

(iii) A “ Qualifying Sublease ” is a sublease to a single subtenant, which is a bona fide third party, which is not an affiliate of Lessee and which meets the Nondisturbance Financial Test, of not less than an entire floor of the Premises for floors 2 through 17, inclusive, and two entire floors for floor 18 and above of the Premises and providing for basic rent that is equal to or greater than the fair market rent for subleased premises at the time of execution of such sublease as evidenced by a letter of Lessor’s broker addressed to Lessor.

 

(iv) The “ Nondisturbance Financial Test ” shall mean that the subtenant (or a guarantor of all of the subtenant’s obligations under the Qualifying Sublease, which guarantor shall be an entity organized and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization, has substantially all of its assets in the United States and is or has submitted itself in writing to the jurisdiction of the state courts of, and federal courts located in, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) shall have been in existence (directly or through a predecessor entity) for at least ten (10) consecutive years and shall have either (i) a net worth in excess of a sum equal to twenty five (25) times the annual Basic Rent and the recurring Additional Rent payable under Section 2.01 of this Lease during the year in which the sublease in question is executed and delivered for such portion of the Premises covered by such sublease (prorated on a square foot basis) or (ii)

 

23


if the subtenant is a firm engaged in the practice of law, accounting or other professional services, annual gross income in excess of seven (7) times the annual Basic Rent and the recurring Additional Rent payable under Section 2.01 of this Lease during the year in which the sublease in question is executed and delivered for such portion of the Premises covered by such sublease (prorated on a square foot basis). Satisfaction of either such tests shall be evidenced by the subtenant’s (or such guarantor’s, as the case may be) audited financial statements for the subtenant’s (or guarantor’s, as the case may be) immediately preceding fiscal year certified by the chief financial officer of the entity whose financial statements are being delivered and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied unless such subtenant is a firm engaged in the practice of law, accounting, or other professional services and uses a cash basis of accounting, then financial statements prepared in accordance with such cash basis accounting, which shall be delivered to Lessor as a condition precedent to Lessor entering into the Lessor NDA in respect of a Qualifying Sublease.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 4, Lessor may include a provision in any Lessor NDA providing that such Lessor NDA shall be void and of no further effect if, at any time, Qualifying Subleases for at least 500,000 square feet of the Building are not then in effect and Lessor, acting in good faith, determines that it is economically imprudent to continue to operate the Building. In such event, Lessor, upon at least 90 days’ advance notice to the subtenant under a Qualifying Sublease, may terminate the Qualifying Sublease and, upon such termination, the subtenant shall vacate and surrender the subleased premises in the condition required by the Qualifying Sublease.

 

ARTICLE 5

C ONDITIONAL L IMITATIONS

 

Section 5.01. Default Provisions . (a) Any of the following occurrences or acts shall constitute an event of default under this Lease: (i) if Lessee shall (1) fail to pay any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sum as and when required to be paid by Lessee hereunder and such failure shall continue for 8 days after notice to Lessee of such failure or (2) fail to observe or perform any other provision hereof and such failure shall continue for 28 days after notice to Lessee of such failure ( provided that in the case of any such default which cannot be cured by the payment of money and cannot with diligence be cured within such 28-day period, if Lessee shall commence promptly to cure the same and thereafter prosecute the curing thereof with diligence, the time within which such default may be cured shall be extended for such period as is necessary to complete the curing thereof with diligence); or (ii) if any representation or warranty of Lessee set forth in any

 

24


notice, certificate, demand or request delivered to Lessor or the Mortgagee shall prove to be incorrect in any material and adverse respect as of the time when the same shall have been made; or (iii) if a receiver, trustee or liquidator of Lessee or of all or substantially all of the assets of Lessee or of the Premises or Lessee’s estate therein shall be appointed in any proceeding brought by Lessee, or if any such receiver, trustee or liquidator shall be appointed in any proceeding brought against Lessee and shall not be discharged within 90 days after such appointment, or if Lessee shall consent to or acquiesce in such appointment; or (iv) if the Comptroller of the Currency or any other state or federal regulatory authority shall appoint a receiver or conservator for Lessee or of all or substantially all of its assets, or otherwise take possession or control of such assets and such receiver, conservator, possession or control shall not be discharged within 90 days after such appointment or taking shall have occurred; or (v) if Lessee shall take any action looking toward liquidation, dissolution or the voluntary surrender of its charter except in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or a reincorporation or the obtaining of a new banking charter; or (vi) if Lessee shall become subject to federal bankruptcy law or state insolvency statutes and Lessee shall file a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law, or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or become insolvent or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if a petition or answer proposing the adjudication of Lessee’s reorganization or as a bankrupt pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law shall be filed in any court and Lessee shall consent to or acquiesce in the filing thereof or such petition or answer shall not be discharged or denied within 90 days after the filing thereof; or (vii) if the Premises shall have been left unoccupied and unattended for a period of 30 days. The Premises shall not be deemed to be unattended if staffed with adequate security and maintenance personnel.

 

(b) If an event of default shall have happened and be continuing, Lessor shall have the right to give Lessee notice of Lessor’s termination of the Term of this Lease. Upon the giving of such notice, the Term of this Lease and the estate hereby granted shall expire and terminate on such date as fully and completely and with the same effect as if such date were the date herein fixed for the expiration of the Term of this Lease, and all rights of Lessee hereunder shall expire and terminate, but Lessee shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

(c) If an event of default shall have happened and be continuing, Lessor shall have the immediate right, whether or not the Term of this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 5.01(b), to re-enter and repossess the Premises and the right to remove all persons and property therefrom by summary proceedings, ejectment and any other legal action or in any lawful manner Lessor determines to be necessary or desirable. Lessor shall be under no liability by

 

25


reason of any such re-entry, repossession or removal. No such re-entry, repossession or removal shall be construed as an election by Lessor to terminate the Term of this Lease unless a notice of such termination is given to Lessee pursuant to Section 5.01(b) or unless such termination is decreed by a court.

 

(d) At any time or from time to time after a re-entry, repossession or removal pursuant to Section 5.01(c), whether or not the Term of this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 5.01(b), Lessor may (but shall be under no obligation to) relet the Premises for the account of Lessee, in the name of Lessee or Lessor or otherwise, without notice to Lessee, for such term or terms and on such conditions and for such uses as Lessor, in its absolute discretion, may determine. Lessor may collect any rents payable by reason of such reletting. Lessor shall not be liable for any failure to relet the Premises or for any failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting.

 

(e) No expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease pursuant to Section 5.01(b), by operation of law or otherwise, and no re-entry, repossession or removal pursuant to Section 5.01(c) or otherwise, and no reletting of the Premises pursuant to Section 5.01(d) or otherwise, shall relieve Lessee of its liabilities and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession, removal or reletting.

 

(f) In the event of any expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease or re-entry or repossession of the Premises or removal of persons or property therefrom by reason of the occurrence of an event of default, Lessee will pay to Lessor all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums required to be paid by Lessee, in each case to and including the date of such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession or removal; and, thereafter, Lessee shall, until the end of what would have been the current Term of this Lease in the absence of such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession or removal and whether or not the Premises shall have been relet, be liable to Lessor for, and shall pay to Lessor, as liquidated and agreed current damages: (i) all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums which would be payable under this Lease by Lessee in the absence of any such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession or removal, plus (ii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Lessor because of Lessee’s default, payable on demand, less (iii) the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting effected for the account of Lessee pursuant to Section 5.01(d) (and, after the Bond Date of any existing sublease to the extent such net proceeds are actually received by Lessor) after deducting from such proceeds all expenses of Lessor in connection with such reletting (including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of appellate proceedings), employees’ expenses, alteration costs and expenses of preparation for such reletting). Lessee will pay such liquidated and agreed current damages on the dates on which Basic

 

26


Rent would be payable under this Lease in the absence of such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession or removal, and Lessor shall be entitled to recover the same from Lessee on each such date.

 

(g) At any time after any such expiration or termination of the term of this Lease or re-entry or repossession of the Premises or removal of persons or property therefrom by reason of the occurrence of an event of default, whether or not Lessor shall have collected any liquidated and agreed current damages pursuant to Section 5.01(f), Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee, and Lessee shall pay to Lessor on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages for Lessee’s default and in lieu of all liquidated and agreed current damages beyond the date of such demand (it being agreed that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) all Basic Rent from the date of such demand (or, if it be earlier, the date to which Lessee shall have satisfied in full its obligations under Section 5.01(f) to pay liquidated and agreed current damages) for what would be the then-unexpired Term of this Lease in the absence of such expiration, termination, re-entry, repossession or removal, discounted at the rate of 5% per annum over (ii) the Basic Rent for the Premises at then fair rental value that would be payable under a lease, fully net under provisions comparable to this Lease, discounted at the rate of 5% per annum for the same period. If any law shall limit the amount of liquidated final damages to less than the amount above agreed upon, Lessor shall be entitled to the maximum amount allowable under such law.

 

Section 5.02. Additional Rights of Lessor . (a) No right or remedy hereunder shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy, but shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing. Failure to insist upon the strict performance of any provision hereof or to exercise any option, right, power or remedy contained herein shall not constitute a waiver or relinquishment thereof for the future. Receipt by Lessor of any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sum payable hereunder with knowledge of the breach of any provision hereof shall not constitute waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof shall be effective unless express by its terms and in writing. Lessor shall be entitled to injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any of the provisions hereof, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the provisions hereof, or to any other remedy allowed to Lessor by law or equity.

 

(b) Lessee hereby waives and surrenders for itself and all those claiming under it, including creditors of all kinds (i) any right and privilege which it or any of them may have to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease after termination of Lessee’s rights of occupancy by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, or under the terms of this Lease, or

 

27


after the termination of the Term of this Lease as herein provided, and (ii) the benefits of any law which exempts property from liability for debt or for distress for rent.

 

(c) If Lessee shall be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder Lessee shall pay to Lessor, on demand, all expenses incurred by Lessor as a result thereof, including Lessor’s cost of curing such default and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including those incurred in connection with any appellate proceedings). If Lessor shall be made a party to any litigation commenced against Lessee and Lessee shall fail to provide Lessor with counsel approved by each and pay the expenses thereof, Lessee shall pay all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fee and expenses in connection with such litigation (including fees and expenses incurred in connection with any appellate proceedings). To clarify the foregoing, after the Bond Date, the phrase “arising out of this Lease or Lessee’s possession, use or occupancy of the Premises” shall be inserted in the preceding sentence following the words “commenced against Lessee.”

 

ARTICLE 6

N OTICES AND O THER I NSTRUMENTS

 

Section 6.01. Notices and Other Instruments . All notices, offers, consents, requests and other instruments to be given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be validly given when hand delivered or sent by a courier or express service providing overnight delivery, (a) if to Lessor, addressed to Lessor at c/o Grant Holdings, Inc, c/o Philip Morris Capital Corporation, 225 High Ridge Road, Suite 300 West, Stamford Connecticut 06905, Attention: Vice President – Risk Management, with a copy to Lessor at such address, Attention: General Counsel and (b) if to Lessee, addressed to Lessee at Two Mellon Center, Suite 975, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259-0001, Attention: Lease Administration, with a copy to Lessee at One Mellon Center, Suite 1915, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15258, Attention: General Counsel. Lessor and Lessee each may from time to time specify, by giving 15 days’ notice to the other party, (i) any other address in the United States as its address for purposes of this Lease and (ii) any other person or entity in the United States that is to receive copies of notices, offers, consents and other instruments hereunder.

 

Section 6.02. Estoppel Certificates; Financial Information . (a) Lessor and Lessee each will (i) until the Bond Date, at least 20 days prior to each anniversary of the commencement of the Primary Term and (ii) upon 15 days’ notice at the request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a certificate of Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified, and setting forth such

 

28


modifications) and the dates to which any Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable hereunder have been paid, and either stating that to the knowledge of such party no default exists hereunder or specifying each such default of which such party has knowledge and, in the case of Lessee, whether or not Lessee is still occupying and operating the Premises. Any such certificate by Lessee may be relied upon by any actual or prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Premises.

 

(b) Lessee will deliver to Lessor at the time of the dissemination thereof: (i) copies of all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent by Lessee and Mellon Financial Corporation to its stockholders, (ii) Mellon Financial Corporation’s Annual Report (which Annual Report shall have separately stated the balance sheet for Lessee, provided that if such Annual Report shall not have separately stated a balance sheet for Lessee, then Lessee will deliver to Lessor annually an equivalent balance sheet for Lessee); and (iii) copies of all Forms 10-Q (or equivalent, if Mellon Financial Corporation is not a publicly held corporation) and 10-K (or equivalent, if Mellon Financial Corporation is not a publicly held corporation) delivered by Mellon Financial Corporation to the Securities and Exchange Commission (or reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission which are in substitution or replacement therefor). Semi-annually, on each May 31 and November 30, Lessee will deliver to Lessor a certificate covering the period since the date of the last certificate delivered pursuant hereto, executed by an officer of Lessee having knowledge thereof, stating that, after due inquiry, no default or event of default exists or has existed during the period covered by such certificate under this Lease or, if such default or event of default exists or has existed during such period, stating the period of time during which such default or event of default has existed and the steps, if any, Lessee is taking or has taken with respect thereto. After the Bond Date, the phrase “to the public (unless available to the public on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission)” shall be inserted in the first sentence of this paragraph (b) after the words “the time of dissemination thereof.”

 

(c) Lessee will permit Lessor and any Mortgagee by their respective agents, accountants and attorneys (i) to visit the Leased Premises and (ii) to discuss generally the operation and maintenance of the Leased Premises with the officers, agents and employees of Lessee having control over the books and records which relate to the Leased Premises and to inspect such books and records, in each case, upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may be requested by Lessor or such Mortgagee, as the case may be. After the Bond Date, the phrase “Subject to the provisions of Section 1.02 of this Lease,” shall be inserted at the beginning of the preceding sentence as the lead-in thereof.

 

29


ARTICLE 7

N O M ERGER

 

Section 7.01. No Merger . There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises by reason of the fact that the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any interest herein or in such leasehold estate as well as the fee estate in the Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

 

Section 7.02. Surrender . Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the condition in which the Premises were upon the commencement of the Interim Term, except as repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered or added to as permitted or required hereby and except for ordinary wear and tear (and, after the Bond Date taking into consideration the age and use of the Premises, and except for any damage arising from any Casualty or Condemnation that Lessee is not required to repair). Lessee shall remove from the Premises on or prior to such expiration or termination all property situated thereon which is not owned by Lessor, and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Property not so removed shall become the property of Lessor, and Lessor may cause such property to be removed from the Premises and disposed of, but the cost of any such removal and disposition and of repairing any damage caused by such removal shall be borne be Lessee. The provisions of this Section 7.02 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

Section 7.03. Attornment . If, at any time prior to the termination of this Lease, the Mortgagee or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale or the successor or assign of either (collectively referred to as the “ Successor Lessor ”) shall succeed to the rights of Lessor under this Lease through possession or foreclosure or delivery of a deed or otherwise, Lessee agrees to attorn to and recognize such Successor Lessor as Lessee’s landlord under this Lease upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

Section 7.04. Further Assurances . Upon the reasonable request by Lessor, Lessee shall cause its general counsel or, if Lessee elects, such other counsel reasonably acceptable to a prospective Mortgagee, to deliver legal opinions reasonably required by such prospective Mortgagee relating to the due authorization, execution and delivery by Lessee of this Lease and any amendments hereto and the validity and enforceability of this Lease and any amendments hereto (subject to customary qualifications and assumptions). Lessor agrees to pay reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses of Lessee (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred solely in connection with the delivery of legal opinions requested by prospective or existing Mortgagees.

 

30


Section 7.05. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets . (a) It shall be a condition precedent to the merger of Lessee into another corporation, to the consolidation of Lessee with one or more other corporations and to the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all the assets of Lessee in any one or more transactions to one or more other persons or entities (each of the foregoing, a “ Merger Event ”) that (x) the surviving entity or transferee of assets, as the case may be (the “ Transferee ”) (i) shall be a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof, provided that after the Bond Date, the surviving entity or transferee of assets may be an entity duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such entity is organized, (ii) if the Transferee shall be an entity other than Lessee, shall have a net worth after giving effect to such Merger Event at least equal to or better than that of Lessee as of the date immediately prior to such Merger Event and (iii) if the Transferee shall be an entity other than Lessee, shall deliver to Lessor and the Mortgagee an acknowledged instrument in recordable form and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor expressly assuming all obligations, covenants and responsibilities of Lessee hereunder and under any instrument executed by Lessee relating to the Premises or this Lease, including without limitation, consenting to the assignment of Lessor’s interest in this Lease to the Mortgagee as security for indebtedness, (y) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and such assumption), no event of default shall exist hereunder or under any such assignment, and (z) Lessee shall have delivered a certificate of its chief financial officer and an opinion reasonably satisfactory in scope and substance to Lessor of the senior legal officer of Lessee (or such other counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor), each stating that such transaction and such instrument of assumption comply with this Section 7.05. Lessee covenants that it will not so merge or consolidate or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets unless such an instrument shall have been so delivered and the provisions of this Section 7.05 shall have otherwise been duly complied with. In any event, the Transferee (if other than Lessee) shall be deemed to have assumed all such obligations, covenants and responsibilities upon such merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Bond Date, (A) Lessee shall deliver the documents described in clause (z) above within 60 days following the event requiring the same, but such documents shall not be a condition precedent to such event, and (B) the phrase “such an instrument shall have been so delivered and” and the word “otherwise” in the sentence following clause (z) beginning with “Lessee covenants that it will not ....” shall be deleted.

 

(b) Lessor agrees that it will not engage in any business other than the acquisition, ownership and leasing of the Premises; provided , however, that this provision shall bind only the original Lessor and not any transferee of all or any part of Lessor’s interest in the Premises.

 

31


Section 7.06. Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 7.07. Separability; Binding Effect . Each provision hereof shall be separate and independent and the breach of any provision by Lessor shall not discharge or relieve Lessee from any of its obligations hereunder. Each provision hereof shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent not prohibited by law. If any provision hereof or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby. All provisions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the successors and assigns of Lessor to the same extent as if each such successor and assign were named as a party hereto. All provisions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Lessee and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the permitted successors and assigns of Lessee in each case to the same extent as if each such successor and assign were named as a party hereto. This Lease may not be modified or terminated except as expressly provided herein or except by a writing signed by Lessor and Lessee. Any such modification or termination made otherwise than as expressly permitted by this section shall be void. This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

Section 7.08. Table of Contents and Headings . The table of contents and the headings of the various sections and Schedules of this Lease have been inserted for reference only and shall not to any extent have the effect of modifying the express terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

Section 7.09. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts and shall be deemed to have become effective when and only when one or more of such counterparts shall have been signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other, although it shall not be necessary that any single counterpart be signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto, and all such counterparts shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7.10. Schedules . Schedules A, B and C referred to in, and attached to, this Lease are hereby incorporated by reference herein, and Schedules D and E referred to in, and attached to, this Lease are, after the Bond Date, incorporated by reference herein.

 

Section 7.11. Brokers. Lessor warrants that it has had dealings with only the following real estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Amended and Restated Lease and that it knows of no real estate broker or agent, other than those listed in this Section 7.11, who is entitled to a commission

 

32


in connection with this Lease: GVA Williams, CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Oxford Development Company. The brokerage commission earned by GVA Williams in connection with this transaction shall be paid by Lessor, and Lessor shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessee harmless from and against all liabilities arising from any claims by or under GVA Williams. Lessee warrants that it has had dealings with only the following real estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Amended and Restated Lease and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent, other than those listed in this Section 7.11, who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease: CB Richard Ellis, Inc., Oxford Development Company and GVA Williams. The brokerage commission earned by CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Oxford Development Company in connection with this transaction shall be paid by Lessee, and Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor harmless from and against all liabilities arising from any claims by or under CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Oxford Development Company. Lessee and Lessor shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against all liabilities arising from any other claims of brokerage commissions or finder’s fees based on dealings or contacts of Lessee or Lessor, respectively, with brokers or agents other than those listed in this Section 7.11.

 

Section 7.12. Memorandum of Lease. Lessor and Lessee agree that this Lease shall not be recorded, provided that, on request of either party, such other party shall execute and deliver a memorandum of lease or an amendment of the Memorandum of Lease that was previously recorded, which memorandum of lease or amendment shall be recorded, at Lessee’s cost, in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania.

 

Section 7.13. Options Irrevocable. Any notice sent by a party to exercise any option held by it under this Lease to renew or extend or acquire title shall be irrevocable and time shall be deemed to be of the essence with respect to such party’s exercise of such option within the period specified.

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lease to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, Lessor

By:   Grant Holdings, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Alex Russo


Name:   Alex T. Russo
Title:   Vice President
MELLON BANK, N.A., Lessee
By:  

/s/ Alex G. Sciulli


Name:   Alex G. Sciulli
Title:   Senior Vice President


(PENNSYLVANIA)

 

STATE OF CONNECTICUT

  )    
    :   ss

COUNTY OF  FAIRFIELD

  )    

 

On this 29 th day of December in the year 2004, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared Alex T. Russo, known to me to be a Vice President of Grant Holdings, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument, said corporation being known to me to be the general partner of 500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (“500 Grant Street”), a Connecticut limited partnership, the partnership that executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same as such general partner of 500 Grant Street and that such limited partnership executed the same.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

/s/ Dariel A. Colella


Notary Public

 

[SEAL]

 

My commission expires:

 

                    Dariel A. Colella

        A Notary Public of Connecticut

Commission Expires: September 30, 2007


(PENNSYLVANIA)

 

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

  )    
    :   ss

COUNTY OF ALLEGHENY

  )    

 

On this 29 th day of December, 2004, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared ALEX G. SCIULLI, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of MELLON BANK, N.A., a national banking association, and that he, as such Senior Vice President, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposed therein contained, by signing the name of said national banking association by himself as Senior Vice President.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

          /s/ Lynn E. Starr
        Notary Public

 

[SEAL]

 

        COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

My commission expires:

      Notarial Seal
        Lynn E. Starr, Notary Public
        City Of Pittsburgh, Allegheny County
        My Commission Expires: Apr. 3, 2008
        Member, Pennsylvania Association Of Notaries


SCHEDULE A

PART I

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN lot or piece of land, with improvements erected thereon, situate in the Second Ward of the City of Pittsburgh, County of Allegheny and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, being bounded and described as follows:

 

LOT 1- SURFACE AND AIR RIGHTS

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly right-of-way line of Bigelow Square at the line dividing Lot Number 1 and Lot Number 2, as recorded in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1 as recorded in the Recorder of Deeds Office of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Plan Book Volume 124 pages 171 through 174; thence along said Westerly right-of-way line of Bigelow Square, South 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds West, for a distance of 260.974 feet to a point; thence by a curve to the right having a radius of 20.00 feet for an arc distance of 32.491 feet to a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue; thence along said right-of-way line, North 63 degrees 51 minutes 43 seconds West, for a distance of 243.959 feet to a point; thence by a curve to the right having a radius of 20.00 feet for an arc distance of 31.727 feet to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Grant Street; thence along said right-of-way, North 27 degrees 01 minutes 47 seconds East, for a distance of 285.526 feet to a point on the line dividing Lot Number 1 and Lot Number 2, as recorded in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1; thence along said dividing line, the following courses and distances: South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 71.00 feet to a point; thence South 17 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 21.213 feet to a point; thence South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 23.708 feet to a point; thence South 17 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 7.071 feet; thence South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 151.102 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

SAID parcel being Lot Number 1 of The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1, as recorded in Plan Book Volume 124 pages 171 through 174 and shall consist of all the surface and air rights and shall have a lower limit elevation of 780.00 feet, said elevation being referenced to the Department of City Planning Datum, Benchmark No. 1501, Elevation 775.126 feet on Bronze Plate set in South end of top step at the Ross Street entrance to the City-County Building.

 

LOT 1A - SUBSURFACE

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Grant Street at the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 2A in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1 as recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in Plan Book Volume 124 pages 171 through 174; thence

 

A-1


along said dividing line, the following courses and distances: South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 71.00 feet to a point; thence South 17 degrees 58 minutes; 13 seconds East, for a distance of 21.213 feet to a point; thence South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 23.708 feet to a point; thence South 17 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 7.071 feet to a point; thence South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance or 135.273 feet to a point on the Westerly line of Lot Number 6A, in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots as recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County in Plan Book Volume 120 pages 57 through 67; thence along said Lot Number 6A, the following courses and distances: South 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 22.828 feet to a point; thence South 27 degrees 01 minutes 47 seconds West, for a distance of 11.190 feet to a point; thence South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 8.350 feet to a point; thence South 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 41.060 feet to a point; thence North 80 degrees 17 minutes 43 seconds East, for a distance of 2.50 feet to a point; thence South 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 56.00 feet to a point; thence North 80 degrees 17 minutes 43 seconds East, for a distance of 13.378 feet to a point on the Westerly line of Lot Number 3A, as recorded in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots as recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County in Plan Book Volume 120 pages 57 through 67; thence along said Lot Number 3A, South 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds West, for a distance of 156.652 feet to a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue; thence along said right-of-way line, North 87 degrees 24 minutes 40 seconds West, for a distance of 65.794 feet to a point; thence continuing by same, North 63 degrees 51 minutes 43 seconds West, for a distance of 273.433 feet to a point; thence by a curve to the right having a radius of 20.00 feet for an arc distance of 31.727 feet to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Grant Street; thence along said right-of-way line, North 27 degrees 01 minutes 47 seconds East, for a distance of 285.526 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

SAID parcel being Lot No. 1A of The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1, aforesaid, and consists of all of the subsurface rights and shall have an upper limited elevation of 780.00 feet, except that portion which lies under Bigelow Square shall have an upper limit elevation varying from 778.03 to 780.00 feet, said elevation being referenced to the Department of City Planning Datum, Benchmark No. 1501, Elevation 775.126 on Bronze Plate set in South end of top step at the Ross Street entrance to the City-County Building.

 

TOGETHER WITH all reversionary rights in and to any portion of Lot lA of The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots, as revised, aforesaid, underlying Bigelow Square, now dedicated as a public street.

 

A-2


SCHEDULE A

PART II

 

TOGETHER WITH the rights, interests, licenses, agreements, rights-of-way and easements relating to the foregoing property and which are created by the following instruments (the “Agreements”):

 

1. Partial Assignment of a license granted pursuant to that certain License Agreement dated 9/2/1981, by and between the City of Pittsburgh (“City”) and United States Steel Corporation (“USSC”) and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Deed Book Volume 6404 page 330. The description of the portions of the land covered by the License, the rights in which are conveyed and assigned thereby by USSC to 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership (“Partnership”) and Mellon Bank, N.A. (“Mellon”) are as follows:

 

  a. ALL of the property described in the above referenced License Agreement at provision 1 (c) (i), as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Grant Street, distant South 27 degrees 01 minutes 47 seconds West, 285.526 feet from the dividing line between Lots lA and 2A of The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1 recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Plan Book Volume 124 pages 171 through 174; thence from said point of beginning in a Southerly direction by a curve to the left having a radius of 20.00 feet for an arc distance of 31.727 feet to a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue; thence along said right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue, South 63 degrees 51 minutes 43 seconds East, for a distance of 270.933 feet to a point; thence through said right-of-way of Fifth Avenue, North 87 degrees 24 minutes 40 seconds West, for a distance of 23.825 feet to a point; thence continuing through same, North 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds West, for a distance of 269.521 feet to a point; thence continuing through same and along the aforementioned Easterly right-of-way line of Grant Street, North 27 degrees 01 minutes 47 seconds East, for a distance of 25.639 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

A-3


  b. ALL of the property described in the above referenced License Agreement at provisions 1 (c) (ii) excepting and reserving to USSC, its successors and assigns, the air rights referred to in the third paragraph of 1 (c) (ii), as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly right-of-way line of Sixth Avenue at the Southerly right-of-way line of Court Place; thence along said right-of-way line of Court Place, South 65 degrees 27 minutes 47 seconds West, for a distance of 46.220 feet to a point; thence through Court Place, North 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds East, for a distance of 62.60 feet to a point; thence South 24 degrees 31 minutes 53 seconds East, for a distance of 42.214 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

  c. THAT portion of the property described in the above referenced License Agreement at provision 1 (c) (iii) which lies West of the Westerly line of Lot 3A, excepting and reserving unto USSC, its successors and assigns, the air rights described in the second paragraph of 1 (c) (iii), as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Northerly right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue at the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 3A; thence along said Northerly right-of-way line of Fifth Avenue, North 87 degrees 24 minutes 40 seconds West, for a distance of 8.61 feet to a point; thence through Lot Number 1A, North 65 degrees 28 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 11.96 feet to a point on the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 3A; thence along said dividing line, South 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds West, for a distance of 5.82 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

2. Partial Assignment of License granted pursuant to that certain License Agreement (“LRT”), dated 9/16/1981, by and between the City of Pittsburgh (“City”) and United States Steel Corporation and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Deed Book Volume 6404 page 342 and as amended by a Corrective Deed by and between United States Steel Corporation and the Port Authority of Allegheny County, dated 2/8/1983 and recorded in said Office in Deed Book Volume 6608 page 155. The descriptions of the portions of the property covered by the license, the rights in which are conveyed and assigned hereby by USSC to Partnership and Mellon are as follows:

 

  a. THAT certain part of Lot 1A in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1, aforesaid, being more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Lot Number 6A at the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 3A as recorded in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots in Plan Book Volume 120 pages 57 and 67; thence along said dividing line, South 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds West, for a distance of 15.48 feet to a point;

 

A-4


thence by a line through Lot Number 1A, said line being the former Westerly right-of-way line of Sixth Avenue, North 24 degrees 31 minutes 53 seconds West, for a distance of 13.46 feet to a point on the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 6A; thence along said line dividing Lot Number 6A, North 80 degrees 17 minutes 43 seconds East, for a distance of 11.82 feet to a point, said point being the point of beginning.

 

  b. THAT certain part of Lot 1A in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No.1, aforesaid, being more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Lot Number 6A at the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 3A as recorded in The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots in Plan Book Volume 120 pages 57 through 67; thence along the line dividing Lot Number 6A and Lot Number 1A, South 80 degrees 17 minutes 43 seconds West, for a distance of 13.378 feet to a point; thence continuing by same, North 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds West, for a distance of 5.891 feet to a point, said point being the true point of beginning of the within described parcel (b); thence from said true point of beginning by a line through Lot Number 1A, said line being the former Westerly right-of-way line of Sixth Avenue, North 24 degrees 31 minutes 53 seconds West, for a distance of 75.24 feet to a point; thence continuing through Lot Number 1A, North 23 degrees 03 minutes 33 seconds East, for a distance of 24.85 feet to a point on the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 6A; thence by the line dividing Lot Number 1A and Lot Number 6A, the following courses and distances, South 62 degrees 58 minutes 13 seconds East, for a distance of 4.126 feet to a point; thence South 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 41.06 feet to a point; thence North 80 degrees 17 minutes 43 seconds East, for a distance of 2.50 feet to a point; thence South 9 degrees 42 minutes 17 seconds East, for a distance of 50.109 feet to a point, said point being the true point of beginning.

 

3. Partial Assignment of certain rights of USSC set forth in that certain Agreement dated 9/16/1981, by and between USSC and The Port Authority of Allegheny County (“PAT”) and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Deed Book Volume 6404 page 472 and amended and assigned by the Partial Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of 2/1/83, by and among the USSC, Partnership and Mellon and consented to by PAT and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in Deed Book volume 6610 page 237.

 

A-5


4. Easement to occupy and for other purposes as set forth in Exclusive Subsurface Easement Agreement (1/83) by and between Port Authority of Allegheny County and USSC dated 2/8/1983 and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in Deed Book Volume 6608 page 132.

 

5. Rights and Easement contained in Easement and Atrium Agreement dated as of 2/1/1983 entered into between USSC and the Partnership with the joinder of Mellon and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in Deed Book Volume 6610 page 185, as amended or supplemented by the following:

 

  a. Access Way III Cover Agreement between USX Corporation and 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 105.

 

  b. Agreement to Construct and to Lease between USX Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 177.

 

  c. License Agreement between USX Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 189.

 

  d. Joint Use License Agreement made as of 11/17/1988 and effective 5/29/1987 between USX Corporation and 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership recorded in Deed Book Volume 7925, page 17.

 

6. Partial assignment of certain rights of USSC through its USS Realty Development Division (“USR”) set forth in that certain Four Party Agreement dated September 2, 1981 (the “Four Party Agreement”), by and among USSC, City, PAT and the Urban Redevelopment Authority of Pittsburgh (“URA”), not of record, as amended and assigned by that certain Partial Assignment and Assumption of Four Party Agreement, by and among USSC, Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A. (“Mellon”) and consented to by the City, PAT and URA, also not of record.

 

BEING Parcel #2-E-225.

 

BEING known as 500 Grant Street.

 

BEING the same premises which United States Steel Corporation, a Delaware corporation by Deed dated 2/1/1983 and recorded 2/16/1983 in the County of Allegheny in Deed Book Volume 6610 page 155, granted and conveyed unto 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership, a Connecticut limited partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in fee.

 

A-6


SCHEDULE A

PART III

 

UNDER AND SUBJECT TO the following licenses, obligations, rights of others, easements, reservations, encumbrances and mortgages:

 

1. 1983 real property taxes and assessments of whatever kind.

 

2. Agreement between USSC and Duquesne Light Company, dated August 12, 1982, and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Deed Book Volume 6527, Page 295.

 

3. Limitations, releases and discharges set forth on The Steel Plaza Plan of Lots, recorded in the aforesaid Office in Plan Book Volume 120, Pages 57 through 67 as revised in the Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1, as recorded in the Office in Plan Book Volume 124, Pages 171 through 174.

 

4. License Agreement dated September 2, 1981 between the City and USSC and recorded in the aforesaid Office in Deed Book Volume 6404, Page 330.

 

5. License Agreement between the City and USSC, dated September 16, 1981 and recorded in the aforesaid Office in Deed Book Volume 6404, Page 342, as amended by a Corrective Deed by and between USSC and PAT, dated February 8, 1983 and recorded in the Office in Deed Book Volume 6608, Page 155.

 

6. Four Party Agreement dated September 2, 1981 by and among USSC, the City, URA and PAT, not of record, as amended and assigned by that certain Partial Assignment and Assumption of Four Party Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among USSC, Partnership and Mellon and consented by the City, URA and PAT, also not of record.

 

7. Agreement between PAT and USSC, dated September 16, 1981 and recorded in the aforesaid Office in Deed Book Volume 6404, Page 472, as amended and assigned by that certain Partial Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among USSC, Partnership and Mellon, and consented to by PAT and to be recorded contemporaneously herewith.

 

8. Exclusive Sub-Surface Easement Agreement (1/83) dated February 8, 1983 between Pat and USSC, and recorded in the aforesaid Office in Volume 6608, page 132.

 

A-7


9. Easement and Atrium Agreement dated as of February 1, 1983 entered into between USSC and the Partnership with the joinder of Mellon executed and delivered contemporaneously herewith and recorded contemporaneously herewith in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania in Deed Book Volume 6610 page 185, as amended or supplemented by the following:.

 

  a. Access Way III Cover Agreement between USX Corporation and 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 105.

 

  b. Agreement to Construct and to Lease between USX Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 177.

 

  c. License Agreement between USX Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. dated 5/29/1987 and recorded in Deed Book Volume 7921, page 189.

 

  d. Joint Use License Agreement made as of 11/17/1988 and effective 5/29/1987 between USX Corporation and 500 Grant Street Associates Limited Partnership recorded in Deed Book Volume 7925, page 17.

 

10. Easement in Lots 1 and 1A in Steel Plaza Plan of Lots Revision No. 1 recorded in Plan Book Volume 124, pages 171 through 174, as reserved in Office of the Recorder of Allegheny County Deed from United States Steel Corporation to 500 Grant Street Associates, Limited Partnership and Mellon Bank, N.A., dated as of 2/1/1983 and recorded on 2/16/1983 in Office of the Recorder of Allegheny County Deed Book Volume 6610, page 155.

 

A-8


SCHEDULE B

 

Terms and Basic Rent

 

Terms

 

The Initial Term shall commence on February 16, 1983 and shall end at midnight of November 29, 1983. The Interim Term shall commence on November 30, 1983 and shall end at midnight on November 30, 1983. The Primary Term shall commence on December 1, 1983 and shall end at midnight on December 31, 2004. The Basic Term shall commence on January 1, 2005 and shall end at midnight on November 30, 2028. The Extended Term shall commence on the day next succeeding the expiration of the Basic Term and shall end at midnight on the day immediately preceding the fifth anniversary of such commencement date.

 

Basic Rent

 

For purposes of this Lease, until November 30, 2008, Rental Period shall mean the semi-annual period commencing on the first day of the Primary Term and each semi-annual period thereafter. Beginning on December 1, 2008, Rental Period shall mean the annual period commencing on December 1 and expiring on each November 30 thereafter.

 

For each Rental Period until the Rental Period commencing December 1, 2008, each installment of Basic Rent set forth in this Schedule B shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each May and November. For the Rental Period commencing December 1, 2008 and each Rental Period subsequent thereto each installment of Basic Rent set forth in this Schedule B shall be payable annually in advance, on the first day of December commencing December 1, 2008.

 

1. For the Interim Term, Basic Rent will be as follows and shall be payable on the date set forth below:

 

Last day of Interim Term    $94,114.33

 

2. During the Primary Term, Basic Rent shall be as follows and shall be payable on the dates specified below:

 

  5/31/1984

   $ 9,366,437.50

11/30/1984

   $ 9,366,437.50

  5/31/1985

   $ 9,366,437.50

11/30/1985

   $ 9,366,437.50

  5/31/1986

   $ 9,366,437.50

11/30/1986

   $ 9,366,437.50

  5/31/1987

   $ 9,366,437.50

 

B-1


11/30/1987

   $ 9,366,437.50

  5/31/1988

   $ 9,366,437.50

11/30/1988

   $ 9,366,437.50

  5/31/1989

   $ 17,230,855.00

11/30/1989

   $ 17,230,855.00

  5/31/1990

   $ 17,230,855.00

11/30/1990

   $ 17,230,855.00

  5/31/1991

   $ 17,230,855.00

11/30/1991

   $ 17,230,855.00

  5/31/1992

   $ 17,230,855.00

11/30/1992

   $ 17,230,855.00

  5/31/1993

   $ 17,230,855.00

11/30/1993

   $ 17,230,855.00

  5/31/1994

   $ 19,319,428.75

11/30/1994

   $ 19,319,428.75

  5/31/1995

   $ 19,319,428.75

11/30/1995

   $ 19,319,428.75

  5/31/1996

   $ 19,319,428.75

11/30/1996

   $ 19,319,428.75

  5/31/1997

   $ 19,319,428.75

11/30/1997

   $ 19,319,428.75

  5/31/1998

   $ 19,319,428.75

11/30/1998

   $ 19,319,428.75

  5/31/1999

   $ 24,245,511.25

11/30/1999

   $ 24,245,511.25

  5/31/2000

   $ 24,245,511.25

11/30/2000

   $ 24,245,511.25

  5/31/2001

   $ 24,245,511.25

11/30/2001

   $ 24,245,511.25

  5/31/2002

   $ 24,245,511.25

11/30/2002

   $ 24,245,511.25

  5/31/2003

   $ 24,245,511.25

11/30/2003

   $ 24,245,511.25

  5/31/2004

   $ 31,461,790.00

11/30/2004

   $ 31,461,790.00

 

3. During the Basic Term, Basic Rent shall be as follows and shall be payable on the dates specified below:

 

  5/31/2005

   $ 31,461,790.00

11/30/2005

   $ 31,461,790.00

  5/31/2006

   $ 31,461,790.00

11/30/2006

   $ 31,461,790.00

  5/31/2007

   $ 31,461,790.00

 

B-2


11/30/2007

   $ 31,461,790.00

  5/31/2008

   $ 31,461,790.00

11/30/2008

   $ 31,461,790.00

  12/1/2008

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2009

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2010

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2011

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2012

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2013

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2014

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2015

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2016

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2017

   $ 15,000,000.00

  12/1/2018

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2019

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2020

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2021

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2022

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2023

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2024

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2025

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2026

   $ 15,500,000.00

  12/1/2027

   $ 15,500,000.00

 

4. During the Extended Term, Basic Rent shall be determined as follows and shall be payable as indicated below:

 

Each installment of Basic Rent during the Extended Term is the fair market rental value of the Premises to be determined not earlier than one year prior to, and not later than three months prior to, the commencement of the Extended Term in a manner consistent with the Appraisal Procedure set forth in Section 3.05, and shall be payable annually in advance on the first day of December, commencing December 1, 2028.

 

B-3


SCHEDULE C

 

CONDEMNATION

 

For periods 0 through 42, inclusive, the amount determined in accordance with Schedule C shall be the amount equal to the product of $288,075,000.00 (the “ Basic Amount ”) and the percentage set forth in Column 2 below opposite the period in which the date of purchase occurs. For periods November 30, 2004 through November 30, 2008, inclusive, the amount determined in accordance with Schedule C shall be the amount equal to the product of the Basic Amount and the percentage set forth in Column 2 below opposite the period in which the date of purchase occurs plus the amount set forth in Column 3 opposite the period in which the date of purchase occurs. For periods thereafter, the amount determined in accordance with Schedule C shall be the amount set forth in Column 3 opposite the period in which the purchase occurs.

 

(For purposes of the preceding paragraph, period 1 shall be the period commencing on the first Payment Date occurring during the Primary Term (May 31, 1984) and ending on and including the day preceding the second Payment Date occurring during the Primary Term (November 29, 1984) and each succeeding period shall be the following period of the Primary Term or Basic Term (as applicable) occurring thereafter commencing on a Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Payment Date.)

 

The amount in column 3 of the following schedule opposite each June 1 commencing June 1, 2009 assumes payment in full by Lessee of the annual installment of Basic Rent due in advance on the previous December 1 and takes into account a credit for Lessee for one-half of such installment of Basic Rent. Upon payment of any such scheduled amount required to be paid, no further credit with respect to such annual installment of Basic Rent is due to Lessee.

 

Column 1

Period in which Date

of Purchase Occurs


  

Column 2

Applicable

Percentage of $288,075,000


  

Column 3

Dollar Amount


0

   100.0000     

1

   101.7485     

2

   103.5844     

3

   105.5120     

4

   107.5359     

5

   109.6611     

 

C-1


Column 1

Period in which Date

of Purchase Occurs


  

Column 2

Applicable

Percentage of $288,075,000


  

Column 3

Dollar Amount


6

   111.8924     

7

   114.2353     

8

   116.6953     

9

   119.2783     

10

   121.9903     

11

   122.1080     

12

   122.2315     

13

   122.3611     

14

   122.4973     

15

   122.6403     

16

   122.7904     

17

   122.9480     

18

   123.1135     

19

   123.2873     

20

   123.4697     

21

   122.9363     

22

   122.3762     

23

   121.7881     

24

   121.1706     

25

   120.5223     

26

   119.8415     

27

   119.1268     

28

   118.3763     

29

   117.5882     

30

   116.7608     

31

   114.1821     

32

   111.4744     

33

   108.6314     

34

   105.6463     

 

C-2


Column 1

Period in which Date

of Purchase Occurs


  

Column 2

Applicable

Percentage of $288,075,000


  

Column 3

Dollar Amount


35

   102.5120     

36

   99.2210     

37

   95.7655     

38

   92.1373     

39

   88.3277     

40

   84.3277     

41

   77.6228     

42

   70.5827     

(rental period ending

May 30 2005)

   63.1908    200,000,000

(rental period ending

Nov 30 2005)

   55.4293    204,000,000

(rental period ending

May 30 2006

   47.2800    208,000,000

(rental period ending

Nov 30 2006)

   38.7232    213,000,000

(rental period ending

May 30 2007)

   29.7388    217,000,000

(rental period ending

Nov 30 2007)

   20.3053    221,000,000

(rental period ending

May 30 2008)

   10.4002    225,000,000

(rental period ending

Nov 30 2008)

   0.0000    230,000,000

rental period starting
Dec 1 2008

        230,000,000

rental period starting
Jun 1 2009

        218,372,936

rental period starting
Dec 1 2009

        221,798,788

rental period starting
Jun 1 2010

        210,043,063

rental period starting
Dec 1 2010

        213,338,235

rental period starting
Jun 1 2011

        201,449,780

 

C-3


Column 1

Period in which Date

of Purchase Occurs


  

Column 2

Applicable

Percentage of $288,075,000


  

Column 3

Dollar Amount


rental period starting

Dec 1 2011

        204,610,140

rental period starting

Jun 1 2012

        192,584,758

rental period starting

Dec 1 2012

        195,606,043

rental period starting

Jun 1 2013

        183,439,404

rental period starting

Dec 1 2013

        186,317,215

rental period starting

Jun 1 2014

        174,004,853

rental period starting

Dec 1 2014

        176,734,655

rental period starting

Jun 1 2015

        164,271,960

rental period starting

Dec 1 2015

        166,849,071

rental period starting

Jun 1 2016

        154,231,291

rental period starting

Dec 1 2016

        156,650,883

rental period starting

Jun 1 2017

        143,873,113

rental period starting

Dec 1 2017

        146,130,206

rental period starting

Jun 1 2018

        133,187,386

rental period starting

Dec 1 2018

        135,276,840

rental period starting

Jun 1 2019

        121,655,909

rental period starting

Dec 1 2019

        123,564,456

rental period starting

Jun 1 2020

        109,759,779

rental period starting

Dec 1 2020

        111,481,699

rental period starting

Jun 1 2021

        97,487,467

 

C-4


Column 1

Period in which Date

of Purchase Occurs


  

Column 2

Applicable

Percentage of $288,075,000


  

Column 3

Dollar Amount


rental period starting

Dec 1 2021

        99,016,858

rental period starting

Jun 1 2022

        84,827,077

rental period starting

Dec 1 2022

        86,157,851

rental period starting

Jun 1 2023

        71,766,337

rental period starting

Dec 1 2023

        72,892,212

rental period starting

Jun 1 2024

        58,292,586

rental period starting

Dec 1 2024

        59,207,084

rental period starting

Jun 1 2025

        44,392,764

rental period starting

Dec 1 2025

        45,089,202

rental period starting

Jun 1 2026

        30,053,399

rental period starting

Dec 1 2026

        30,524,879

rental period starting

Jun 1 2027

        15,260,591

rental period starting

Dec 1 2027

        15,500,000

rental period starting

Jun 1 2028

        0

rental period starting

Dec 1 2028

        0

 

C-5


SCHEDULE D

 

CASUALTY

 

The amount in the column entitled “Purchase Price” of the following schedule opposite each June 1 commencing June 1, 2009, assumes payment in full by Lessee of the annual installment of Basic Rent due in advance on the previous December 1 and takes into account a credit for Lessee for one-half of such installment of Basic Rent. Upon payment of any such scheduled amount required to be paid, no further credit with respect to such annual installment of Basic Rent is due to Lessee.

 

Termination Date


   Purchase Price

Dec 1 2008

   250,000,000

Jun 1 2009

   246,250,000

Dec 1 2009

   257,556,250

Jun 1 2010

   253,919,594

Dec 1 2010

   265,340,888

Jun 1 2011

   261,821,001

Dec 1 2011

   273,360,816

Jun 1 2012

   269,961,228

Dec 1 2012

   281,623,147

Jun 1 2013

   278,347,494

Dec 1 2013

   290,135,206

Jun 1 2014

   286,987,234

Dec 1 2014

   298,904,543

Jun 1 2015

   295,888,111

Dec 1 2015

   307,938,933

Jun 1 2016

   305,058,017

Dec 1 2016

   317,246,387

Jun 1 2017

   314,505,083

Dec 1 2017

   326,835,159

Jun 1 2018

   324,237,686

Dec 1 2018

   336,713,752

Jun 1 2019

   334,014,458

Dec 1 2019

   346,890,925

Jun 1 2020

   344,344,289

Dec 1 2020

   357,375,703

Jun 1 2021

   354,986,339

Dec 1 2021

   368,177,384

Jun 1 2022

   365,950,044

Dec 1 2022

   379,305,545

Jun 1 2023

   377,245,128

Dec 1 2023

   390,770,055

Jun 1 2024

   388,881,606

Dec 1 2024

   402,581,080

 

D-1


Jun 1 2025

   400,869,796

Dec 1 2025

   414,749,093

Jun 1 2026

   413,220,330

Dec 1 2026

   427,284,885

Jun 1 2027

   425,944,158

Dec 1 2027

   440,199,570

Jun 1 2028

   439,052,564

Dec 1 2028

   453,504,602

 

D-2


Schedule E

 

Form of Lessor Recognition Agreement

shall include without limitation the following provisions:

 

The subtenant pursuant to a Qualifying Sublease shall attorn to and recognize Lessor as sublandlord under such Qualifying Sublease. Upon the attornment and recognition referred to in this agreement, the Qualifying Sublease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between Lessor and Subtenant upon all of the then executory terms, conditions and covenants (except as provided below with respect to basic rent) as are set forth in the Qualifying Sublease, except that Lessor shall not be (i) liable for any act, omission or default of any prior sublessor under the Qualifying Sublease or for the return of any security deposit unless actually received by Lessor; (ii) subject to any offsets, claims or defenses which Subtenant might have against any prior sublessor under the Qualifying Sublease; (iii) bound by any fixed annual rent or Additional Rent which Subtenant might have paid to any prior sublessor for more than one month in advance; (iv) bound by any covenant to undertake or complete any construction of the Premises or any portion thereof demised by the Qualifying Sublease or to pay any sums to subtenant or to provide any work allowance or contribution in connection therewith; (v) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Subtenant; (vi) bound by any waiver or forbearance under, or any amendment, modification, abridgement, cancellation or surrender of the Qualifying Sublease made without the written consent of Lessor, which consent may be withheld or delayed in Lessor’s sole discretion; or (vii) bound by any agreement to provide a free rent period under the Qualifying Sublease. Subtenant shall agree not to enter into any modification, amendment or abridgement of such Qualifying Sublease or any cancellation or surrender of the same without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld or delayed in Lessor’s sole discretion.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if Lessor, acting in good faith, determines that it is economically imprudent to continue to operate the Building and that, accordingly, Lessor intends to cease operating the Building upon the surrender by all occupants of the Building of their premises therein, Lessor, upon at least 90 days’ advance notice to Subtenant, may terminate the Qualifying Sublease and, upon such termination, the Subtenant shall vacate and surrender the subleased premises in the condition required by the Qualifying Sublease. Lessor, however, shall not have the termination right described in the preceding sentence as long as at least 500,000 square feet of the Building continues to be occupied by subtenants pursuant to Qualifying Subleases.

 

E-1

Exhibit 99.2

 

MELLON BANK

 

EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN (2005)

 

Effective January 1, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              PAGE

PREAMBLE    1
ARTICLE I    1

DEFINITIONS

   1
    1.1    Affiliates    1
    1.2    Base Salary    1
    1.3    Beneficiary    1
    1.4    Board    1
    1.5    Change in Control    1
    1.6    Code    1
    1.7    Committee    2
    1.8    Company    2
    1.9    Coverage Adjustment Date    2
    1.10    Disability    2
    1.11    Economic Benefit    2
    1.12    Effective Date    2
    1.13    Eligible Employee    2
    1.14    Employee    2
    1.15    Human Resources Committee    2
    1.16    Insurance Company    3
    1.17    Lump Sum Payment Option    3
    1.18    Net Cumulative Premiums    3
    1.19    Participant    3
    1.20    Participation Agreement    3
    1.21    Plan    3
    1.22    Plan Year    3
    1.23    Policy    3
    1.24    Retirement    3
    1.25    Subsidiary    3
    1.26    Survivor Income Option    3
    1.27    Years of Service    4
ARTICLE II    4

PARTICIPATION

   4
    2.1    Participation    4
    2.2    Insurability    4
    2.3    Commencement of Coverage    4
    2.4    Increases in Coverage    4

 

i


    2.5    Declining Coverage    5
    2.6    Relation to Other Plans    5
ARTICLE III    5

LIFE INSURANCE COVERAGE

   5
    3.1    Amount of Insurance    5
    3.2    Disability    6
    3.3    Insurance Contract    6
    3.4    Continuation or Split of Policy after Retirement    7
    3.5    Assignment    7
    3.6    Payment of Premiums and Contributions    7
    3.7    Forms of Death Benefit    8
    3.8    Lump Sum Payment Option    9
    3.9    Survivor Income Option    9
ARTICLE IV    10

OPTION TO PURCHASE INSURANCE POLICY ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

   10
ARTICLE V    11

OPTION TO PURCHASE INSURANCE POLICY IN CERTAIN EVENTS

   11
    5.1    Option to Purchase Policy    11
    5.2    Elimination of Coverage    11
    5.3    Change in Control    11
ARTICLE VI    13

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

   13
    6.1    Designation of Beneficiary    13
    6.2    Failure to Designate Beneficiary    13
ARTICLE VII    13

ADMINISTRATION

   13
    7.1    Administrator    13
    7.2    Powers and Duties    14
    7.3    Procedures    15
    7.4    Establishment of Rules    16

 

ii


        7.5    Limitation of Liability    16
        7.6    Compensation and Insurance    16
        7.7    Removals and Resignations    16
        7.8    Claims Procedure    17
    ARTICLE VIII    17
   

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

   17
    ARTICLE IX    17
   

MISCELLANEOUS

   17
        9.1    Restriction on Assignment    17
        9.2    Unsecured General Creditor    18
        9.3    Tax Liabilities and Withholding    18
        9.4    ERISA Plan    19
        9.5    Employment Not Guaranteed    19
        9 6    Protective Provisions    19
        9.7    Gender, Singular & Plural    19
        9.8    Captions    19
        9.9    Validity    19
        9.10    Notices and Elections    20
        9.11    Notice to Insurance Company    20
        9.12    Applicable Law    20
        9.13    Waiver of Breach    20
        9 14    Benefit    20

 

iii


MELLON BANK

 

EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN (2005)

 

PREAMBLE

 

The purpose of this Mellon Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (2005) (the “Plan”) is to provide life insurance coverage for eligible key executive employees of Mellon Bank, N.A. (the Company) and its Affiliates. The Plan will be effective as of January 1, 2005.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following words shall have the following meanings unless the content clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1 Affiliates . “Affiliates” means Mellon Financial Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

 

1.2 Base Salary . “Base Salary” means (i) an active Employee’s annual base salary as of the last Coverage Adjustment Date preceding his death and (ii) a retired Employee’s annual base salary immediately preceding his termination of employment with the Company or its Affiliates. Annual base salary excludes all bonuses, incentive and supplemental compensation and other payments and benefits, except fixed base salary.

 

1.3 Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Article VI.

 

1.4 Board . “Board” means the Board of Directors of Mellon Financial Corporation or any committee thereof acting within the scope of its authority.

 

1.5 Change in Control . “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

1.6 Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.


1.7 Committee . “Committee” means the Corporate Benefits Committee of Mellon Financial Corporation appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

 

1.8 Company . “Company” means Mellon Bank, N.A. and, whenever applicable, its Affiliates.

 

1.9 Coverage Adjustment Date . “Coverage Adjustment Date” means the date during each year, selected by the Committee from time to time in its discretion, on which changes or increases in coverage will take effect.

 

1.10 Disability . “Disability” means cessation of the Participant’s active employment with the Company and any of its Affiliates as a result of a physical or mental condition that prevents the Participant from performing the essential functions of his or her position. If a Participant makes application for disability benefits under a Company sponsored long-term disability plan, as then in effect, and qualifies for such benefits, he/she shall be presumed to qualify as totally and permanently disabled under this Plan.

 

1.11 Economic Benefit . “Economic Benefit” means the value of the economic benefit of life insurance coverage under this Plan for income tax purposes, determined based on regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and other applicable authorities.

 

1.12 Effective Date . “Effective Date” means January 1, 2005.

 

1.13 Eligible Employee . “Eligible Employee” means an Employee designated by the Director of the Human Resources Department of the Company in accordance with objective criteria set forth from time to time by the Human Resources Committee. Eligibility for any Employee may be denied at any time by the Director of the Human Resources Department of the Company based on valid business reasons consistently applied; provided, however, that no such denial shall have a retroactive effect.

 

1.14 Employee . “Employee” means any person carried on the payroll of the Company or its Affiliates as a common law employee, including officers of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

1.15 Human Resources Committee . “Human Resources Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board.

 

2


1.16 Insurance Company . “Insurance Company” means an insurance company selected by the Company to provide coverage for Participants pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

1.17 Lump Sum Payment Option . “Lump Sum Payment Option” means the lump sum payment option for death benefits under this Plan that is described in Section 3.8.

 

1.18 Net Cumulative Premiums . “Net Cumulative Premiums” means premiums paid by the Company on a Policy net of (i) reimbursements or contributions to premiums on the Policy made by a Participant and (ii) any withdrawals or loans from cash value of the Policy made to the Company.

 

1.19 Participant . “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has completed the underwriting requirements of the Insurance Company and who is notified by the Company that he is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

 

1.20 Participation Agreement . “Participation Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and the Participant under which the Participant agrees to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

1.21 Plan . “Plan” means this Executive Life Insurance Plan (2005) as set forth in this document and as the same may be amended, administered or interpreted from time to time.

 

1.22 Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

1.23 Policy . “Policy” means a life insurance policy providing coverage under this Plan.

 

1.24 Retirement . “Retirement” means termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates for reasons other than death or Disability after the Participant has either (i) attained age fifty-five (55) and completed at least five (5) Years of Service or (ii) attained age sixty-five (65) and completed at least one (1) Year of Service.

 

1.25 Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means a corporation the majority of the outstanding stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by Mellon Financial Corporation.

 

1.26 Survivor Income Option . “Survivor Income Option” means the survivor income option for death benefits under this Plan that is described in Section 3.9.

 

3


1.27 Years of Service . “Years of Service” means a Participant’s actual years of employment with the Company and/or its Affiliate, unless otherwise determined by the Human Resources Committee.

 

ARTICLE II

 

PARTICIPATION

 

2.1 Participation . Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement, the underwriting requirements of the Insurance Company and any other enrollment steps required by the Company for coverage to begin. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan when he is notified in writing that his participation has been approved and the Insurance Company has approved coverage. During a leave of absence, coverage will remain in effect for a maximum of ninety (90) days.

 

2.2 Insurability . Eligible Employees are not automatically entitled to all insurance coverage offered under the Plan. Each Eligible Employee will be covered up to the amount of guarantee issue determined by the Insurance Company, but must satisfy the Insurance Company’s requirements for obtaining additional insurance before he becomes covered for additional amounts under the Plan.

 

2.3 Commencement of Coverage . Subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1 and 2.2, (i) an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on January 1, 2005 will be covered under the Plan as of January 1, 2005, and (ii) any other Eligible Employee will be covered under the Plan when the Insurance Company approves coverage.

 

2.4 Increases in Coverage . When a Participant’s Base Salary is increased, the amount of his life insurance coverage under this Plan will increase on the next Coverage Adjustment Date, except as provided in this Section 2.4. Any increase in coverage will not take effect until the Insurance Company approves such additional coverage, and a Participant may be required to satisfy the Insurance Company’s requirements for obtaining additional insurance before he becomes covered for an additional amount of life insurance coverage under the Plan. A

 

4


Participant’s coverage under the Plan will be limited to the coverage issued by the Insurance Company.

 

2.5 Declining Coverage . An Eligible Employee may decline coverage under the Plan. However, any such Eligible Employee will be required to satisfy the Insurance Company’s requirements for obtaining insurance before he may become covered under the Plan at a later date.

 

2.6 Relation to Other Plans . The amount of life insurance coverage the Participant is entitled to under the Plan shall be limited by the life insurance coverage the Participant is entitled to under other life insurance plans maintained by the Company and its Affiliates as provided in Section 3.1.

 

ARTICLE III

 

LIFE INSURANCE COVERAGE

 

3.1 Amount of Insurance . The amount of life insurance coverage which will be payable under the Plan to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant will be determined based on the employment status of the Participant with the Company at the time of his death and shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) During Employment . While employed with the Company, a Participant will have life insurance coverage equal to two (2) times his Base Salary.

 

(b) After Retirement . After Retirement from the Company, a Participant will have life insurance coverage equal to one (1) times his final Base Salary.

 

(c) Limitations on Amount of Coverage . In each case, the amount of life insurance coverage under the Plan will be limited as follows:

 

(i) during employment, fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) which is payable under any group term life insurance plan covering the Participant maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates will be subtracted from the amount payable under the Plan; and

 

5


(ii) all amounts payable under any other life insurance plan covering the Participant maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates in which the premium for such coverage is paid by the Company will be subtracted from the amount payable under the Plan; and

 

(iii) insurance coverage under the Plan will be limited to the amount of coverage issued by the Insurance Company on the Participant under the Plan.

 

3.2 Disability . If a Participant suffers a Disability, the Participant’s life insurance coverage will be continued by the Company during the period of Disability until the Participant reaches age sixty-five (65) or begins to receive benefits under the Mellon Bank Retirement Plan, whichever is sooner. The Company will pay all premiums for this coverage. When a disabled Participant reaches age sixty-five (65) or begins to receive benefits under the Mellon Bank Retirement Plan, whichever is sooner, the Participant will continue to have life insurance coverage equal to one (1) times his final Base Salary on the date of his Disability, as if he had retired from employment with the Company.

 

3.3 Insurance Contract . To provide the insurance coverage under the Plan, the Company shall acquire one or more insurance policies (“Policies”) on the life of each Participant. Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Company will be the owner and hold all the incidents of ownership in these Policies, including the rights to borrow and make withdrawals from any Policies, and the entire interest in the cash value with respect to these Policies shall belong to the Company. The Company may withdraw cash value from a Policy up to the Net Cumulative Premiums paid by the Company on the Policy at or after a Participant’s Retirement and may withdraw all cash value from a Policy if a Participant terminates employment with the Company before Retirement.

 

The Participant may specify in writing to the Company the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries for his life insurance coverage under this Plan. Upon receipt of a written request from the Participant, the Company will immediately take such action as shall be necessary to implement

 

6


such Beneficiary designation. Any death benefits under Policies on the life of the Participant owned by the Company that exceed the amount payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan shall be payable to the Company.

 

3.4 Continuation or Split of Policy after Retirement . The Company shall continue the life insurance coverage for the Participant after his Retirement in the same form and subject to the same terms and provisions of this Plan as if he remained employed with the Company, except that the total amount of coverage for the Participant shall not exceed the amount specified in Section 3.1(b). In its complete and sole discretion, the Company may elect to provide post-retirement coverage by some other means including but not limited to the purchase and distribution of an insurance policy for the benefit of the retiree to provide such coverage. In such event, the Company shall have no obligation to gross the Participant up for any tax cost associated with distribution of any policy provided for such coverage.

 

3.5 Assignment . A Participant may assign, revocably or irrevocably, to one or more individuals or trustees all or any part of his right, title, claim, interest, benefit and all other incidents of ownership which he may have in any Policies providing his life insurance coverage under this Plan, provided that any such assignment shall be subject to Section 9.1 and the other terms of the Plan and shall not apply to any rights to survivor income payments. Such assignee shall then have all rights and obligations that have been assigned and otherwise are the Participant’s under this Plan. In the event that there has been such an assignment, the term Employee or Participant shall mean the Employee’s or Participant’s assignee (or any subsequent assignee) as the context requires, in connection with ownership, actions, elections, or other events concerning life insurance coverage on the Participant.

 

3.6 Payment of Premiums and Contributions .

 

(a) During Employment . The Company will pay all premiums for life insurance coverage under this Plan while a Participant is employed with the Company. The Participant will be required each year to include in income for income tax purposes an amount

 

7


equivalent to the Economic Benefit of this coverage if he elects the Lump Sum Payment Option for his death benefit.

 

(b) After Retirement . The Company will pay all premiums for life insurance coverage under this Plan for eligible retired Participants. The Participant will be required each year to include in income for income tax purposes an amount equivalent to the Economic Benefit of this coverage if he elects the Lump Sum Payment Option for his death benefit.

 

3.7 Forms of Death Benefit . During employment and at Retirement, a Participant may elect either a Lump Sum Payment Option (as described in Section 3.8) or Survivor Income Option (as described in Section 3.9) for payment of his life insurance coverage under this Plan.

 

The Participant shall elect the Lump Sum Payment Option or Survivor Income Option for his pre-retirement coverage when he enrolls in the Plan, provided no election of the Survivor Income Option shall be effective to the extent the Participant has previously made an irrevocable, absolute assignment of all incidents of ownership in his pre-retirement life insurance coverage under the Plan. The Participant’s initial election (or any subsequent election made pursuant to this Section) shall continue to be effective for all subsequent calendar years, unless the Participant files a further election prior to the beginning of any subsequent calendar year. Any new election shall become effective for the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the new election is filed with the Company. All elections of a Lump Sum Payment Option or Survivor Income Option for pre-retirement coverage shall terminate upon the Participant’s Retirement.

 

Unless the Company, at its option, determines to provide a Participant’s life insurance coverage after Retirement by distributing a life insurance policy to the Participant, as described in Section 3.4, the Participant shall elect the Lump Sum Payment Option or Survivor Income Option for his post-retirement coverage at any time prior to the date of his Retirement, provided no election of the Survivor Income Option shall be effective to the extent the Participant has previously made an irrevocable, absolute assignment of all incidents of ownership in his post

 

8


retirement life insurance coverage under the Plan. The Participant’s election shall become irrevocable upon his Retirement and shall continue to be effective for all subsequent years.

 

3.8 Lump Sum Payment Option . If a Participant elects the Lump Sum Payment Option and dies while such election is in effect, the Company will provide all death benefits payable under Section 3.1 through a lump sum death benefit paid directly from the life insurance company to the Participant’s Beneficiary under an endorsement split dollar life insurance program.

 

The Company shall execute an endorsement to the Policy endorsing to the Participant that portion of the death benefit to which the Participant is entitled under Section 3.1. The Participant’s interest in the Policy shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the endorsement.

 

3.9 Survivor Income Option . If a Participant elects the Survivor Income Option and dies while such election is in effect, the Company will make taxable annual payments to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with this Section 3.9. In such event, no amount shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary from the proceeds of the Policies under the Lump Sum Payment Option. In lieu thereof, the Company shall make annual taxable payments to the Participant’s Beneficiary designated in accordance with Article VI for ten (10) years. Such payments shall have a net present value, using a discount rate established by the Committee from time to time, equal to the applicable amount described in Section 3.1 as of the date of the Participant’s death and shall be increased by the value of the Company’s federal and state income tax benefit. The value of the Company’s tax benefit shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may select, from time to time, in its complete and sole discretion. At its option, the Company may, upon the Participant’s death or at any time thereafter, pay any remaining payments under the Survivor Income Option in a single taxable lump sum payment.

 

At any time after a Change in Control which occurs after a Beneficiary has begun to receive payments, the Beneficiary may elect to receive an immediate taxable lump sum payment of the present value (as determined by the Committee) of his remaining payments under the

 

9


Survivor Income Option, reduced by a penalty, which shall be forfeited to the Company, equal to six percent (6%) of such remaining payments, provided this penalty may be adjusted from time to time by the Committee in its discretion.

 

An election of a Survivor Income Option will terminate all the Participant’s and the Company’s rights and obligations under the Lump Sum Payment Option, while such election remains in effect.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OPTION TO PURCHASE INSURANCE POLICY ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

If a Participant terminates employment with the Company before Retirement, but after five (5) Years of Service, the Participant may elect, in writing received by the Company not later than sixty (60) days after his termination of employment, to purchase the Policy on his life (or portion thereof with an aggregate death benefit equal to all or part of the insurance coverage in effect for him under this Plan immediately prior to his termination of employment) for an amount equal to the greater of (i) the cash value of the insurance policy transferred to the Participant or (ii) the Net Cumulative Premiums incurred as a result of providing the Participant’s coverage under the Plan. A Participant who purchases an insurance policy will thereafter be required to pay all future premiums on the insurance policy. A Participant’s life insurance coverage under this Plan will remain in effect during this sixty (60) day period.

 

If the Participant does not elect to purchase the Company’s interest in the Policy, all incidents of ownership of the Policy (if any) held by the Participant shall be transferred to the Company. At the time the Participant purchases the Company’s interests in the Policy, or the Participant’s incidents of ownership are transferred to the Company, the Company shall have no further legal or equitable obligations of any kind to the Participant under this Plan.

 

If a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates before Retirement, and with less than five (5) Years of Service, the Participant’s coverage under this Plan shall cease, and the Company shall have no further legal or equitable obligations of any kind to the Participant under this Plan.

 

10


ARTICLE V

 

OPTION TO PURCHASE INSURANCE POLICY IN CERTAIN EVENTS

 

5.1 Option to Purchase Policy . The Participant may elect, in writing received by the Company not later than sixty (60) days after the Participant receives written notice from the Company of an event described in Section 5.2, to purchase from the Company the Policy (or portion thereof) providing the amount of his life insurance coverage then in effect under this Plan for an amount equal to the greater of (i) the cash value of the insurance policy transferred to the Participant or (ii) the Company’s Net Cumulative Premiums incurred as a result of providing the Participant’s coverage under the Plan. A Participant who purchases an insurance policy will cease to be covered under this Plan and will thereafter be required to pay all future premiums on the insurance policy.

 

5.2 Elimination of Coverage . Any Participant whose coverage is eliminated pursuant to Article VIII of this Plan (without being replaced with an equivalent amount of coverage under another plan of the Company) shall have the option pursuant to Section 5.1 to purchase the Policy (or portion thereof) providing the amount of his life insurance coverage in effect under this Plan immediately prior to the elimination of such coverage.

 

5.3 Change in Control . For purposes of this Plan the term “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(a) The occurrence with respect to the Corporation of a “control transaction”, as such term is defined in Section 2542 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as of August 15, 1989; or

 

(b) Approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of (i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation where either (x) the holders of voting stock of the Corporation immediately before the merger or consolidation will not own more than 50% of the voting shares of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation or (y) the Incumbent Directors immediately before the merger or consolidation

 

11


will not hold more than 50% (rounded to the next whole person) of the seats on the board of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation, or (ii) any sale, lease or exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation; or

 

(c) A change of 25% (rounded to the next whole person) in the membership of the Board of Directors within a 12-month period, unless the election or nomination for election by stockholders of each new director within such period (i) was approved by the vote of 85% (rounded to the next whole person) of the directors then still in office who were in office at the beginning of the 12-month period and (ii) was not as a result of an actual or threatened election with respect to directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors. As used in this Section 5.3, the term “Incumbent Director” means as of any time a director of the Corporation (x) who has been a member of the Board of Directors continuously for at least 12 months or (y) whose election or nomination as a director within such period met the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, without the written consent of the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) affected thereby, the Company may not amend or terminate this Plan, except to comply with legal requirements:

 

(a) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control; or

 

(b) at any time thereafter, in any manner which affects any Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who receives payments of benefits under this Plan or has a termination of employment for any reason at any time during the period of twenty-four (24) months following the Change in Control.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

6.1 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant (or his assignee in the case of an assignment of the Participant’s life insurance coverage pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Plan) shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment of the Participant’s death benefit under this Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. Such designation shall be made on a form prescribed by and delivered to the Company. Except where such designation is irrevocable, the Participant shall have the right to change or revoke any such designation from time to time by filing a new designation or notice of revocation with the Company, and no notice to any Beneficiary nor consent by any Beneficiary shall be required to effect any such change or revocation.

 

6.2 Failure to Designate Beneficiary . If a Participant shall fail to designate a Beneficiary before his demise, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Committee shall direct the Company to make payment under this Plan to the executor or administrator for the Participant’s estate.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1 Administrator . Except as hereinafter provided, the Committee shall be responsible for the administrative responsibilities hereinafter described with respect to the Plan. Whenever any action is required or permitted to be taken in the administration of the Plan, the Committee shall take such action unless the Committee’s power is expressly limited herein or by operation of law. The Committee shall be the Plan “Administrator” (as such term is defined in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA). The Committee may delegate its duties and responsibilities as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or appropriate to the execution of such duties and responsibilities. The Committee as a whole or any of its members may serve in more than one capacity with respect to the Plan.

 

13


7.2 Powers and Duties . The Committee, or its delegates, shall maintain and keep (or cause to be maintained and kept) such records as are necessary for the efficient operation of the Plan or as may be required by any applicable law, regulation, or ruling and shall provide for the preparation and filing of such forms, reports, information, and documents as may be required to be filed with any governmental agency or department and with the Plan’s Participants and/or other Beneficiaries.

 

Except to the extent expressly reserved to the Company or the Board, the Committee shall have all powers necessary to carry out the administrative provisions of the Plan and to satisfy the requirements of any applicable law or laws. All decisions and interpretations of the Committee with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby. The Committee’s powers shall include, by way of illustration and not limitation, the exclusive powers and discretionary authority necessary to:

 

(a) construe and interpret the Plan; decide all questions of eligibility; decide all questions of fact relating to claims for benefits; and determine the amount, time, manner, method, and mode of payment of any benefits hereunder;

 

(b) direct the Company and/or the trustee of any trust established at the discretion of the Company to provide for the payment of benefits under the Plan, concerning the amount, time, manner, method, and mode of payment of any benefits hereunder;

 

(c) prescribe procedures to be followed and forms to be used by Participants and/or other persons in filing applications or elections;

 

(d) prepare and distribute, in such manner as may be required by law or as the Committee deems appropriate, information explaining the Plan; provided, however, that no such explanation shall contravene the terms of this Plan or increase the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary or the liabilities of the Company;

 

(e) require from the Company and Participants such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

14


(f) appoint and retain individuals to assist in the administration and construction of the Plan, including such legal, clerical, accounting, and actuarial services as it may require or as may be required by any applicable law or laws; and

 

(g) perform all functions otherwise imposed upon a plan administrator by ERISA which are not expressly reserved to the Company or the Board, including, but not limited to, those supplemental duties and responsibilities described in the “Mellon Financial Corporation Corporate Benefits Committee Charter and Summary of Operations” approved by the Board on September 17, 1991 (the “CBC Charter”).

 

Without intending to limit the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, in order to comply with applicable law; provided, however, that no such amendment may increase the duties and obligations of the Company without its consent. Except as provided in the preceding sentence or unless directed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or otherwise required by law, the Committee shall have no power to adopt, amend, or terminate the Plan, said powers being exclusively reserved to the Human Resources Committee of the Board.

 

7.3 Procedures . The Committee shall be organized and conduct its business with respect to the Plan in accordance with the organizational and procedural rules set forth in the CBC Charter.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any member of the Committee shall be a Participant hereunder, then in any matters affecting any member of the Committee in his individual capacity as a Participant hereunder, separate and apart from his status as a member of the group of Participants, such interested member shall have no authority to vote in the determination of such matters as a member of the Committee, but the Committee shall determine such matter as if said interested member were not a member of the Committee; provided, however, that this shall not be deemed to take from said interested member any of his rights hereunder as a Participant. If the remaining members of the Committee should be unable to agree on any matter so affecting an interested member because of an equal division of voting, the Human Resources Committee

 

15


of the Board shall appoint a temporary member of the Committee in order to create an odd number of voting members.

 

7.4 Establishment of Rules . The Committee shall have specific authority in its sole discretion to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan related to its powers and duties, and to the extent that the terms of the Plan are incomplete, the Committee shall have authority to establish such rules or regulations related to its powers and duties as it may deem necessary and proper to carry out the intent of the Company as to the purposes of the Plan.

 

7.5 Limitation of Liability . The Board, the members of the Committee, and any officer, employee, or agent of the Company shall not incur any liability individually or on behalf of any other individuals or on behalf of the Company for any act, or failure to act, made in good faith in relation to the Plan. No bond or other security shall be required of any such individual solely on account of any individual’s power to direct the Company to make the payments required hereunder.

 

7.6 Compensation and Insurance . Members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for their services as such. Expenses incurred by members of the Committee in the performance of their duties as herein provided, and the compensation and expenses of persons retained or employed by the Committee for services rendered in connection with the Plan shall, upon approval by the Committee, be paid or reimbursed by the Company.

 

The Company shall indemnify and/or maintain and keep in force insurance in such form and amount as may be necessary in order to protect the members of the Committee, their delegates and appointees (other than persons who are independent of the Company and are rendering services to the Committee or to or with respect to the Plan) from any claim, loss, damage, liability, and expense (including costs and attorneys’ fees) arising from their acts or failures to act with respect to the Plan, except where such actions or failures to act involve willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

7.7 Removals and Resignations . Any member of the Committee may resign and the Company may remove any member of the Committee in accordance with the procedures

 

16


established by the CBC Charter. The Committee shall remain fully operative pending the filling of any vacancies, the remaining Committee members having full authority to administer the Plan.

 

7.8 Claims Procedure . The right of any Participant or Beneficiary to receive a benefit hereunder and the amount of such benefit shall be determined in accordance with the procedures for determination of benefit claims established and maintained by the Committee in compliance with the requirements of Section 503 of ERISA; which separate procedures, entitled Procedures for Determination of Benefit Claims, are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

Subject to the limitations of Article V, the Human Resources Committee of the Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part. Except as provided below or in Article V, the Company is not obligated to continue any benefit, any insurance or any insurance policy after such action. Written notice of any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be given to each affected Participant in the Plan. If the Company terminates this Plan after the commencement of any benefit payments to the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, the Company shall be obligated to continue payments to such Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of this Plan as in existence immediately prior to termination of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Restriction on Assignment . The Participant may assign all or any part of his right, title, claim, interest, benefit and all other incidents of ownership that he may have in any life insurance coverage under this Plan, provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the terms of the Plan. Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable pursuant to any election of a Survivor Income Option under Section 3.9 of this Plan, which are, and all rights to which are,

 

17


expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable pursuant to an election of a Survivor Income Option shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

9.2 Unsecured General Creditor . The provisions of this Section 9.2 shall apply to all benefits which are payable under the Survivor Income Option pursuant to Section 3.9 of this Plan. With respect to all benefits payable under the Survivor Income Option, the Participant and his Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests, or claims in any property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, interests or claims in any life insurance policies, annuity contract, or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Company (“Policies”). Such Policies or other assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets and Policies shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Survivor Income Option of this Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.

 

9.3 Tax Liabilities and Withholding . A Participant may have income for federal, state or local income tax purposes by reason of the Economic Benefit of his insurance coverage provided by the Company under this Plan, both while he is employed with the Company and after his Retirement or termination of employment. The Participant and any Beneficiary shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the provision of benefits under this Plan. If no other arrangements are made, the Company may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as may be required.

 

18


9.4 ERISA Plan . This Plan is covered by Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) as a welfare benefit plan. The Company is the “named fiduciary” of the Plan for purposes of Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA.

 

9.5 Employment Not Guaranteed . Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Employee any right to be retained in employment with the Company.

 

9.6 Protective Provisions . Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses so to cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant or his Beneficiary under the Plan. If a Participant makes any material misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then no benefits will be payable hereunder to such Participant’s Beneficiary, provided, that in the Company’s sole discretion, benefits may be payable in an amount reduced to compensate the Company for any loss, cost, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Company as a result in any way of any such action, misstatement or nondisclosure.

 

9.7 Gender, Singular & Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity or the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

9.8 Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

9.9 Validity . In the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other

 

19


provisions of this Plan, and this Plan shall be deemed to be modified to the least extent possible to make it valid and enforceable in its entirety.

 

9.10 Notices and Elections . Any notice or election required or permitted to be given to the Company or the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Human Resources Department of the Company. Such notice or election shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

9.11 Notice to Insurance Company . The Company shall be responsible for notifying the life insurance company which issues any Policy or Policies under this Plan of any changes in the ownership rights and interests of the Participant and the Company and of any changes in the Beneficiaries to receive death benefits under the Plan, and the life insurance company shall be entitled to rely upon such notification received from the Company.

 

9.12 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except insofar as state law is preempted by ERISA.

 

9.13 Waiver of Breach . The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Plan shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.

 

9.14 Benefit . The rights and obligations of the Company under this Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed this 22nd day of December, 2004, effective as of January 1, 2005.

 

ATTEST:   MELLON BANK, N.A.

 

/s/ Carl Krasik


  By:  

 

/s/ Lisa B. Peters


Carl Krasik       Lisa B. Peters
Assistant Secretary       Director of The Human Resources Department

 

20